Dokumendiregister | Siseministeerium |
Viit | 1-24/147 |
Registreeritud | 04.10.2023 |
Sünkroonitud | 26.03.2024 |
Liik | Otsus |
Funktsioon | 1 Ministeeriumi töö korraldamine. Juhtimine. Planeerimine. Aruandlus |
Sari | 1-24 Otsus |
Toimik | 1-24/2023 |
Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
Juurdepääsupiirang | |
Adressaat | |
Saabumis/saatmisviis | |
Vastutaja | Anu Rebane (kantsleri juhtimisala, varade asekantsleri valdkond, õigusosakond) |
Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
1 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
HANKEPASS
Hankepass ehk Euroopa ühtne hankedokument (ESPD) on ettevõtja enda kinnitus, mis on esialgne tõend ametiasutuste või kolmandate isikute poolt väljastatavate tõendite asemel. Käesolev PDF vormingus registri poolt koostatud dokument on selgitava iseloomuga ja sisaldab hankija sätestatud tingimusi, ettevõtjalt oodatavate vastuste vormingu vaadet ja registri poolt lisatud viiteid RHS-ile. Käesolev dokument ei ole ette nähtud täitmiseks vaid tingimustega tutvumiseks. Ettevõtja täidab hankepassi elektrooniliselt infosüsteemis või ESPD teenuses.
I OSA: HANKE JA HANKIJAGA SEOTUD TEAVE
Teave avaldamise kohta Teate number ELTs:
-
ELT URL:
Riigi ametlik teataja:
270392
Kui Euroopa Liidu Teatajas hankekuulutust avaldatud ei ole või kui selle avaldamist ei nõuta, peab avaliku sektori hankija või võrgustiku sektori hankija ise teabe esitama, et hankemenetlust saaks üheselt identifitseerida (nt viide siseriikliku avaldamise kohta).
Hankija andmed Ametlik nimi:
Siseministeerium (70000562)
Riik:
Eesti
Hankija aadress:
Pikk tn 61
Hankija veebiaadress:
http://www.siseministeerium.ee
E-posti aadress:
2 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Teave hankemenetluse kohta Hanke menetlusliik:
Avatud hankemenetlus
Pealkiri:
Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi (AMIF), Sisejulgeolekufondi (ISF) ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI) vahehindamine
Lühikirjeldus:
Riigihanke eesmärgiks on riigihanke alusdokumentides sätestatud tingimustel ja korras perioodi 2021– 2027 Euroopa Liidu siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide, Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi (AMIF), Sisejulgeolekufondi (ISF) ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI) vahehindamine (edaspidi nimetatud ka vahehindamine) ning kolme hindamisaruande koostamine (edaspidi töö) lähteülesandes toodud ja riigihankes sätestatud tingimustel. Eeltoodud 3 (kolm) rakenduskava kiitis Euroopa Komisjon heaks septembris ja oktoobris 2022. Rakenduskavade elluviimine toimub aastatel 2021-2029.
Avaliku sektori hankija või võrgustiku sektori hankija poolt toimikule antud viitenumber (kui on asjakohane):
270392
Hanke liik:
Teenused
Hanke CPV-d: 73110000-6 Uurimistööteenused
3 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
II OSA: ETTEVÕTJAGA SEOTUD TEAVE
A: Teave ettevõtja kohta
Nimi:
Registrikood:
Riik:
Aadress:
Üldine veebileht:
Kontaktisikud:
Kontaktide e-posti aadressid:
Kontaktide telefoninumbrid:
Ettevõtte suurus:
Töötajate arv:
Käive:
Valuuta:
Finantsalase võimekuse kirjeldus:
Tehnilise võimekuse kirjeldus:
Teostatud tööde kirjeldus:
Ettevõtja tegevusvaldkond:
4 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
ETTEVÕTJA ON KAITSTUD TÖÖKOHT
Ainult reserveeritud hangete puhul: kas ettevõtja puhul on tegemist kaitstud töökohaga, sotsiaalse ettevõttega või ta täidab lepingut kaitstud tööhõive programmide raames?
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Mis on Teie vastus? 2. Milline on puudega või ebasoodsas olukorras olevate töötajate osakaal? 3. Kui seda on nõutud, täpsustage, millisesse puudega või ebasoodsas olukorras olevate töötajate kategooriasse või kategooriatesse asjaomased töötajad kuuluvad? 4. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? 5. URL 6. Kood 7. Väljaandja
ETTEVÕTJA ON KANTUD TUNNUSTATUD ETTEVÕTJATE AMETLIKKU NIMEKIRJA
Kui see on asjakohane, siis kas ettevõtja on kantud tunnustatud ettevõtjate ametlikku nimekirja või kas tal on olemas samaväärne tõend (nt riikliku (eel)kvalifitseerimissüsteemi alusel)?
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Mis on Teie vastus? 2. a) Vajaduse korral märkige asjakohane registreerimis- või sertifitseerimisnumber: 3. c) Viited, millele registreerimine või sertifitseerimine tugineb ja vajaduse korral ametlikus nimekirjas omistatud klassifikatsioon: 4. d) Kas registreerimine või sertifitseerimine hõlmab kõiki nõutud valikukriteeriume? 5. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? 6. URL 7. Kood 8. Väljaandja
HANKEMENETLUSES KOOS OSALEVAD ETTEVÕTJAD
Kas ettevõtja osaleb hankemenetluses koos teistega?
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Ettevõtja nimi 2. Ettevõtja ID 3. Ettevõtja roll 4. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? 5. URL 6. Kood 7. Väljaandja
TEAVE TEISTE ÜKSUSTE SUUTLIKKUSELE TOETUMISE KOHTA
Kas ettevõtja toetub teiste üksuste suutlikkusele, et täita esitatud valikukriteeriumid ning eeskirjad (kui neid on)?
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Mis on Teie vastus? 2. Ettevõtja nimi 3. Ettevõtja ID 4. Ettevõtja roll 5. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? 6. URL 7. Kood 8. Väljaandja
5 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
TEAVE NENDE ALLHANKIJATE KOHTA, KELLE NÄITAJATELE ETTEVÕTJA EI TUGINE
Kas ettevõtja kavatseb sõlmida lepingu mis tahes osa kohta allhanke kolmanda isikuga?
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Mis on Teie vastus? 2. Ettevõtja nimi 3. Ettevõtja ID 4. Ettevõtja roll 5. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? 6. URL 7. Kood 8. Väljaandja
HANKE OSAD
Hanke osad, mille kohta ettevõtja soovib pakkumuse esitada
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Hanke osa number 2. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? 3. URL 4. Kood 5. Väljaandja
ETTEVÕTJA KINNITUSED MAKSUDE TASUMISE KOHTA
Kas ettevõtja saab esitada tõendi sotsiaalkindlustusmaksete ja maksude tasumise kohta või esitada teabe, mis võimaldaks avaliku sektori hankijal või võrgustiku sektori hankijal saada sellise teabe otse ükskõik millise liikmesriigi tasuta andmebaasist?
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Mis on Teie vastus? 2. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? 3. URL 4. Kood 5. Väljaandja
B: Teave ettevõtja esindajate kohta
Eesnimi:
Perekonnanimi:
Sünniaeg:
Sünnikoht:
Aadress:
Linn/vald:
Postiindeks:
Riik:
E-post:
Telefon:
Vajaduse korral esitage üksikasjalik teave esindamise kohta (selle vormid, ulatus, eesmärk, ...):
6 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
III OSA: KÕRVALDAMISE ALUSED
A: Kõrvalejätmise alused seoses kriminaalasjas tehtud süüdimõistva otsusega
OSALEMINE KURITEGELIKUS ORGANISATSIOONIS
Kas ettevõtja ise või tema haldus-, juht- või järelevalveorgani liige või isik, kellel on volitused seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on lõpliku süüdimõistva kohtuotsusega süüdi mõistetud kuritegelikus organisatsioonis osalemise eest kõige rohkem viimase viie aasta jooksul või kehtib süüdimõistvas kohtuotsuses sätestatud kõrvalejäämise kohustus endiselt?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 1 p 1 "keda või kelle haldus-, juhtimis- või järelevalveorgani liiget, prokuristi või muud isikut, kellel on volitus seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on karistatud kuritegelikus ühenduses osalemise eest". Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Süüdimõistmise kuupäev (Kuupäev) 3. Põhjus (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kes süüdi mõisteti? (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Süüdimõistvas otsuses sõnaselgelt esitatud kõrvalejätmise kestus. (Periood) 6. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 7. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 8. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 9. URL (Url) 10. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 11. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
KORRUPTSIOON
Kas ettevõtja ise või tema haldus-, juht- või järelevalveorgani liige või isik, kellel on volitused seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on lõpliku süüdimõistva kohtuotsusega süüdi mõistetud korruptsiooni eest kõige rohkem viimase viie aasta jooksul või kehtib süüdimõistvas kohtuotsuses sätestatud kõrvalejäämise kohustus endiselt? See kõrvalejätmise alus hõlmab ka korruptsiooni avaliku sektori hankija (võrgustiku sektori hankija) või ettevõtja riigi õiguses sätestatud määratluses.
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 1 p 1 "keda või kelle haldus-, juhtimis- või järelevalveorgani liiget, prokuristi või muud isikut, kellel on volitus seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on karistatud aususe kohustuse rikkumise või korruptiivse teo eest". Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
7 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Süüdimõistmise kuupäev (Kuupäev) 3. Põhjus (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kes süüdi mõisteti? (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Süüdimõistvas otsuses sõnaselgelt esitatud kõrvalejätmise kestus. (Periood) 6. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 7. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 8. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 9. URL (Url) 10. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 11. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
PETTUS
Kas ettevõtja ise või tema haldus-, juht- või järelevalveorgani liige või isik, kellel on volitused seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on lõpliku süüdimõistva kohtuotsusega süüdi mõistetud kelmuse eest kõige rohkem viimase viie aasta jooksul või kehtib süüdimõistvas kohtuotsuses sätestatud kõrvalejäämise kohustus endiselt?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 1 p 1 "keda või kelle haldus-, juhtimis- või järelevalveorgani liiget, prokuristi või muud isikut, kellel on volitus seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on karistatud kelmuse eest". Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Süüdimõistmise kuupäev (Kuupäev) 3. Põhjus (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kes süüdi mõisteti? (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Süüdimõistvas otsuses sõnaselgelt esitatud kõrvalejätmise kestus. (Periood) 6. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 7. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 8. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 9. URL (Url) 10. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 11. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
TERRORIAKTI TOIMEPANEK VÕI TERRORISTLIKU TEGEVUSEGA SEOTUD
ÕIGUSRIKKUMISED
Kas ettevõtja ise või tema haldus-, juht- või järelevalveorgani liige või isik, kellel on volitused seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on lõpliku süüdimõistva kohtuotsusega süüdi mõistetud terroriakti toimepaneku või terroristliku tegevusega seotud õigusrikkumiste eest kõige rohkem viimase viie aasta jooksul või kehtib süüdimõistvas kohtuotsuses sätestatud kõrvalejäämise kohustus endiselt?
Viide seadusele:
8 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
RHS § 95 lg 1 p 1 "keda või kelle haldus-, juhtimis- või järelevalveorgani liiget, prokuristi või muud isikut, kellel on volitus seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on karistatud terroriakti toimepaneku või muu terroristliku tegevusega seotud kuriteo või sellele kihutamise, kaasaaitamise või selle katse eest". Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Süüdimõistmise kuupäev (Kuupäev) 3. Põhjus (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kes süüdi mõisteti? (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Süüdimõistvas otsuses sõnaselgelt esitatud kõrvalejätmise kestus. (Periood) 6. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 7. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 8. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 9. URL (Url) 10. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 11. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
RAHAPESU VÕI TERRORISMI RAHASTAMINE
Kas ettevõtja ise või tema haldus-, juht- või järelevalveorgani liige või isik, kellel on volitused seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on lõpliku süüdimõistva kohtuotsusega süüdi mõistetud rahapesu või terrorismi rahastamise eest kõige rohkem viimase viie aasta jooksul või kehtib süüdimõistvas kohtuotsuses sätestatud kõrvalejäämise kohustus endiselt?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 1 p 1 "keda või kelle haldus-, juhtimis- või järelevalveorgani liiget, prokuristi või muud isikut, kellel on volitus seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on karistatud rahapesualase süüteo või terrorismi rahastamise eest". Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Süüdimõistmise kuupäev (Kuupäev) 3. Põhjus (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kes süüdi mõisteti? (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Süüdimõistvas otsuses sõnaselgelt esitatud kõrvalejätmise kestus. (Periood) 6. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 7. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 8. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 9. URL (Url) 10. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 11. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
9 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
LASTE TÖÖJÕU KASUTAMINE JA MUUD INIMKAUBANDUSE VORMID
Kas ettevõtja ise või tema haldus-, juht- või järelevalveorgani liige või isik, kellel on volitused seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on lõpliku süüdimõistva kohtuotsusega süüdi mõistetud laste tööjõu kasutamise või muude inimkaubanduse vormide eest kõige rohkem viimase viie aasta jooksul või kehtib süüdimõistvas kohtuotsuses sätestatud kõrvalejäämise kohustus endiselt?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 1 p 3 "keda või kelle haldus-, juhtimis- või järelevalveorgani liiget, prokuristi või muud isikut, kellel on volitus seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on karistatud laste tööjõu ebaseadusliku kasutamise või inimkaubandusega seotud teo eest". Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Süüdimõistmise kuupäev (Kuupäev) 3. Põhjus (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kes süüdi mõisteti? (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Süüdimõistvas otsuses sõnaselgelt esitatud kõrvalejätmise kestus. (Periood) 6. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 7. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 8. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 9. URL (Url) 10. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 11. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
B: Kõrvalejätmise alused seoses maksude või sotsiaalkindlustusmaksete tasumisega
MAKSUDE TASUMINE
Kas ettevõtja on rikkunud oma maksude tasumise kohustusi nii asukohariigis kui ka avaliku sektori hankija või võrgustiku sektori hankija liikmesriigis, kui see erineb asukohariigist?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 1 p 4 „kellel on riikliku maksu, makse või keskkonnatasu maksuvõlg maksukorralduse seaduse tähenduses või maksuvõlg /…/ tema asukohariigi õigusaktide kohaselt“
10 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Tingimuse kirjeldus: Piirmäär: 0
Valuuta: EUR
Lisainfo: Maksukorralduse seaduse kohaselt ei väljasta maksuhaldur maksuvõlgade tõendit juhul,kui maksukohustuslasel olev kõikide sama maksuhalduri hallatavate maksude võlg, arvestamata haldusaktiga kindlaksmääramata intressi, on väiksem kui 100 eurot või kui maksuvõla tasumine on ajatatud. Välismaise ettevõtja puhul väljastatakse maksuvõlgade tõend tema asukohariigi õigusaktide kohaselt.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Asjaomane riik või liikmesriik (Riigikood) 3. Asjaomane summa (Summa) 4. Valuuta (Vääring) 5. Kas see kohustuste rikkumine on tuvastatud muude vahenditega kui kohtu- või haldusotsusega? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 6. Kirjeldage kasutatud vahendeid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 7. Kui kohustuste rikkumine tuvastati kohtu- või haldusotsusega, märkige, kas see otsus on lõplik ja siduv. (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 8. Süüdimõistmise kuupäev (Kuupäev) 9. Süüdimõistvas otsuses sõnaselgelt esitatud kõrvalejätmise kestus. (Periood) 10. Kas ettevõtja on täitnud oma kohustused tasumisele kuuluvate maksude või sotsiaalkindlustusmaksete tasumisega või siduva kokkuleppe sõlmimisega tasumisele kuuluvate maksude või sotsiaalkindlustusmaksete, sealhulgas vajaduse korral kogunenud intresside ja viiviste tasumise kohta? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 11. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 12. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 13. URL (Url) 14. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 15. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
SOTSIAALKINDLUSTUSMAKSETE TASUMINE
Kas ettevõtja on rikkunud oma sotsiaalkindlustusmaksete tasumise kohustusi nii asukohariigis kui ka avaliku sektori hankija või võrgustiku sektori hankija liikmesriigis, kui see erineb asukohariigist?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 1 p 4 „kellel on riikliku /…/ makse /…/ maksuvõlg maksukorralduse seaduse tähenduses või sotsiaalkindlustusemaksete võlg tema asukohariigi õigusaktide kohaselt
11 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Tingimuse kirjeldus: Piirmäär: 0
Valuuta: EUR
Lisainfo: Maksukorralduse seaduse kohaselt ei väljasta maksuhaldur maksuvõlgade tõendit juhul,kui maksukohustuslasel olev kõikide sama maksuhalduri hallatavate maksude võlg, arvestamata haldusaktiga kindlaksmääramata intressi, on väiksem kui 100 eurot või kui maksuvõla tasumine on ajatatud. Välismaise ettevõtja puhul väljastatakse maksuvõlgade tõend tema asukohariigi õigusaktide kohaselt.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Asjaomane riik või liikmesriik (Riigikood) 3. Asjaomane summa (Summa) 4. Valuuta (Vääring) 5. Kas see kohustuste rikkumine on tuvastatud muude vahenditega kui kohtu- või haldusotsusega? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 6. Kirjeldage kasutatud vahendeid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 7. Kui kohustuste rikkumine tuvastati kohtu- või haldusotsusega, märkige, kas see otsus on lõplik ja siduv. (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 8. Süüdimõistmise kuupäev (Kuupäev) 9. Süüdimõistvas otsuses sõnaselgelt esitatud kõrvalejätmise kestus. (Periood) 10. Kas ettevõtja on täitnud oma kohustused tasumisele kuuluvate maksude või sotsiaalkindlustusmaksete tasumisega või siduva kokkuleppe sõlmimisega tasumisele kuuluvate maksude või sotsiaalkindlustusmaksete, sealhulgas vajaduse korral kogunenud intresside ja viiviste tasumise kohta? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 11. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 12. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 13. URL (Url) 14. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 15. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
C: Kõrvalejätmise alused seoses maksejõuetusega, huvide konfliktiga või ametialaste käitumisreeglite rikkumisega
KESKKONNAÕIGUSE VALDKONNAS KOHALDATAVATE KOHUSTUSTE TÄITMATA
JÄTMINE
Kas ettevõtja on enda teada rikkunud keskkonnaõiguse valdkonnas kohaldatavaid kohustusi?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 2 „kes on rikkunud õigusaktidest või kollektiivlepingust tulenevaid keskkonnaõiguse valdkonnas kohaldatavaid kohustusi“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
12 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 4. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 6. URL (Url) 7. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 8. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
SOTSIAALÕIGUSE VALDKONNAS KOHALDATAVATE KOHUSTUSTE TÄITMATA
JÄTMINE
Kas ettevõtja on enda teada rikkunud sotsiaalõiguse valdkonnas kohaldatavaid kohustusi?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 2 „kes on rikkunud õigusaktidest või kollektiivlepingust tulenevaid sotsiaalõiguse valdkonnas kohaldatavaid kohustusi“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 4. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 6. URL (Url) 7. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 8. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
TÖÖÕIGUSE VALDKONNAS KOHALDATAVATE KOHUSTUSTE TÄITMATA
JÄTMINE
Kas ettevõtja on enda teada rikkunud tööõiguse valdkonnas kohaldatavaid kohustusi?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 2 „kes on rikkunud õigusaktidest või kollektiivlepingust tulenevaid tööõiguse valdkonnas kohaldatavaid kohustusi“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
13 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 4. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 6. URL (Url) 7. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 8. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
PANKROT
Kas ettevõtja on pankrotis?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 3 „kes on pankrotis, välja arvatud asjade ostmisel RHS § 49 lõikes 4 sätestatud juhul ja tingimustel“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Märkige põhjused, miks lepingu täitmine on sellest hoolimata võimalik. Seda teavet ei ole tarvis esitada, kui ettevõtja kõrvalejätmine on kohaldatava siseriikliku õiguse alusel muudetud konkreetsel juhul kohustuslikuks ja puudub võimalus teha erandit, isegi kui ettevõtja suudab lepingut täita. (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 5. URL (Url) 6. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 7. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
MAKSEJÕUETUS
Kas ettevõtja suhtes on algatatud maksejõuetus- või likvideerimismenetlus?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 3 „kes on likvideerimisel või kelle suhtes on algatatud pankrotimenetlus, välja arvatud asjade ostmisel RHS § 49 lõikes 4 sätestatud juhul ja tingimustel“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
14 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Märkige põhjused, miks lepingu täitmine on sellest hoolimata võimalik. Seda teavet ei ole tarvis esitada, kui ettevõtja kõrvalejätmine on kohaldatava siseriikliku õiguse alusel muudetud konkreetsel juhul kohustuslikuks ja puudub võimalus teha erandit, isegi kui ettevõtja suudab lepingut täita. (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 5. URL (Url) 6. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 7. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
KOKKULEPE VÕLAUSALDAJATEGA
Kas ettevõtja on sõlminud kokkuleppe võlausaldajatega?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 3 „kes on muus sellesarnases olukorras tema asukohamaa õigusaktide kohaselt, välja arvatud asjade ostmisel RHS § 49 lõikes 4 sätestatud juhul ja tingimustel“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Märkige põhjused, miks lepingu täitmine on sellest hoolimata võimalik. Seda teavet ei ole tarvis esitada, kui ettevõtja kõrvalejätmine on kohaldatava siseriikliku õiguse alusel muudetud konkreetsel juhul kohustuslikuks ja puudub võimalus teha erandit, isegi kui ettevõtja suudab lepingut täita. (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 5. URL (Url) 6. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 7. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
SISERIIKLIKU ÕIGUSE KOHANE SAMALAADNE OLUKORD, NÄITEKS PANKROT
Kas ettevõtja on siseriiklike õigusnormide alusel toimuva samalaadse menetluse tõttu samalaadses olukorras?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 3 „kes on muus sellesarnases olukorras tema asukohamaa õigusaktide kohaselt“, välja arvatud asjade ostmisel RHS § 49 lõikes 4 sätestatud juhul ja tingimustel. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
15 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Märkige põhjused, miks lepingu täitmine on sellest hoolimata võimalik. Seda teavet ei ole tarvis esitada, kui ettevõtja kõrvalejätmine on kohaldatava siseriikliku õiguse alusel muudetud konkreetsel juhul kohustuslikuks ja puudub võimalus teha erandit, isegi kui ettevõtja suudab lepingut täita. (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 5. URL (Url) 6. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 7. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
VARA HALDAB LIKVIDEERIJA
Kas ettevõtja vara haldab likvideerija või kohus?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 3 „kes on pankrotis, likvideerimisel või kelle suhtes on algatatud pankrotimenetlus või kes on muus sellesarnases olukorras tema asukohamaa õigusaktide kohaselt, välja arvatud asjade ostmisel RHS § 49 lõikes 4 sätestatud juhul ja tingimustel“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Märkige põhjused, miks lepingu täitmine on sellest hoolimata võimalik. Seda teavet ei ole tarvis esitada, kui ettevõtja kõrvalejätmine on kohaldatava siseriikliku õiguse alusel muudetud konkreetsel juhul kohustuslikuks ja puudub võimalus teha erandit, isegi kui ettevõtja suudab lepingut täita. (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 5. URL (Url) 6. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 7. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
ÄRITEGEVUS ON PEATATUD
Kas ettevõtja äritegevus on peatatud?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 3 „kelle äritegevus on peatatud, välja arvatud asjade ostmisel RHS § 49 lõikes 4 sätestatud juhul ja tingimustel“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
16 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Märkige põhjused, miks lepingu täitmine on sellest hoolimata võimalik. Seda teavet ei ole tarvis esitada, kui ettevõtja kõrvalejätmine on kohaldatava siseriikliku õiguse alusel muudetud konkreetsel juhul kohustuslikuks ja puudub võimalus teha erandit, isegi kui ettevõtja suudab lepingut täita. (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 4. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 5. URL (Url) 6. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 7. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
SÜÜDI AMETIALASTE KÄITUMISREEGLITE OLULISES RIKKUMISES
Kas ettevõtja on süüdi ametialaste käitumisreeglite olulises rikkumises? Vt siseriiklikud õigusaktid, asjaomane teade või hankedokumendid, kui see on asjakohane.
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 4 „kes on raskelt eksinud ametialaste käitumisreeglite vastu ja see muudab tema aususe küsitavaks“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 4. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 6. URL (Url) 7. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 8. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
KONKURENTSI MOONUTAMISE EESMÄRGIL TEISTE ETTEVÕTJATEGA
SÕLMITUD KOKKULEPPED
Kas ettevõtja on teiste ettevõtjatega sõlminud kokkuleppeid, mille eesmärk on moonutada konkurentsi?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 5 „konkurentsi kahjustava kokkuleppe, ettevõtjate ühenduse otsuse või kooskõlastatud tegevuse tõttu“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
17 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 4. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 6. URL (Url) 7. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 8. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
HANKEMENETLUSES OSALEMISEGA KAASNEV HUVIDE KONFLIKT
Kas ettevõtja on teadlik hankemenetluses osalemisega kaasnevast mis tahes huvide konfliktist siseriikliku õiguse, asjakohase teatise või hankedokumentide kohaselt?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 6 „kui huvide konflikti ei ole muude vahenditega võimalik vältida“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 4. URL (Url) 5. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 6. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
OTSENE VÕI KAUDNE OSALEMINE KÄESOLEVA HANKEMENETLUSE
ETTEVALMISTAMISEL
Kas ettevõtja või temaga seotud ettevõtja on nõustanud avaliku sektori hankijat või võrgustiku sektori hankijat hankemenetluse ettevalmistamisel või olnud muul viisil seotud hankemenetluse ettevalmistamisega?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 7 „kelle pakkumuse või taotluse koostamisel on osalenud isik, kes on osalenud sama riigihanke ettevalmistamisel või on muul viisil hankijaga seotud, ja sellele isikule seetõttu teadaolev info annab talle eelise teiste riigihankes osalejate eest ning sellest tingitud konkurentsi moonutamist ei ole muude vahendistega võimalik vältida“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
18 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 4. URL (Url) 5. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 6. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
ENNETÄHTAEGNE LÕPETAMINE, KAHJUTASU VÕI VÕRRELDAVAD
SANKTSIOONID
Kas ettevõtja on kogenud, et varasem riigihankeleping või võrgustiku sektori hankijaga sõlmitud varasem hankeleping või varasem kontsessioonileping on lõpetatud enneaegselt, või on määratud kahjutasu või sellega võrreldavad sanktsioonid seoses kõnealuse varasema lepinguga?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 8 „kes on oluliselt või pidevalt rikkunud eelnevalt sõlmitud hankelepingu olulist tingimust või hankelepingute olulisi tingimusi nii, et rikkumise tulemusena on lepingust taganetud või leping üles öeldud, hinda alandatud, hüvitatud kahju või makstud leppetrahvi". Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud. Alates 1.09.2017 alustatud hangete tulemusena sõlmitud riigihankelepingute kohta leiab infot riigihangete registrist.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 3. Kas olete võtnud meetmeid, et tõendada oma usaldusväärsust („Self-Cleaning”)? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 4. Kirjeldage neid (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 6. URL (Url) 7. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 8. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
SÜÜDI VALEANDMETE ESITAMISES, ON JÄTNUD TEAVET ESITAMATA, EI SUUDA
NÕUTUD DOKUMENTE ESITADA, HANKINUD KÄESOLEVA MENETLUSE KOHTA
KONFIDENTSIAALSET TEAVET
Kas ettevõtja on olnud ühes järgmistest olukordadest: a) ta on kõrvalejätmise aluste puudumise või valikukriteeriumide täitmise kontrollimiseks nõutava teabe esitamisel esitanud valeandmeid; b) ta on jätnud sellist teavet esitamata; c) ta ei ole esitanud viivitamata avaliku sektori hankija või võrgustiku sektori hankija nõutud täiendavad dokumendid, ja d) ta on tegutsenud eesmärgiga mõjutada lubamatul viisil avaliku sektori hankija või võrgustiku sektori hankija otsustusprotsessi, et saada konfidentsiaalseid andmeid, mis võivad anda talle põhjendamatu eelise hankemenetluses, või hooletusest esitanud eksitavat teavet, mis võib oluliselt mõjutada kõrvalejätmise, valiku või lepingu hindamise kohta tehtavaid otsuseid?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 9 „kes on esitanud valeandmeid käesolevas paragrahvis sätestatud või RHS §- des 98-101 sätestatu alusel hankija kehtestatud kvalifitseerimise tingimustele vastavuse kohta“;
19 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
RHS § 95 lg 4 p 9 „kes on jätnud andmed käesolevas paragrahvis sätestatud või käesoleva seaduse §-des 98-101 sätestatu alusel hankija kehtestatud kvalifitseerimise tingimustele vastavuse kohta esitamata“; RHS § 95 lg 4 p 9 „kes on jätnud käesoleva seaduse § 104 lõigete 7 ja 8 alusel hankija nõutud täiendavad dokumendid esitamata“; RHS § 95 lg 4 p 10 „kes on tegutsenud eesmärgiga mõjutada hankijat või esitanud hooletusest eksitavat teavet, mis on võinud mõjutada hankija otsuseid riigihankes, või on tegutsenud eesmärgiga saada konfidentsiaalset teavet, mis on võinud anda talle põhjendamatu eelise teiste riigihankes osalejate ees“. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 3. URL (Url) 4. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 5. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
D: Ainult siseriiklikest õigusaktidest tulenevad kõrvalejätmise alused
AINULT SISERIIKLIKEST ÕIGUSAKTIDEST TULENEVAD KÕRVALEJÄTMISE
ALUSED: SEADUSLIKU ALUSETA VIIBIVALE VÄLISMAALASELE TÖÖTAMISE
VÕIMALDAMISE EEST
Kas ettevõtja on rikkunud RHS § 95 lg 1 p-st 2 tuleneva kõrvalejätmise alusega seotud kohustusi?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 1 p 2 „keda või kelle haldus-, juhtimis- või järelevalveorgani liiget, prokuristi või muud isikut, kellel on volitus seda ettevõtjat esindada, tema nimel otsuseid teha või teda kontrollida, on karistatud riigis ilma seadusliku aluseta viibivale välismaalasele töötamise võimaldamise või välismaalase Eestis töötamise tingimuste rikkumise võimaldamise, sealhulgas seaduses sätestatud töötasu määrast väiksema töötasu maksmise eest“. Kohustuslik kõrvaldamise alus. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 3. URL (Url) 4. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 5. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
AINULT SISERIIKLIKEST ÕIGUSAKTIDEST TULENEVAD KÕRVALEJÄTMISE
ALUSED: RAHVUSVAHELISE SANKTSIOONI SUBJEKT
Kas ettevõtja on rikkunud RHS § 95 lg 1 p-st 5 tuleneva kõrvalejätmise alusega seotud kohustusi?
20 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 1 p 5. Alates 14.08.2022 kontrollib hankija kõrvaldamise aluse puudumist pakkuja või taotleja kinnituse alusel. Hankija võib põhjendatud kahtluse korral nõuda pakkujalt või taotlejalt täiendavate andmete või tõendite esitamist, mis võimaldavad kõrvaldamise alust kontrollida (RHS § 96 lg 2.1).
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 3. URL (Url) 4. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 5. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
AINULT SISERIIKLIKEST ÕIGUSAKTIDEST TULENEVAD KÕRVALEJÄTMISE
ALUSED: KARISTATUD MAKSUALASTE SÜÜTEGUDE EEST
Kas ettevõtja on rikkunud RHS § 95 lg 4 p-st 11 tuleneva kõrvalejätmise alusega seotud kohustusi?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 11 „keda või kelle haldus-, juhtimis- või järelevalveorgani liiget või muud seaduslikku esindajat on karistatud maksualaste süütegude eest“. Vabatahtlik kõrvaldamise alus. Kui hankemenetlusest kõrvaldamise alus esineb, võib ettevõtja soovi korral esitada tõendeid selle kohta, et ta on võtnud meetmeid oma usaldusväärsuse taastamiseks. Heastamise võimalus on ettevõtjal juhul, kui tegemist on rahvusvahelist piirmäära ületava hankega või hankija on selle hanke alusdokumentides ette näinud.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 3. URL (Url) 4. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 5. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
AINULT SISERIIKLIKEST ÕIGUSAKTIDEST TULENEVAD KÕRVALEJÄTMISE
ALUSED: HANKIJA ASUKOHAJÄRGSE KOHALIKU MAKSU MAKSUVÕLG
Kas ettevõtja on rikkunud RHS § 95 lg-st 4.1 tuleneva kõrvalejätmise alusega seotud kohustusi?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4.1 „kellel on hankija asukoha järgse, ühishanke puhul iga ühishankija asukoha järgse, või kui hankijaks on kohaliku omavalitsuse üksuste ühendus, iga ühendusse kuuluva hankija asukoha järgse kohaliku maksu maksuvõlg maksukorralduse seaduse tähenduses“. Vabatahtlik kõrvaldamise alus. RHR-i kaudu saab päringuid teha vaid Tallinnas registreeritud hankija (MTA maksuvõlapäring + tänavate sulgemise maks).
21 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 3. URL (Url) 4. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 5. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
AINULT SISERIIKLIKEST ÕIGUSAKTIDEST TULENEVAD KÕRVALEJÄTMISE
ALUSED: OSALEJA PIIRAMINE ETTEVÕTJA ELU- VÕI ASUKOHA PÕHISELT
Kas ettevõtja rikub hankija kehtestatud piirangut pakkumust või taotlust esitada?
Viide seadusele: RHS § 95 lg 4 p 12 „kellel puudub käesoleva seaduse alusel õigus pakkumust või taotlust esitada“. RHS § 7 lg 3 sätestab, et hankija võib piirata pakkujate ja taotlejate ringi, lubades riigihankes osaleda ainult RHS § 3 punktis 2 nimetatud riikidest pärit ettevõtjatel või andes nendest riikidest pärit ettevõtjate esitatud pakkumustele eeliseid teistest riikidest pärit ettevõtjate esitatud pakkumuste ees. Hankija sätestab piirangu ettevõtja elu- või asukohale hanke alusdokumentides.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Mis on Teie vastus? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 2. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 3. URL (Url) 4. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 5. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
IV OSA: KVALIFITSEERIMISTINGIMUSED
C: Tehniline ja kutsealane suutlikkus
TEENUSLEPINGUTE PUHUL: TÄPSUSTATUD LIIKI TEENUSTE OSUTAMINE
Ainult teenuste riigihankelepingute puhul: Ettevõtja on arvestusperioodi jooksul osutanud täpsustatud liiki teenuste puhul alljärgnevaid peamisi teenuseid. Avaliku sektori hankijad võivad nõuda kuni kolme aasta kogemuse tõendamist ja võtta arvesse rohkem kui kolme aasta vanuseid kogemusi.
Viide seadusele: RHS § 101 lg 1 p 2 „nimekiri hankija kindlaks määratud tunnustele vastavate teenuste osutamise lepingutest, mis on täidetud riigihanke algamisele eelneva 36 kuu jooksul, koos teabega nende maksumuse, kuupäevade ja teiste lepingupoolte kohta“ RHS § 101 lg 2 „hankija võib piisava konkurentsi tagamiseks arvesse võtta andmeid rohkem kui 36 kuu eest täidetud teenuste osutamise lepingute kohta“
Tingimuse selgitus: Pakkuja peab olema 3 (kolme) viimase aasta jooksul käesoleva riigihanke väljakuulutamisest tagasiulatuvalt (s.o periood alates oktoober 2020 kuni pakkumuse esitamiseni) nõuetekohaselt teostanud vähemalt 2 (kaks) sarnast tööd. Sarnaseks tööks loetakse programmide või projektide vahehindamise ja/või mõju ja tulemuste hindamise töid maksumusega vähemalt 10 000 (kümme tuhat) eurot ilma km-ta töö kohta. Töö, mille alusel pakkuja oma kvalifikatsiooni tõendab, peab olema pakkumuse esitamise hetkeks lõpetatud (tellijale üle antud).
22 / 22
Koostatud 28.09.2023 10:40:28 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Tingimuse kirjeldus: Minimaalne teostatud tööde arv: 2
Kirjeldus: Pakkuja esitab tingimusele vastavuse tõendamiseks loetelu varasematest töödest koos töö tellija andmete, sh tellija kontaktisiku kontaktandmetega, info töö maksumuse, teostamise ajaperioodi ja sisu kohta, riigihanke korral riigihanke viitenumbri ning pakkuja kinnituse tööde nõuetekohase teostamise kohta.
Ettevõtjalt oodatavad vastused:
1. Kirjeldus (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 2. Kogusumma (Summa) 3. Valuuta (Vääring) 4. Ettevõtja vastutusala (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki)) 5. Summa (Summa) 6. Valuuta (Vääring) 7. Ajavahemik (Periood) 8. Kas info on konfidentsiaalne? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 9. Tellija nimi (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 10. Kontaktisiku nimi (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 11. E-mail (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 12. Telefon (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 13. Kas see teave on elektrooniliselt kättesaadav? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei") 14. URL (Url) 15. Kood (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki)) 16. Väljaandja (Sisestusväli (max pikkus 250 tähemärki))
Koostatud 04.10.2023 14:25:00 1 / 2 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/ 6433497/general-info
HINDAMISKRITEERIUMID JA HINNATAVAD NÄITAJAD
Viitenumber: 270392 Hankija: Siseministeerium (70000562) Hange: Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi, Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu vahehindamine
Pakkumuse maksumust hinnatakse - Ilma maksudeta Kriteeriumi kaalumise meetod - Osakaaludega Elektroonilist oksjoni kasutatakse: ei
Jrk nr
Nimetus Kirjeldus Tüüp / hindamismeetod
Osakaal Kogus Ühik Pakkuja täidetav
1 Pakutava teenuse sisu kvaliteet Kriteeriumi „Pakutava teenuse sisu kvaliteet“ hindamisel saab enim punkte RHAD üldosa punktis 9.3 alampunktides esitatud hindamiskriteeriumite suhtes parima ehk sisukama ja kvaliteetsema sisuga pakkumus (kokku on võimalik saada kuni 65 punkti), millest 1) pakkuja arusaam hindamise lähteülesandest 15 punkti, 2) pakutud hindamismetoodika asjakohasus ja põhjendatus 25 punkti, 3) riskide hindamine 5 punkti ning 4) tegevus- ja ajakava 20 punkti. Täpsem info RHAD üldosa punktis 9.3.
Kvaliteet - hankija hinnatav
65
2 Pakutava teenuse kogumaksumus Pakkumuse kogumaksumuse hindamiskriteeriumi hindamisel võetakse aluseks pakutudd teenuse kogumaksumus eurodes (käibemaksuta). Väärtuspunktide arvutamine: kõige madalama kogumaksumusega pakkumusele omistatakse kriteeriumile määratud maksimaalne arv väärtuspunkte, teised pakkumused saavad riigihangete registrisse (RHR) sisestatud automaatse valemi alusel
Maksumus - vähim on parim
35 EUR jah
Koostatud 04.10.2023 14:25:00 2 / 2 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/ 6433497/general-info
punkte proportsionaalselt vähem. Pakkumuse kogumaksumuseks (EUR ilma km-ta) loetakse teenuse osutamise kogumaksumust, mis sisaldab kõiki lepingu nõuetekohaseks täitmiseks vajalikke kulusid ja olema lõplik. Pakkumuse kogumaksumus tuleb esitada e-RHRi töölehel toodud vormi kohaselt.
Kokku: 100
Hindamismetoodika kirjeldus 1. Pakutava teenuse sisu kvaliteet
"Hankija hinnatav" meetodi puhul sisestatakse väärtuspunktid hankija poolt koondhindena. Väärtuspunkte saab anda maksimaalselt nii palju kui suur on kriteeriumi osakaal. Tulemus ümardatakse 2 komakohani.
2. Pakutava teenuse kogumaksumus "Vähim on parim" ja "suurim on parim" punktid arvutab süsteem automaatselt pakkuja sisestatud väärtuste põhjal.
RHR valem on järgmine: madalaima väärtusega pakkumus saab maksimaalse arvu punkte. Teised pakkumused saavad punkte arvutades valemiga: "osakaal" - ("pakkumuse väärtus" - madalaim väärtus") / "suurim väärtus" * "osakaal".
1 / 3
Koostatud 04.10.2023 12:12:15 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
VASTAVUSTINGIMUSED Viitenumber: 270392 Hankija: Siseministeerium (70000562) Hange: Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja
Integratsioonifondi, Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu vahehindamine
ÜHISPAKKUJATE VOLIKIRI Ühispakkujad nimetavad riigihankega ning hankelepingu sõlmimise ja täitmisega seotud toimingute tegemiseks endi seast volitatud esindaja.
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Kas tegemist on ühispakkumusega? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei")
2. Kui tegemist on ühispakkumusega, kas olete lisanud pakkumuse "Lisadokumentide" lehele ühispakkujate volikirja? Kui tegemist ei ole ühispakkumusega, vastake "Ei"". (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei")
PAKKUMUSE ESITAMINE Pakkumuse esitamisega kinnitab pakkuja kõigi riigihanke alusdokumentides esitatud tingimuste ülevõtmist.
Tingimusliku pakkumuse esitamine ei ole lubatud.
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Kas ettevõtja saab kinnitada, et pakkumus vastab hanke alusdokumentides sätestatud tingimustele? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei")
PAKKUMUSE MAKSUMUS Pakkumuse maksumus tuleb esitada töölehel "Hindamiskriteeriumid ja hinnatavad näitajad" toodud struktuuri kohaselt.
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Kas ettevõtja kinnitab, et täidab pakkumuse lehe "Hindamiskriteeriumid ja hinnatavad näitajad" lehel ette antud struktuuri kohaselt? (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei")
ÄRISALADUS Pakkuja märgib pakkumuses, milline teave on pakkuja ärisaladus ning põhjendab teabe määramist ärisaladuseks.
Teabe ärisaladuseks määramisel lähtutakse ebaausa konkurentsi takistamise ja ärisaladuse kaitse seaduse § 5 lõikes 2 sätestatust. Pakkuja ei või ärisaladusena märkida: 1) pakkumuse maksumust ega osamaksumusi; 2) teenuste hankelepingute puhul lisaks punktis 1 nimetatule muid pakkumuste hindamise kriteeriumidele vastavaid pakkumust iseloomustavaid numbrilisi näitajaid; 3) asjade ja ehitustööde hankelepingute puhul lisaks punktis 1 nimetatule muid pakkumuste hindamise kriteeriumidele vastavaid pakkumust iseloomustavaid näitajaid (RHS § 46.1).
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Kirjeldage lühidalt pakkumuses sisalduvat ärisaladust ja lisage selle määramise põhjendus või märkige, et pakkumus ei sisalda ärisaladust. (Suur sisestusala (max pikkus 4000 tähemärki))
KÕRVALDAMISE ALUSEGA ALLTÖÖVÕTJA MITTEKAASAMINE Pakkuja kinnitab, et ei kaasa hankelepingu täitmisel alltöövõtjat, kes kuuluks RHS § 122 lõike 7 alusel asendamisele.
2 / 3
Koostatud 04.10.2023 12:12:15 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Pakkuja kinnitab, et ei kaasa hankelepingu täitmisel alltöövõtjat, kes kuuluks RHS § 122 lõike 7 alusel asendamisele. (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei")
SAMAVÄÄRSUS Pakkuja kinnitab, et pakkumus vastab hanke alusdokumentides nõutule ja vajadusel on samaväärsus selgitatud ja tõendid samaväärsuse kohta lisatud.
Iga viidet, mille hankija teeb riigihanke alusdokumentides mõnele RHS-i § 88 lõikes 2 nimetatud alusele (standardile, tehnilisele tunnustusele, tehnilisele kontrollisüsteemile vms), tuleb lugeda selliselt, et see on täiendatud märkega „või sellega samaväärne“. Iga viidet, mille hankija teeb riigihanke alusdokumentides ostuallikale, protsessile, kaubamärgile, patendile, tüübile, päritolule, tootmisviisile, märgisele või vastavushindamisasutuse väljastatud katsearuandele või tõendile, tuleb lugeda selliselt, et see on täiendatud märkega „või sellega samaväärne“ (RHS § 88 lg-d 5-6, § 89 lg 2, 114 lg-d 5-7). Hankija aktsepteerib objektiivsetel põhjustel muid asjakohaseid tõendeid, kui pakkuja tõendab hankijale vastuvõetaval viisil, et pakutav asi, teenus või ehitustöö vastab konkreetse märgise või hankija esitatud nõuetele, välja arvatud juhul, kui hankija nõutud märgis, samaväärne märgis või konkreetse või samaväärse vastavushindamisasutuse väljastatud katsearuanne või muu tõend on seaduse alusel eelduseks asja, teenuse või ehitustöö pakkumiseks turul (RHS § 114 lg 7).
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Pakkuja kinnitab, et pakkumus vastab hanke alusdokumentides nõutule ja vajadusel on samaväärsus selgitatud ja tõendid samaväärsuse kohta lisatud. (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei")
RAHVUSVAHELISE SANKTSIOONI OBJEKT Pakkuja kinnitab, et pakutav kaup ei ole rahvusvahelise sanktsiooni objektiks või pärit sanktsiooni all olevatest piirkondadest. Hankija lükkab tagasi pakkumuse, mille alusel sõlmitav hankeleping oleks RSanS § 7 lg 1 alusel tühine.
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Pakkuja kinnitab, et pakutav kaup ei ole rahvusvahelise sanktsiooni objektiks ega pärit sanktsiooni all olevatest piirkondadest. (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei")
EL NÕUKOGU SANKTSIOON. ALLTÖÖVÕTJAD JA TARNIJAD. Pakkuja kinnitab, et ta ei kaasa üle 10% hankelepingu maksumusest hankelepingu täitmisele alltöövõtjaid ega tarnijaid, kes on: 1. Vene Föderatsiooni kodanik, resident või Vene Föderatsioonis asutatud ettevõtja, sh füüsilisest isikust ettevõtja, juriidiline isik, asutus või muu üksus; 2. rohkem kui 50% ulatuses otseselt või kaudselt punktis 1 nimetatud isiku, asutuse või muu üksuse omandis; 3. punktis 1 või 2 nimetatud isiku, asutuse või muu üksuse esindaja või tegutseb sellise isiku juhiste alusel. Hankija lükkab tagasi pakkumuse, mille alusel sõlmitav hankeleping oleks RSanS § 7 lg 1 alusel tühine.
Määrust kohaldatakse riigihangetele alates rahvusvahelisest piirmäärast. NÕUKOGU MÄÄRUS (EL) 2022/576, 8. aprill 2022, millega muudetakse määrust (EL) nr 833/2014, mis käsitleb piiravaid meetmeid seoses Venemaa tegevusega, mis destabiliseerib olukorda Ukrainas.
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Pakkuja kinnitab, et ta ei kaasa üle 10% hankelepingu maksumusest hankelepingu täitmisele alltöövõtjaid ega tarnijaid, kes on: 1. Vene Föderatsiooni kodanik, resident või Vene Föderatsioonis asutatud ettevõtja, sh füüsilisest isikust ettevõtja, juriidiline isik, asutus või muu üksus; 2. rohkem kui 50% ulatuses otseselt või kaudselt punktis 1 nimetatud isiku, asutuse või muu üksuse omandis; 3. punktis 1 või 2 nimetatud isiku, asutuse või muu üksuse esindaja või tegutseb sellise isiku juhiste alusel. (Raadionupp valikutega "Jah/Ei")
3 / 3
Koostatud 04.10.2023 12:12:15 https://riigihanked.riik.ee/rhr-web/#/procurement/6433497/general-info
PAKUTAV TEENUSE SISU KIRJELDUS
Pakutav teenus peab vastama riigihanke alusdokumentides esitatud tingimustele. Pakkuja esitab pakutava teenuse sisu kirjelduse sellise detailsusega, et hankijal oleks võimalik üheselt kontrollida pakutava teenuse sisu vastavust riigihanke alusdokumentides esitatud tingimustele ning pakkumuse sisu kvaliteeti võrrelda ja hinnata (vt tehniline kirjeldus ja hindamiskriteeriumid).
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Pakkuja esitab pakutava teenuse sisu detailse kirjelduse (vt tehnilise kirjelduse punkt 7) (Vabas vormis dokument)
PAKUTAVA TEENUSE TEGEVUS- JA AJAKAVA
Pakutava teenuse teostamise tegevus- ja ajakava, mis sisaldab konkreetseid tegevusi, võttes mh arvesse pakutava teenuse kirjeldust, sh selles esitatud töö etappe ja lõpptähtaega (sh ettevalmistavaid tegevusi ja etappe kuni tööde teostamiseni ja lõpparuande üleandmiseni- vastuvõtmiseni) ning pakutavat meeskonda. Tegevus- ja ajakavast peab ilmnema mh selge seos meeskonnaliikmete rollide, vasutuse ja töö mahuga.
Ajakava esitada nädala täpsusega ning sellest peab mh selguma vahearuannete ja lõpparuande hankijale üleandmise ajad ja nende sisu (vt tehniline kirjeldus ja hindamiskriteeriumid).
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Pakutava teenuse detailne ajakava (Vabas vormis dokument)
PAKUTAVA MEESKONNA KIJRELDUS, ROLLIDE JA VASTUTUSE JAOTUS
Pakutud meeskonna kirjeldus, mis peab olema esitatud sellise detailsusega, et hankijal oleks võimalik üheselt kontrollida meeskonna vastavust tehnilise kirjelduse punktis 8 esitatud tingimustele ning pakkumusi võrrelda ja hinnata (vt tehniline kirjeldus ja hindamiskriteeriumid).
Küsimused ettevõtjale: 1. Meeskonna liikmete nimekiri koos meeskonna kirjeldusega vastavalt riigihankele lisatud vormile (Vorm. Meeskonna liikmed). (Vabas vormis dokument)
2. Pakutavate meeskonnaliikmete vabas vormis CV-d, mis peab olema esitatud viisil, et hankijal on võimalik CV alusel üheselt kontrollida meeskonnaliikmete vastavust RHAD tehnilises kirjelduses esitatud tingimustele (sh tehnilises kirjelduses nõutud meeskonnalikmete teadmiste ja kogemuste kirjeldus). Varasema kogemuse juures tuua välja konkreetsed tööd, tööde teostamise aeg, töö sisu lühikirjeldus ning meeskonnaliikme roll ja vastutus selles, tööde tellija või tööandja kontaktandmed). CV-d peavad olema meeskonnaliikme poolt digitaalselt allkirjastatud. (Vabas vormis dokument)
3. Meeskonnaliikmete digitaalallkirjastatud kinnitused. (Vorm. Meeskonnaliikmete kinnitus) (Vabas vormis dokument)
Prepared by DG Migration and Home Affairs in collaboration with Joint Research Centre January 2017
EUR [number] EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Directorate-General for Migration and Home Affairs
Directorate E Migration and Security Funds
Unit E.2 National programmes for South and East Europe, Evaluation, AMIF/ISF Committee
Contact: Evaluation Team
E-mail: [email protected]
European Commission
B-1049 Brussels
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 3
Guidance on the common monitoring
and evaluation framework of the
Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund
(AMIF) and the Internal Security Fund
(ISF)
Prepared by DG Migration and Home Affairs in collaboration with Joint Research Centre January 2017
DRAFT
LEGAL NOTICE
Reproduction is authorised provided the source is acknowledged.
Europe Direct is a service to help you find answers to your questions about the European Union.
Freephone number (*):
00 800 6 7 8 9 10 11
(*) The information given is free, as are most calls (though some operators, phone boxes or hotels
may charge you).
DOCUMENT HISTORY
Version Date Changes made - content Changes made
- pages
1.0 - -
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 6
ABBREVIATIONS
AA = Audit Authority
AIR = Annual Implementation Report
AMIF = Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund
FAQ = Frequently Asked Questions (replies published in SFC2014)
ISF = Internal Security Fund
MS = Member State
RA = Responsible Authority
SFC= SFC2014
TCN = Third country nationals
ToR = Terms of Reference
EQ = Evaluation Questions
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................... 6
1. INTRODUCTION..................................................................................................... 9
2. INTERVENTION LOGIC OF AMIF AND ISF ................................................................. 11
3. MONITORING AND INDICATORS ............................................................................. 13
4. PLANNING THE EVALUATION ................................................................................. 17
4.1. Legal deadlines for the interim evaluation of AMIF and ISF ............................... 17
4.2. Evaluation plan ........................................................................................... 17
4.3. Selecting the evaluation experts .................................................................... 18
4.4. Preparing Terms of Reference ....................................................................... 19
5. CARRYING OUT THE EVALUATION .......................................................................... 22
5.1. How to fill in the interim evaluation report in SFC2014 ..................................... 22
5.1.1. Replies to Evaluation Questions (section 4) ..................................................... 25
5.1.2. Efficiency, relevance, coherence, complementarity, EU added value, sustainability, and simplification and reduction of administrative burden ............ 33
5.1.3. How to insert the indicators .......................................................................... 36
5.2. Assessment of the evaluation report .............................................................. 37
5.3. Best practice of CIE: pilot studies in collaboration with JRC ............................... 37
6. ANNEXES ............................................................................................................ 39
6.1. Indicators by specific objective – AMIF ........................................................... 39
6.1.1. S01: Asylum and reception ........................................................................... 40
6.1.2. S02: Legal Migration and Integration ............................................................. 46
6.1.3. S03: Return ................................................................................................ 52
6.1.4. S04: Solidarity ............................................................................................ 57
6.1.5. Horizontal indicators .................................................................................... 59
6.2. Indicators by specific objectives – ISF ............................................................ 60
6.2.1. SO1: Visa ................................................................................................... 61
6.2.2. SO2: Border ............................................................................................... 64
6.2.3. SO5: Crime ................................................................................................ 70
6.2.4. SO6: Risk and crisis ..................................................................................... 83
6.2.5. Horizontal indicators .................................................................................... 86
6.3. Methodology examples ................................................................................. 88
6.3.1. Naive before and after comparison (B-A) ........................................................ 90
6.3.2. Multivariate regression analysis ..................................................................... 90
6.3.3. Fixed Effects ............................................................................................... 91
6.3.4. Instrumental Variables (IV) .......................................................................... 92
6.3.5. Difference in Differences (DiD) ...................................................................... 93
6.3.6. Regression discontinuity design (RDD) ........................................................... 94
6.3.7. Propensity score matching (PSM) .................................................................. 95
6.4. Pilot projects in collaboration with JRC ........................................................... 96
6.4.1. Micro-data and methodology for AMIF evaluation ............................................ 96
6.4.2. Micro-data and methodology for ISF evaluation ............................................... 97
6.5. Evaluation report template in SFC2014 ........................................................ 101
6.5.1. Draft model interim evaluation report AMIF .................................................. 101
6.5.2. SFC2014 template for indicators AMIF ......................................................... 118
6.5.3. Draft model interim evaluation report ISF ..................................................... 127
6.5.4. SFC2014 template for indicators ISF ............................................................ 147
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 8
6.6. Frequently Asked Questions ........................................................................ 160
6.6.1. AMIF FAQ ................................................................................................. 160
6.6.2. ISF FAQ .................................................................................................. 180
6.7. Example of Terms of Reference ................................................................... 182
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 9
1. INTRODUCTION
The aim of this guidance document is to provide the Responsible Authorities in
the Member States with an operational tool to prepare their interim evaluation of
the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund (AMIF) and the Internal Security
Fund (ISF). It is a living document which will be further completed and
adjusted according to the needs arising in the Member States. It is part of the
overall support provided by the Commission to Member States and their partners
in the implementation of these Funds.
This document is not a methodological guide on evaluation tools and methods,
but a hands-on document, tailored to the needs of the Responsible Authorities.
Along with this guidance document, the Member States are also invited to
consult the Better Regulation Guidelines1 and the Better Regulation
"Toolbox"2 which provide a recommended range of evaluation tools and
methods. Where relevant, references to some specific tools are also included in
this Guidance.
The purpose of the interim evaluation of AMIF and ISF is to assess the progress
made in the implementation of the instruments and the results achieved at mid-
term of the programming period 2014-2020. The evaluation will be based on the
five compulsory evaluation criteria of effectiveness, efficiency, coherence,
relevance and EU added value, as set out in the Better Regulation Guidelines. In
addition, the AMIF and ISF evaluation will also look at the sustainability and
complementarity of actions as well as at simplification and reduction of
administrative burden, in compliance with the Regulation (EU) No 514/2014
(hereafter referred to as the Horizontal Regulation).
Member States will submit their national evaluation reports by the end of
December 2017. Their reports will contribute to the overall evaluation that will
be carried out by the Commission between the fall of 2017 and the first
semester of 2018. The national evaluation reports by the Member States will
cover only the national programmes implemented under shared management,
1 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/guidelines/toc_guide_en.htm
2 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/guidelines/toc_tool_en.htm#
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 10
while Emergency assistance projects and Union Actions will be evaluated by the
Commission. The Commission's interim evaluation report on the implementation
of AMIF and ISF will be submitted to the European Parliament, to the Council, to
the European Economic and Social Committee, and to the Committee of the
Regions by the end of June 2018.
This guidance on the Common Monitoring and Evaluation Framework (CMEF) has
been developed by DG HOME with the technical support of the Joint Research
Centre, and the active contribution of the members of the European Evaluation
and Monitoring Network AMIF/ISF (hereafter referred to as EEMN), composed of
the national evaluation coordinators and appointed by the Responsible
Authorities. The guidance will be presented to the national authorities through
ad hoc workshops. Further support will be provided via the framework of the
EEMN.
As a result of the interim evaluation and in view of the ex post evaluation, the
document will be reviewed and revised as necessary. The scope of the review
will be to address additional needs identified during the evaluation process and
to include guidance specific to the ex post evaluation.
This document includes a chapter on Frequently Asked Questions3, which
gathers the replies to queries raised by the national authorities in the last
months. The FAQ chapter will be progressively updated upon submission of new
questions. These questions and replies are also published in the SFC2014, for
the benefit of all Member States.
3 For more information on FAQ, please refer to chapter 6.6.1. AMIF FAQ or 6.6.2. ISF FAQ.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 11
2. INTERVENTION LOGIC OF AMIF AND ISF
The intervention logic is the cornerstone for the evaluation of a Fund. The
intervention logic represents a methodological instrument which establishes the
logical link between programme objectives and the envisaged operational
actions. It shows the conceptual link from an intervention's input to its output
and, subsequently, to its results and impacts. Thus, an intervention logic allows
an assessment of a measure's contribution to achieving its objectives. Please
also refer to the "TOOL #41: DESIGNING THE EVALUATION" of the Better
Regulation Toolbox4.
The intervention logic summarises how the intervention was expected to work
and it shows how different inputs/activities/outputs triggered by the EU
intervention were expected to interact to deliver the promised changes over time
and ultimately achieve the objectives (Figure 1).
Figure 1. Intervention logic model and evaluation criteria.
4 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/guidelines/tool_41_en.htm
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 12
Based on the intervention logic which demonstrates the assumptions of what
was expected to happen, evaluations look back at the performance of the Funds
and critically compare what has actually happened to the earlier estimates.
In addition, the intervention logic can be very helpful in selecting the specific
evaluation criteria to look at during the evaluation and, based on these, in
identifying the underlying evaluation questions and relevant indicators.
For AMIF and ISF, the evaluation will look altogether at 8 evaluation criteria.
These include the five compulsory evaluation criteria (effectiveness, efficiency,
coherence, relevance and EU added value), as set out in the Better Regulation
Guidelines. In addition, as foreseen in the Horizontal Regulation, the evaluation
will also cover the sustainability and complementarity of actions as well as the
simplification and reduction of administrative burden5.
Based on these selected evaluation criteria, the Commission together with the
Member States via the EEMN developed a range of common evaluation
questions6 and result & impact indicators7. These will form a frame for the
interim and ex post evaluations. As all the Member States will use the same set
of EQ and indicators, this will allow for the aggregation of national evaluation
results at the European level.
5 For more information on evaluation criteria, please refer to chapter 5.1.1. and 5.1.2.
6 For more information on evaluation questions, please refer to chapter 5.1.1.
7 For more information on result & impact indicators, please refer to chapter 3 and chapters 6.1 and 6.2. of the
Annex.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 13
3. MONITORING AND INDICATORS
Difference between monitoring and evaluation
Monitoring is a continuous and systematic process of data collection about an
intervention. It helps to identify and address any implementation problems and
generates factual information for future evaluation and impact assessments. It is
important to note, however, that the data collected will not only reflect changes
due to the EU intervention but also those which are caused by other factors.
While monitoring looks at “what” changes have occurred since the entry into
force of a policy intervention, evaluation looks at “whether” the intervention has
been effective in reaching its objectives, and whether the objectives have been
met efficiently (i.e. at least cost), as well as the reasons for the success or
otherwise of an intervention.
What, When and How should evidence be collected and reported
To set up a good monitoring system a clear link needs to be established between
the objectives and indicators, bearing in mind the arrangements needed to
collect the necessary new evidence in time to meet reporting requirements.
The timing of the gathering of the evidence needs to be considered vis-à-vis the
progress of the intervention's implementation and reporting requirements. The
desired outcome of a policy intervention may not materialise for many years and
this should be reflected in the monitoring arrangements. Where it takes too long
to capture the final policy outcome, or where it will not be possible to measure
the outcome, it may be necessary to monitor against intermediate or proxy
outcomes.
Indicators are the main instrument for monitoring. For AMIF and ISF, the
following groups of indicators were established:
− Output indicators: These relate to the specific deliverables of the
intervention.
− Result indicators: These match the immediate effects of the intervention
with particular reference to the direct addressees.
− Impact indicators: These relate to the intended outcome of the intervention
in terms of impact on the wider economy/society beyond those directly affected
by the intervention.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 14
The indicators used to monitor the two Funds were established in two different
moments.
First of all, ANNEX II of regulation 513/2014, ANNEX IV of regulation 515/2014,
and ANNEX IV of regulation 516/2014 list the common indicators that should be
collected in order to be able to monitor year by year, and to evaluate the two
Funds in the interim evaluation and at the end of the programming period.
These common indicators are to be reported on an annual basis in the Annual
Implementation Report (AIR).
In addition, a Delegated Regulation on the Common Monitoring and Evaluation
Framework of AMIF and ISF (hereafter referred to as the Delegated Regulation
on CMEF)8 complements the list of common indicators, by developing a list of
common results and impact indicators (details can be found in the chapters 6.1.
and 6.2. of the annex) and, which should be reported in SFC2014 for the interim
and ex post evaluations.
Guidance on the definition of the common indicators has been provided to the
Responsible Authorities through a system of questions and answers, which is
recorded in SFC under the FAQ section. The same approach will continue during
the implementation of the Funds.
The list of data sources and units of measurement for all the indicators, by Fund
and by specific objective, is reported in chapters 6.1. and 6.2. of the Annex.
These indicators should be collected on a financial year9 basis for all the years
involved in the current programming period (2014-2020), plus for the baseline
year, i.e. 2013.
How to reconcile the financial year and the calendar year
For some of the indicators for which data must be collected, the reference period
is based on a calendar year. Mixing together indicators with a reference period
8 Delegated Regulation (EU) C(2016) 6265 on the Common Monitoring and Evaluation Framework of AMIF
and ISF (CMEF) adopted by the Commission on 3/10/2016.
9 Article 38 of the Horizontal Regulation defines the financial year as being "the period commencing on 16
October of year 'N-1' and ending on 15 October of year 'N'". As a result, Member States should report for the
period starting from 16/10 of year N-1 to 15/10 of year N.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 15
based on a calendar year with other indicators based on a financial year could
lead to discrepancies in evaluation results.
Therefore, for all indicators, the reporting period that will be used for the interim
evaluation is the financial year. The data collected on a calendar year will be
reported on a pro rata basis.
Example:
SO1 I2. Share of final positive decisions at the appeal stage.
The data for this indicator is to be found in the Eurostat Database (the variable
is coded as “migr_asydcfina”) and is available annually on a calendar basis.
For the financial years 2014-2015 (16/10/2014 until 15/10/2015), DG HOME, at
the level of the 28 MS calculates the indicator as follows:
Final decisions on applications by citizenship, age and sex Annual data (rounded)
[migr_asydcfina]
CITIZEN Extra-EU-28
GEO/TIME 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
201
6
European
Union (28
countries)
86.77
0
93.25
5
97.68
5
128.5
40
132.1
05
134.6
40
136.03
0
182.38
5 35
For 2014, DG HOME will take 136.030 * 2,5/12 = 28.340
For 2015, DG HOME will take 182.385 * 9,5/12 = 144.388
Total for this indicator for the financial years 2014-2015 (16/10/2014 until
15/10/2015) is 172.728 positive decisions.
Result and impact indicators come from different data sources: some of them
are provided directly by DG HOME; others are provided by the Member States.
Another set of indicators comes from sources like Eurostat, EASO, Frontex, etc.
All the indicators, for which the source is DG HOME, Eurostat, EASO, Frontex,
etc., will be introduced by DG HOME directly in SFC 2014 in the evaluation
module for each Member State. This ensures that for these indicators, the data
will be aggregated and that the method will be identical, without any difference
of interpretation. Moreover, it will reduce the number of data that Member
States must collect. For more information, please also refer to the chapter 5.1.3.
During the implementation of the Funds, the financial years will not always have the same length. When calculating
indicators pro rata, the following conditions need to be taken into account:
Total number of
months
Baseline - 01/01/2013 until 31/12/2013 Baseline 12 months No pro rata needed, will be the calendar year
Financial year 1 - Start on 01/01/2014 until 15/10/2014
Reporting period 9,5 months
Pro rata, if the data collected is on calendar year, the data must be calculated on a pro rata basis of 9,5 months.
Financial year 2 - 16/10/2014 until 15/10/2015 12 months Pro rata, 2,5 months for 2014 and 9,5 months for 2015.
Financial year 3 - 16/10/2015 until 15/10/2016
Reporting period 12 months Pro rata, same way of calculation as financial year 2.
Cover the period 01/01/2014 until 30/06/2017 Interim evaluation 42 months
For 1st semester 2017, if the data is not available, the data provided will be based on the best estimate which can be, for example, to take the figures of 2016 as a basis.
Financial year 4 - 16/10/2016 until 15/10/2017
Reporting period 12 months Pro rata, same way of calculation as financial year 2.
Financial year 5 - 16/10/2017 until 15/10/2018
Reporting period 12 months Pro rata, same way of calculation as financial year 2.
Financial year 6 - 16/10/2018 until 15/10/2019
Reporting period 12 months Pro rata, same way of calculation as financial year 2.
Financial year 7 - 16/10/2019 until 15/10/2020
Reporting period 12 months Pro rata, same way of calculation as financial year 2.
Financial year 8 - 16/10/2020 until 15/10/2021
Reporting period 12 months Pro rata, same way of calculation as financial year 2.
Financial year 9 - 16/10/2021 until 15/10/2022
Reporting period 12 months Pro rata, same way of calculation as financial year 2.
Financial year 10 - 16/10/2022 until 15/10/2023
Reporting period
8,5 months
Pro rata, 2,5 months for 2022 and 6 months for 2023. If the data is not available for the 1st semester of 2023, the data provided will be based on the best estimate which can be, for example, to take the figures of 2022 as a basis.
17
4. PLANNING THE EVALUATION
4.1. Legal deadlines for the interim evaluation of AMIF and ISF
The legal basis of the AMIF and ISF states that the Commission shall submit an
interim evaluation report on the implementation of the AMIF and ISF to the
European Parliament, to the Council, to the European Economic and Social
Committee, and to the Committee of the Regions by 30 June 2018 (Art. 57 of
the Horizontal Regulation).
The interim evaluation of AMIF and ISF will build mainly on the national interim
evaluation reports submitted by each Member State to the Commission by 31
December 2017 using the common template in SFC2014. It will also include an
assessment of the mid-term review10 and an evaluation of the Union Actions and
the Emergency Assistance projects.
The deadline for the submission of the Commission's report is extremely tight,
considering the parallel exercise to be carried out for the two Funds and the
many administrative steps in view of the publication of the evaluation reports.
For this reason, timely preparation and submission of the national evaluation
reports will be necessary and crucial.
4.2. Evaluation plan
Good evaluation planning is a critical step to ensure the availability of the
national evaluation results on time. It is fundamental to have sufficient internal
and/or external staff able to deal with the process and communicate effectively
with the beneficiaries, together with a detailed calendar of the implementation of
the evaluation to allow supervision and troubleshooting.
In this regard, it is recommended that the Responsible Authorities prepare
thorough evaluation plans, which should identify at least the following:
the resources needed to carry out the evaluation;
the work plan with a timeline and clear deadlines to allow follow-up and
review of the progress;
the procedures to check and validate the results of the evaluation.
10 Carried out in accordance with the Horizontal Regulation and the Specific Regulations.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 18
If the evaluation is carried out by an external consultant, the work plan should
allow sufficient time for contracting (including for preparation of the terms of
reference, launch of the call for tenders, selection of the contractor and
signature of the contract).
In addition, the time margin necessary for carrying out the quality assessment
of the deliverables needs to be taken into account in the end of the contract and
also for filling the template in SFC2014.
Finally, in their evaluation plan, RAs should also foresee the strategy and
approach in disseminating the results of the national evaluation.
4.3. Selecting the evaluation experts
Article 56(3) of the Horizontal Regulation states that the evaluation shall be
carried out by experts who are functionally independent from the Responsible
Authorities, the Audit Authorities and the Delegated Authorities. This implies that
the Member States have the choice to entrust the evaluation to external experts
(contractors), or to an internal but functionally independent body. Under the
second option, these experts may be affiliated to an autonomous public
institution responsible for the monitoring, evaluation and audit of the
administration. The hierarchical independence of the evaluators should be
ensured through an appropriate assessment of the situation, to be also reported
to the Commission services via the ad hoc section of the evaluation report
template in SFC2014.
Depending on the option selected by each Member State, procurement may be
necessary or not. In both cases it is recommended to set up a detailed plan and
to write precise Terms of Reference (hereafter referred to as the ToR).
Procurement practices for selecting the external evaluators by the Member
States should start as soon as possible and no later than April-May 2017 so that
the experts may be selected by June 2017. The interim evaluation study should
start no later than July-August 2017.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 19
4.4. Preparing Terms of Reference11
The ToR presents an overview of the evaluation manager’s requirements and
expectations related to the evaluation study, providing a brief and concise
description of the main scope and purpose of the evaluation, the roles and
responsibilities of the actors involved, the methodology, the selection criteria,
the timeline, and the amount of resources available for the evaluation (if
applicable).
In the ToR it is important to clearly explain the logical connection between
several elements: the rationale for the evaluation, the objectives of the Fund,
the purpose of the evaluation, and the evaluation questions. The ToR should be
structured to include the following key elements:
1. Background introduction and description of the intervention providing
context information and the objectives of the Fund.
2. Specific purpose and scope of the evaluation, explaining what will be
evaluated and why, complemented by the main evaluation questions.
3. Intervention logic with the expected broad methodological approach, wide
enough to ensure room for the evaluators to assess the quality of the
proposed methodologies and if appropriate suggest additional/alternative
ones.
4. Evaluation questions encouraging critical analysis. The evaluation
questions selected by the Commission were worded in a way that forces
the evaluator to go beyond providing a yes/no answer based on simple
description, and to look at what the links were between the changes
observed and the EU intervention(s).
5. Availability of relevant data (e.g. outcome measures, covariates) on the
target population directly provided by the commissioning authority or
publicly available.
11 For more information on the Terms of Reference, please refer to chapter 6.7. which provides an example of
the ToR.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 20
6. Availability of data on the control group if Counterfactual Impact
Evaluation methods are being used (CIE, see chapter 6.3 on Methodology
examples).
7. Description of the required professional competences and qualifications of
the evaluators (according to the scope and methodology of the
evaluation) as well as of the selection and award criteria.
8. Expected tasks and deliverables (inception, intermediate and final reports,
presentations, other documents expected from the evaluators), the time
schedule of the study and the available budget.
In order to provide an additional safety net, ensuring a high editorial quality of
the contractors' final report, it is recommended to consider including the
following clause in the ToR: "In view of its publication, the final report by the
contractors must be of high editorial quality. In cases where the contractor does
not manage to produce a final report of high editorial quality within the
timeframe defined by the contract, the contracting authority can decide to have
the final report professionally edited at the expense of the contractor (e.g.
deduction of these costs from the final payment)."
Finally, the ToR should contain detailed information on the methodology that it is
advisable to adopt for the evaluation. Different methodologies can be used
depending on the data at hand. Various examples of methods are described in
chapter 6.3: Methodology examples. RAs can choose to be very prescriptive and
to describe in the ToR which data collection tools and analytical methods shall be
used, or request the evaluation experts to propose their approach and
methodology, and use these as one of the criteria for the selection of the
experts. However, the ToR should specify that triangulation of methods is
required.
The contractors should be asked to explain in their bid the advantages, the
limitations and the risks involved in using the proposed tools and techniques.
To make this step smooth it is important that the RAs are in touch with the
beneficiaries of the Funds in terms of data availability and collection. Please also
refer to chapter 5.1.1. which provides further details about the data collection
and analysis approaches.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 21
During the inception phase of the evaluation, the evaluators may be asked to
refine the methodology proposed in the tender bid and to provide further details
on the data collection tools, sources, analysis methods, data limitations and
back-up solutions.
An example of the ToR can be found in chapter 6.7 of the Annex.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 22
5. CARRYING OUT THE EVALUATION
5.1. How to fill in the interim evaluation report in SFC2014
The independent evaluation experts will produce an evaluation report in line with
the requirements of the RA stipulated in the ToR. The report can follow any
format agreed between the two parties, but it is recommended that the experts
fill in also the template of the evaluation report to be submitted via SFC2014 (for
the template, please refer to chapter 6.5. of the Annex). This will save time and
resources at the level of the RA, and will help reduce the risk of submitting
incomplete reports. Particular attention should be paid to the fact that the
template of the evaluation report in SFC2014 will have a limited number of
characters allowed for each section. This means that when reporting to the
Commission, the results of the evaluation will have to be synthesized.
Therefore, it is recommended that the experts are aware of the space limitation
and that this is taken into account when developing the synthesized report
according to the SFC2014 template. The synthesis report must, however, be
self-contained and cannot refer to information in any attached document or
contain hyperlinks.
This synthesis report is the key deliverable of the evaluation process. It should
be built on the critical judgements and it should summarise the evaluation,
presenting the replies to the evaluation questions, research undertaken,
analysis, findings and conclusions/recommendations of the evaluation.
The national evaluation reports for AMIF and ISF interim evaluation cover the
time period between 1 January 2014 and 30 June 2017. The template in SFC
2014 is mostly based on the evaluation questions which are common for all the
Member States and are set in the Delegated Regulation on CMEF. The impact
and result indicators, which are also part of the Delegated Regulation on CMEF,
should be used to support the replies to the evaluation questions.
The interim evaluation report is composed of 12 sections (see the box below).
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 23
In the section on "Independent experts", RAs should explain whether the
evaluation was entrusted to external experts (contractors) or to an internal but
functionally independent body. They should also explain how the independence
requirement (as set in Art. 56(3) of the Horizontal Regulation) was ensured.
The Executive Summary should provide a comprehensive overview of both the
results from the interim evaluation and the mid-term review.
In section 1 MS should provide a short description of the context in which the
Funds have been implemented during the period covered in the interim
evaluation (from January 2014 to June 2017). MS should explain the background
information which is relevant to the implementation of the AMIF and ISF national
Structure of the evaluation template in SFC2014
Independent experts Executive Summary
1. Context of implementation of the Fund during the relevant
period. 2. Challenges encountered and their impact on the
Implementation of the National Programmes 3. Deviations in the implementation of the National Programmes
(if any)
4. Evaluation questions: a. Effectiveness. Possible methods to be used to provide
answers about effectiveness: i. Conclusions, based on the common impact and
result indicators
ii. Stakeholder consultation and other data collection tools
iii. Counterfactual impact evaluation b. Efficiency c. Coherence
d. Complementarity e. EU added value
f. Sustainability g. Simplification and reduction of administrative burden
5. Project examples
6. Methodology 7. Main conclusions and recommendations
8. Results of the Mid-term review 9. Annex
Result & Impact indicators
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 24
programmes and useful to understand the country’s main needs in the field of
migration for AMIF and of security for ISF.
In Sections 2 and 3 MS should explain the challenges they faced in the
implementation of the Funds and whether these challenges and new needs led to
deviations from the established national programmes.
Section 4 is devoted to the evaluation questions. Questions are organised by the
evaluation criteria of effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence,
complementarity, EU added value, sustainability and simplification and reduction
of administrative burden. Where relevant, the replies to the evaluation questions
need to be supported by the result and impact indicators and also by the data to
be reported in the Annex (see section 9). Please note that the national
evaluation reports should cover only the actions implemented under the national
programmes (shared management). Emergency Assistance projects and Union
Actions will be evaluated by the Commission.
Section 5 focuses on examples of projects financed by the Fund. MS should
report three cases of success stories and one case of a failure story. MS should
particularly look at the projects' effectiveness and/or efficiency in achieving the
objectives, and at a more global level at the contribution of the project to the
effectiveness of the national programme. Both qualitative and quantitative
methods can be used to achieve this goal. For more information, please refer to
chapter 5.3.
Section 6 presents the methodology used for the evaluation and how the data
collection process was handled.
It is followed by section 7 on conclusions and recommendations. The conclusions
shall be streamlined and should focus on the most essential and pertinent
issues. Therefore, the maximum number of conclusions which can be selected in
the SFC2014 template is five. Each recommendation should be linked to a
specific conclusion. In the specific case of an interim evaluation, the report
should also include some recommendations to improve the implementation for
the remaining period.
Section 8 presents the results of the mid-term review.
The Annex (Data) includes a number of tables with information which is usually
contained in the accounts and can be used to support the replies under the
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 25
evaluation questions. For the period 01/01/2014-15/10/2016 this information
will be automatically generated from the accounts. However, as the interim
evaluation also covers the period 16/10/2016-30/06/2017, this additional data
will have to be encoded manually by the RA, based on the best estimates
available by the end of 2017.
5.1.1. Replies to Evaluation Questions (section 4)
Effectiveness
The evaluation sub-questions are grouped together under a more general
evaluation question. For example, for AMIF, under a "Solidarity" topic, the
overall evaluation question "How did the Fund contribute to enhancing solidarity
and responsibility-sharing between the Member States, in particular towards
those most affected by migration and asylum flows, including through practical
cooperation?" is further detailed by two evaluation sub-questions "How did the
Fund contribute to the transfer of asylum applicants (relocation as per Council
Decisions (EU) 2015/1253 and 2015/1601)?" and "How did the Fund contribute
to the transfer between Member States of beneficiaries of international
protection?". The suggested approach is to first prepare replies to the sub-
questions, and then to merge them into a comprehensive reply for the overall
question.
Three possible approaches can be used to reply to the evaluation questions
related to effectiveness.
I. Approach: Common result and impact indicators set in the
Delegated Regulation on CMEF
The common output, impact and result indicators are the first tool to be used to
provide an answer to the evaluation questions. Indicators provide an empirical
assessment of the functioning of the interventions financed by the Funds. Each
indicator can be mapped to a specific evaluation question and then to an
evaluation criterion. Therefore, where possible, when answering the evaluation
questions, MS should refer to the indicators linked to the evaluation question:
this guarantees objectiveness in the replies and comparability across MS.
A mapping of the specific objectives, evaluation questions and indicators is
presented in Tables 1 and 2 for AMIF and ISF respectively.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 26
In addition, MS can use any other relevant information they consider useful to
answer the evaluation questions, including the Data reported in the Annex to the
evaluation report. Reference can be made to some specific projects within an
action or to the whole action implemented – as described in the national
programmes. The replies to evaluation questions should not, however, be the
place to provide an exhaustive list of the activities and projects implemented. It
is expected that a qualitative assessment, based on a thorough in-depth
analysis, will be provided for each question. As for the EQ which are not linked
to any indicator, MS should base their reply on the data collected via other
sources.
In order to assess the progress made, one can comment on the dynamic of
these indicators over time. It should be noted that in order to make this before-
after comparison, it is desirable to have a similar set of indicators for the pre-
AMIF period, at least for a baseline year (e.g. the year immediately preceding
the use of the Fund).
Nevertheless, relying only on indicators to answer the evaluation questions is a
sub-optimal strategy as indicators are useful in describing the current situation
and the evolution over time, but they do not allow us to assess how and if this
evolution is really due to the Funds or to other external factors.
AMIF
The table below illustrates the mapping of the evaluation questions contained for
the AMIF (Annex I) onto a subset of indicators (common result and impact).
Table 1. To what extent has the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund ("Fund")
reached the objectives defined in Regulation (EU) No 516/2014?
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE EVALUATION QUESTIONS INDICATORS
SO1: Asylum and reception
How did the Fund contribute to
strengthening and developing all
aspects of the Common European
Asylum System, including its external
dimension?
What progress was made towards strengthening
and developing the asylum procedures, and how
did the Fund contribute to achieving this
progress?
SO1 R1, SO1 R3, SO1
I1, SO1 I2
What progress was made towards strengthening
and developing the reception conditions, and
how did the Fund contribute to achieving this
progress?
SO1 R2, SO1 R4, SO1
I3, SO1 I4, SO1 I5
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 27
What progress was made towards the
achievement of a successful implementation of
the legal framework of the qualification directive
(and its subsequent modifications), and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
SO1 I6
What progress was made towards enhancing
Member State capacity to develop, monitor and
evaluate their asylum policies and procedures,
and how did the Fund contribute to achieving
this progress?
SO1 C4, SO1 C5, SO1
R3
What progress was made towards the
establishment, development and implementation
of national resettlement programmes and
strategies, and other humanitarian admission programmes, and how did the Fund contribute to
achieving this progress?
SO1 C6
SO2: Legal Migration and Integration
How did the Fund contribute to
supporting legal migration to the
Member States in accordance with
their economic and social needs, such
as labour market needs, while
safeguarding the integrity of the
immigration systems of Member States, and to promoting the effective
integration of third-country nationals?
What progress was made towards supporting
legal migration to the Member States in
accordance with their economic and social
needs, such as labour market needs, and how
did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
SO2 R1, SO2 R2, SO2 I1
What progress was made towards promoting the
effective integration of third-country nationals,
and how did the Fund contribute to achieving
this progress?
SO2 R2, SO2 I2, SO2 I3,
SO4 I4, SO2 I5, SO2 I6,
SO2 I7
What progress was made towards supporting co-
operation among the Member States, with a
view to safeguarding the integrity of the
immigration systems of Member States, and how
did the Fund contribute to achieving this
progress?
SO2 C3, SO2 C4
What progress was made towards building
capacity on integration and legal migration
within the Member States, and how did the Fund
contribute to achieving this progress?
SO2 C3, SO2 C5
SO3: Return
How did the Fund contribute to
enhancing fair and effective return
strategies in the Member States which
contribute to combating illegal
immigration, with an emphasis on
sustainability of return and effective
readmission in the countries of origin
and transit?
What progress was made towards supporting the
measures accompanying return procedures, and
how did the Fund contribute to achieving this
progress?
SO3 R2, SO3 R4, SO3
R7, SO3 R8
What progress was made towards effective
implementation of return measures (voluntary and forced), and how did the Fund contribute to
achieving this progress?
SO3 R3, SO3 R5, SO3 I1, SO3 I2, SO3 I3
What progress was made towards enhancing
practical co-operation between Member States
and/or with authorities of third countries on
return measures, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
SO3 R6
What progress was made towards building
capacity on return, and how did the Fund
contribute to achieving this progress?
SO3 R1, SO3 C4,
SO4: Solidarity
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 28
How did the Fund contribute to
enhancing solidarity and responsibility-
sharing between the Member States,
in particular towards those most
affected by migration and asylum flows, including through practical
cooperation?
How did the Fund contribute to the transfer of
asylum applicants (relocation as per Council
Decisions (EU) 2015/1253 and 2015/1601)? SO4 R1, SO4 R2
How did the Fund contribute to the transfer
between Member States of beneficiaries of
international protection?
ISF
The following table illustrates the mapping of the evaluation for ISF (Annex II)
onto a subset of indicators (output, result and impact).
Table 2. How did the Internal Security Fund ("Fund") contribute to the achievement of the general objective defined in the Regulation 515/2014? (VISA
AND BORDERS)
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE EVALUATION QUESTIONS INDICATORS
S01- VISA
How did the Fund contribute to the
achievement of the following specific
objectives: · Support a common visa policy to
facilitate legitimate travel;
· Provide a high quality of service to
visa applicants;
· Ensure equal treatment of third-
country nationals and
· Tackle illegal migration?
What progress was made towards promoting the
development and implementation of the
common visa policy to facilitate legitimate travel, and how did the Fund contribute to
achieving this progress?
What progress was made towards ensuring
better consular coverage and harmonised
practices on visa issuance between Member
States, and how did the Fund contribute to
achieving this progress?
SO1 R2, SO1 I1, SO1 I2
What progress was made towards ensuring the
application of the Union's acquis on visas and
how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
SO1 R3
What progress was made towards Member
States' contribution to strengthening the
cooperation between Member States operating
in third countries as regards the flows of third-
country national into the territory of Member States, including prevention and tackling of
illegal immigration, as well as the cooperation
with third countries, and how did the Fund
contribute to achieving this progress?
SO1 C3, SO1 R1, SO1
R6, SO1 R5
What progress was made towards supporting the
common visa policy by setting up and running IT
systems, their communication infrastructure and
equipment, and how did the Fund contribute to
achieving this progress?
SO1 R4
How did the operating support provided for in Article 10 of the Regulation (EU) No 515/2014
contribute to the achievement of the specific
objective on common visa policy?
S02 - BORDERS
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 29
Supporting integrated border
management, including promoting
further harmonisation of border
management-related measures in
accordance with common Union
standards and through the sharing of
information between Member States
and between Member States and the
European Agency for the Management
of Operational Cooperation at the
External Borders of the Member States of the European Union?
· Ensuring, on one hand, a uniform
and high level of control and protection
of the external borders, including by
the tackling of illegal immigration and,
on the other hand, the smooth
crossing of the external borders in
conformity with the Schengen acquis,
while guaranteeing access to international protection for those
needing it, in accordance with the
obligations contracted by the Member
States in the field of human rights,
including the principle of non-
refoulement?
What progress was made towards promoting the
development, implementation and enforcement
of policies with a view to ensure the absence of
any controls on persons when crossing the
internal borders, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
What progress was made towards carrying out
checks on persons and monitoring efficiently the crossing of external borders, and how did the
Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
SO2 C2, SO2 R2, SO2
I3, SO2 I5
What progress was made towards establishing
gradually an integrated management system for
external borders, based on solidarity and
responsibility, and how did the Fund contribute
to achieving this progress?
SO2 R5
What progress was made towards ensuring the
application of the Union's acquis on border
management, and how did the Fund contribute
to achieving this progress?
S02 R1, SO2 R3, SO2
R4
What progress was made towards contributing to reinforcing situational awareness at the
external borders and the reaction capabilities of
Member States, and how did the Fund contribute
to achieving this progress?
What progress was made towards setting up and
running IT systems, their communication
infrastructure and equipment that support
border checks and border surveillance at the external borders, and how did the Fund
contribute to achieving this progress?
SO2 I1, SO2 I2, SO2 I4
How did the operating support provided for in Article 10 of the Regulation n° 515/2014
contribute to the achievement of the specific
objective on border management?
Table 3. How did the Internal Security Fund ("Fund") contribute to the achievement of the general objective defined in the Regulation 513/2014? (CRIME
AND RISK & CRISIS)
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE EVALUATION QUESTIONS INDICATORS
S05 CRIME
How did the Fund contribute to the
following specific objectives:
• Prevention of cross-border, serious
and organised crime, including
terrorism;
• Reinforcement of the coordination
and cooperation between law enforcement authorities and other
What progress was made towards the
achievement of the expected results of
strengthening Member States' capacity to
combat cross-border, serious and organised
crime, including terrorism and to reinforce their
mutual cooperation in this field?
SO5 R1
SO5 I1
SO5 I2
SO5 I3
SO5 C3
SO5 R3
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 30
national authorities of Member States, including with Europol or other
relevant Union bodies, and with
relevant third Countries and
international organisations?
What progress was made towards the achievement of the expected result of
developing administrative and operational
coordination and cooperation among Member
States' public authorities, Europol or other
relevant Union bodies and, where appropriate,
with third Countries and international
organisations?
SO5 R1 SO5 I5
SO5 I6
SO5 C4
SO5 I7
What progress was made towards the
achievement of the expected result of developing training schemes, such as those
regarding technical and professional skills and
knowledge of obligations on human rights and
fundamental freedoms, in implementation of EU
training policies, including through specific Union
law enforcement exchange programmes?
SO5 R2
What progress was made towards the
achievement of the expected result of putting in
place measures, safeguard mechanisms and
best practices for the identification and support
of witnesses and victims of crime, including
victims of terrorism?
S05 I4
S05 C3
S06 RISK AND CRISIS
How did the Fund contribute to
improve the capacity of Member States
to manage effectively security-related
risks and crises, and protecting people
and critical infrastructure against terrorist attacks and other security-
related incidents?
What progress was made towards reinforcing
Member States' administrative and operational
capacity to protect critical infrastructure in all
sectors of economic activity, including through
public-private partnerships and improved coordination, cooperation, exchange and
dissemination of know-how and experience
within the Union and with relevant third
countries, and how did the Fund contribute to
the achievement of this progress?
S06 R1
S06 R2
S06 I1
What progress was made towards establishing
secure links and effective coordination between
existing sector-specific early warning and crisis
cooperation actors at Union and national level,
and how did the Fund contribute to the
achievement of this progress?
S06 R1
S06 R2
S06 I1
What progress was made towards improving the
administrative and operational capacity of the
Member States and the Union to develop
comprehensive threat and risk assessments, and
how did the Fund contribute to the achievement of this progress?
S06 R2
S06 C2
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 31
II. Approach: Conducting surveys targeted to the beneficiaries
The second approach to evaluate the effectiveness of the Funds is to rely on
“qualitative” methodologies. These methodologies will complement the
conclusions drawn through the assessment of the progress of the result and
impact indicators and will allow to support the replies to the Evaluation
Questions with additional sources of data. Diversification of data sources is
necessary in an evaluation based on evidence. These qualitative methodologies
may include: beneficiary surveys; case studies; an expert panel; focus groups;
theory based impact evaluation, and others.12 Please also refer to the Better
Regulation Toolbox, TOOL #50: Stakeholder Consultation Tools13 and to Tool
#2: Evidence Based Better Regulation14.
The national evaluations of AMIF and ISF shall be supported at least by
the approaches I and II.
III. Approach: CIE using data on final recipients and non-
recipients
Finally, we present the third approach that can be used to assess the
effectiveness of the Fund: Counterfactual Impact Evaluation (CIE).
As this approach is more demanding in terms of data, it is fundamental that the
RAs cooperate closely with the beneficiaries of the Fund for the gathering of all
the information on the final recipients15 of projects/actions financed by the Fund
(e.g. for AMIF a group of final recipients of a project could be asylum applicants,
12 For a comprehensive review and description of these methods please refer to “EVALSED sourcebook. The
resource for the evaluation of Socio-Economic Development: Sourcebook - Method and techniques.”
(2013).
13 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/guidelines/tool_50_en.htm
14 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/guidelines/tool_2_en.htm
15 Final recipients or treated group: those who did receive support from a specific project financed by the Fund.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 32
refugees or TCNs, who participated in a given training, etc.). At the same time,
it would be extremely important to also collect data on a group of non-
participants16 to the projects (e.g. asylum applicants, refugees or TCNs who did
not follow the training). These data usually come in the form of register or
administrative data (e.g. social security data, tax records, where the nationality
of the individuals is reported). The use of unsuccessful applicants to a project
financed by the Fund as a comparison group offers the opportunity to gather
information on the outcome in terms of performance after the project.
The absence of a non-recipient control group to compare with the final recipient
group limits the possibility of quantifying the impact of a project on a specific
objective (integration of TCNs). Generally, the group of non-recipients (what is
known in the literature as a 'control group') is used as a ‘benchmark’ for the
group of beneficiaries, in terms of what would have happened to the
beneficiaries had the project not been implemented. Control groups are the core
component of any evaluation study, so collecting the data on non-recipients
becomes extremely important.
The individuals (both recipients and non-recipients) may have also received
support from other projects in the past that fall outside the period of interest in
the evaluation. A well-built counterfactual analysis can help to solve these
contamination effects.
Example
One of the SFC2014 evaluation questions reads as “What progress was made
towards promoting the effective integration of third country nationals, and how
did the [AMIF] Fund contribute to this progress?”.
The first part of the question asks for the progress made with respect to the past
in achieving a specific goal, namely effective integration of third country
nationals. This EQ is linked to various results and impact indicators collected in
SFC2014, such as the gap between third country nationals and host country
nationals in the employment rate (indicator SO2 I2), the unemployment rate
16 Non-recipients, comparison group or control group: those who did not receive support from a specific project
financed by the Fund.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 33
(indicator SO2 I3) and the activity rate (SO2 I4), and others. These indicators
are described in chapter 6.1. of the Annex.
However, the evidence based on these common and impact indicators is not
sufficient to answer the second part of the question, which concerns the
contribution of the Fund to the progress observed. This is indeed a question on
the impact of the Fund, and can be addressed by means of Counterfactual
Impact Evaluation methods. The goal of the impact evaluation is to isolate
the causal effect of the Fund on the three indicators above from potential
confounding factors. It may happen, for instance, that although the money was
spent properly, the host country vs. third country national employment gap
worsened over time because of the business cycle or the Great Recession.
Indeed, the first workers who are fired in an economic crisis are those who enjoy
less employment protection, typically the “outsiders”, which often include low
skilled third country nationals. Then, in order to assess the causal effect of the
Fund, it is important to have an idea of what would have happened to the three
indicators in the absence of the Fund. To put it in other words, it is important to
find and define a proper counterfactual.
5.1.2. Efficiency, relevance, coherence, complementarity, EU added
value, sustainability, and simplification and reduction of administrative burden
In the following part of section 4, MS should reply about the efficiency,
relevance, coherence, complementarity, EU added value, sustainability of the
Fund and also about simplification and reduction of administrative burden.
Please also refer to the Better Regulation Toolbox, TOOL #42: Identifying the
Evaluation criteria and questions17 and TOOL #43: What Key Impacts Must be
considered?18, which provide further guidance on these evaluation criteria.
Efficiency (i.e. cost-effectiveness and cost-benefit analysis)
Efficiency considers the relationship between the resources used by an
intervention and the changes generated by the intervention. Efficiency analysis
is a key input to policy making, helping both policy makers and stakeholders to
17 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/guidelines/tool_42_en.htm
18 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/guidelines/tool_43_en.htm
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 34
draw conclusions on whether the costs of the EU intervention are proportionate
to the benefits.
Good evaluations should make strong efforts to go beyond a qualitative
description of the different costs and benefits of the EU intervention and seek to
quantify them. In order to identify the relevant categories of the costs, the full
efforts to support and perform an intervention can be broken into different
categories such as: staff, purchases made, time and/or money spent, fixed
costs, running costs, etc. Please also refer to TOOL #51: TYPOLOGY OF COSTS
AND BENEFITS19 and to TOOL #52: METHODS TO ASSESS COSTS AND
BENEFITS20.
Relevance
The evaluation must look at the objectives of the EU intervention being
evaluated and see how well they (still) match the (current) needs and problems.
The answer to this question should identify if there is any mismatch between the
objectives of the intervention and the (current) needs or problems. This is key
information that will assist policy makers in deciding whether to continue,
change or stop an intervention.
Coherence
The evaluation should look at how well the intervention works: i) internally and
ii) with other EU interventions within the same policy field or in areas which may
have to work together. At its widest, external coherence can look at compliance
with international agreements/declarations.
Complementarity
The evaluation should look at the extent to which EU policies and interventions
support and usefully supplement other policies (in particular those pursued by
the Member States).
EU added value
19 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/guidelines/tool_51_en.htm
20 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/guidelines/tool_52_en.htm
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 35
The evaluation should consider arguments about the value resulting from EU
interventions that is additional to the value that would have resulted from
interventions initiated at regional or national levels by both public authorities
and the private sector. For spending programmes, EU added value may result
from different factors such as co-ordination gains, improved legal certainty,
greater effectiveness or complementarity. The analysis of EU added value is
often limited to the qualitative, given the stated difficulties to identify a counter-
factual.
Sustainability
Evaluation should look at whether the effects are likely to last after the
intervention ends. It is often hoped that the changes caused by an intervention
are permanent. It can be important to test this expectation for interventions
which have a finite duration, such as particular programmes. For the purpose of
the evaluation of AMIF and ISF programmes, and given an extensive variety of
projects, MS may select a limited number of types of projects (e.g. language
courses, purchase of equipment, renovation of a reception centre) and make
sustainability checks after the end of the intervention only for a sample of
projects within the selected categories.
Simplification and reduction of administrative burden
AMIF and ISF were set-up differently in comparison to the SOLID Fund structure.
Switching from an annual to a multi-annual structure of national programmes;
allowing eligibility rules to be set at a national level; proposing a number of
simplified cost options — all these changes were aimed at the reduction of
administrative burden for the Member States and the beneficiaries, and at the
simplification of the procedures. Whether the new set-up has produced the
intended effect needs to be evaluated during the interim and ex post
evaluations, providing a qualitative assessment under the evaluation question on
whether the Fund management procedures were simplified and the
administrative burden was reduced for its beneficiaries.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 36
5.1.3. How to insert the indicators
In SFC2014 Member States will find tables to insert the results and impact
indicators contained in the Delegated Regulation on CMEF21. Only some of the
indicators are to be inserted by MS. Indicators which come from other data
sources (EASO, Eurostat, Frontex, European Commission, etc.), will be pre-filled
in SFC2014 by the Commission (before October 2016), and MS will be able to
see the numbers already in SFC. MS can correct the pre-filled indicators if they
have more updated data. In that case, MS should justify the reason for the
correction and the source of the new data. For the indicators which are to be
inserted by the MS, RAs should refer to chapters 6.1. and 6.2. of the Annex of
this guidance document for information about unit of measurement, reference
period and definition.
Some indicators are expressed as ratios, i.e. they have to be built from two
indicators. In this specific case, Member States need to report the original
numbers (numerator and denominator) and the ratio of the two will be
calculated by SFC.
Example
The result indicator S01 R2 for ISF-Borders and Visa is built as the ratio of the
number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations in the area of visas addressed
with the support of the Fund (S01 R2 a), over the total number of Schengen
Evaluation recommendations issued (S01 R2 b). Thus, for this indicator we will
have three values: the value of the denominator (S01 R2 b), the value of the
numerator (S01 R2 a) and the value of the ratio (S01 R2), which should be
automatically generated by SFC.
Other indicators have multiple values, therefore within one indicator there may
be more than one value associated. See for example indicator ISF-Borders and
Visas S02 I1 (number of irregular border crossings detected at the EU external
borders), distinguishing between a) between the border crossing points; and b)
at the border crossing points. This indicator is thus composed of two distinct
variables: S02 I1a and S02 I1b.
21 For the template, please refer to chapters 6.5.2. and 6.5.4 of the Annex.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 37
In case a MS wishes to send other relevant data (e.g. data disaggregated at the
regional level, or quarterly data) they will have the possibility to upload
supplementary files in SFC.
5.2. Assessment of the evaluation report
The assessment of the evaluation report (and any other requested documents) is
needed to ensure that the final deliverables respond to the information needs.
The quality of the final deliverables should be assessed against the requirements
in the ToR. When carrying out the assessment of the report, the RA should check
the reliability of data, and the analysis provided by the evaluators: the replies to
the evaluation questions must be systematically supported by the data analysed
in the report. The findings must follow a logical flow from the data, the analysis
of information and the interpretation. Evaluations are based on the best
available evidence (factual, opinion based, etc.), which should be drawn from a
diverse and appropriate range of methods and sources (triangulation principle –
TOOL #2: Evidence based Better Regulation). Not all sources of evidence are
equally robust and consideration must be given to when and how the evidence
was collected and whether there is any bias or uncertainty in it.
5.3. Best practice of CIE: pilot studies in collaboration with JRC
Project examples (such as the ones to be reported under section 5 of the
evaluation report template) can be analysed using CIE methods. Currently, JRC
and DG HOME are collaborating together to identify 2-3 MS that are interested in
testing this new evaluation approach on a voluntary basis. These examples are
named pilot studies as they illustrate what should/could be ideally done in the
future to properly evaluate projects/actions financed by a Fund.
The aim of the pilot studies is to complement the interim evaluation by further
developing one or more aspects of migration and internal security in the Member
States, to better assess the EU challenges on this matter in the near future. The
results of the pilot studies will be used for the Commission's interim evaluation
to be submitted to the European Parliament and the Council on June 2018, and
not for the national interim evaluation that the RAs will submit by the end of
December 2017.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 38
More information on the CIE methods which could be used in pilot studies is
provided in the chapter 6.3 of the Annex.
Chapter 6.4 of the Annex provides detailed examples of possible pilot projects
that make use of CIE methods to evaluate the impact of a selected
project/action on pre-defined objectives (e.g. integration, asylum, etc. for
AMIF).
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 39
6. ANNEXES
6.1. Indicators by specific objective – AMIF
In this section the common indicators contained in the Regulation (EU) No
516/2014 and the result and impact indicators contained in Annex III of the
Delegated Regulation on CMEF are presented. The figures on the common
indicators are reported annually by the Member States by means of the Annual
Implementation Report (AIR) in SFC 2014.
For the indicators listed below, further information is provided in order to help
the Member States collect the data and prepare the interim evaluation report: i)
Data source; ii) Measurement unit; iii) Reference period; iv) Definition, and v)
Useful information where necessary.
For each indicator we report the measurement unit and the reference period.
The indicators are organised by AMIF specific objective, following Article 3 of the
Regulation (EU) No 516/2014 and Annex III of the Delegated Regulation on
CMEF.
40
6.1.1. S01: Asylum and reception
Specific Objective: To strengthen and develop all aspects of the Common European Asylum System, including its external dimension
Definition / Clarification Unit of measurement Source of Data Frequency of measurement
Baselin e
OUTPUT INDICATORS
SO1 C4. Number of country-of-origin information products and fact-finding missions conducted with the assistance of the Fund
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of products and missions
Member States Annual - financial year
2013
SO1 C5. Number of projects supported under the Fund to develop, monitor and evaluate asylum policies in Member States
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of projects Member States Annual - financial year
2013
SO1 C6. Number of persons resettled with support of the Fund
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of persons Member States Annual - financial year
2013
RESULT INDICATORS
SO1 R1. Number of target group persons provided with assistance through projects in the field of reception and asylum systems supported under the Fund: i) number of target group persons benefiting from information and assistance throughout the asylum procedures ii) number of target group persons benefiting from legal assistance and representation iii) number of vulnerable persons and unaccompanied minors benefiting from specific assistance
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014).
Number of persons Member States Annual - financial year
2013
SO1 R2. Capacity (i.e. number of places) of new reception accommodation infrastructure set up in line with the common requirements for reception conditions as set out in the Union acquis and of existing reception accommodation infrastructure improved in accordance with the same requirements as a result of the projects supported under the Fund and percentage in the total reception accommodation capacity
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 41
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014). This indicator is broken down in sub-categories such as:
a) new reception accommodation infrastructure, set up in line with the common requirements for reception conditions as set out in the Union acquis, and of existing reception accommodation infrastructure improved in accordance with the same requirements as a result of the projects supported under the Fund
b) the same number as a percentage of the total accommodation capacity.
Useful information: The response to this indicator shall report on the number of places created or improved under projects supported by AMIF. If a Member State does not fund projects aiming at creating new places or improving accommodation capacity, the result reported will read "zero" new/improved places. Therefore the percentage in the total reception accommodation capacity will also be "zero percent".
Number of places and percentage
Member States Annual - financial year
2013
SO1 R3. Number of persons trained in asylum-related topics with the assistance of the Fund, and that number as a percentage of the total number of staff trained in those topics
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014). This indicator is broken down in sub-categories such as:
a) with the assistance of the Fund b) as a percentage of the total number of staff trained in those
topics.
Number of persons for a) and percentage for b)
Member States Annual – Financial year
2013
SO1 R4. Number of places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) supported by the Fund as compared to the total number of places adapted for unaccompanied minors.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 42
This indicator measures the evolution of the ratio of accommodation places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) supported by the Fund, out of the total number of accommodation places adapted for unaccompanied minors. It is based on two sets of data and a ratio:
a) number of places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) supported by the Fund (Member States)
b) total number of places adapted for UAM (Member States) c) number of places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM)
supported by the Fund as compared to the total number of places adapted for unaccompanied minors
Unaccompanied minor as defined in Article 2 of the Reception Conditions Directive (2013/33/EU). Accommodation adapted for unaccompanied minors as defined in Article 24 of the Reception Conditions Directive.
Numbers of places and percentage A ratio for c) will be generated automatically by the system (SFC). Stock at the end of the reporting period.
Member States Annual – financial year
2013
IMPACT INDICATORS
SO1 I1. Stock of pending cases at first instance, by duration.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 43
This indicator is broken down in sub-categories such as: a) less than 6 months b) more than 6 months Definition: This indicator refers to the stock of applications for which decisions in first instance are still pending. It includes all cases under consideration by the national authority responsible for the first instance determination of the application for international protection (until the first instance decision has been issued) at the end of the reference period (i.e. last day of the reference month). The total number is broken down by duration of pending number of days from the date of lodging the application to the end of the reference period, in line with Article 31 of the recast APD: 1. Less than 6 months: pending for 182 calendar days or less; 2. More than 6 months: pending for 183 calendar days or more.
Number of cases, duration
EASO and is defined as EPS indicator 2: “Pending cases at first instance”.
22
Data collected by DG HOME.
Annual – Financial year
23
2013
SO1 I2. Share of final positive decisions at the appeal stage.
This indicator measures the evolution of the share of appealed cases which have a positive outcome. Definition: Final decision on appeal means a decision granted at the final instance of administrative/judicial asylum procedure and which results from the appeal lodged by the asylum seeker rejected in the preceding stage of the procedure. Evolution of the share of final positive decisions (refugee status and subsidiary protection) taken in appeal stage compared to the number of all final decisions taken in appeal. Final decisions granting national
Numbers of decisions and percentage
Eurostat (migr_asydcfina). Data collected by DG HOME.
Annual – Data available on a calendar year basis for final instance decisions. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC
2013
22 EASO’s Early warning and Preparedness System (EPS) is a data collection system gathering information under indicators focussing on all key stages of the Common European Asylum System (CEAS). Countries provide monthly data to EASO within 15 days, with all 30 EU+ countries (EU Member States plus Norway and Switzerland) contributing. For more information visit the EASO website:
https://www.easo.europa.eu/analysis-and-statistics
23 Data available on a monthly basis
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 44
humanitarian protection are not considered as positive decisions but are included in the denominator in the total number of final decisions. Based on Eurostat data (migr_asydcfina), which will be downloaded from this website by the Commission: http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/products-datasets/-/migr_asydcfina. The variable is coded as “migr_asydcfina”. The meta-data can be found here: http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/metadata/EN/migr_asydec_esms. htm. The information reported by the Member States is the following: - total final positive decisions in appeal stage (refugee status and subsidiary protection) - total all final decisions in appeal stage - those numbers expressed as a ratio
2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
SO1 I3. Number of persons in the reception system (stock at the end of the reporting period)
Definition: This indicator measures the evolution of the number of persons in the reception system. This includes all persons who have applied for international protection in the reporting state and are effectively under the reception system, as a measure of stock of persons in the reception system at the end of the reporting month. The reception system is understood as the set of arrangements in place to accommodate asylum applicants as per the recast Reception Conditions Directive point 8 (Directive 2013/33/EU). Each person is to be reported individually: if a family is receiving reception, each family member shall be reported. For example, a family composed of four persons shall be reported as four persons in the reception system.
Number of persons EASO - EPS indicator 7: Number of persons in the reception system (stock at the end of the reporting period.)
Annual – data available on a monthly basis. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO1 I4. Number of persons in the reception system as compared to the number of asylum applicants (migr_asyappctza)
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 45
This indicator measures the evolution of the ratio of the number of persons in the accommodation system out of the total number of asylum applicants. It is based on two sets of data and a ratio:
a) number of persons in the reception system (stock at end of the reporting period) (EASO)
b) asylum and first time asylum applicants (Eurostat migr_asyappctza)
c) Number of persons in the reception system as compared to the number of asylum applicants
Numbers of persons and percentage. Number for a) and b), and ratio for c).
EASO + Eurostat (migr_asyappctza) For a) data to retrieve from EASO, EPS indicator 7 For b) data collected by Eurostat using the variable “migr_asyappctza” ( http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/ metadata/en/migr_asyapp_esms.htm) . For c) the ratio between a) and b) will be generated automatically by the system (SFC).
Annual – The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO1 I5. Number of accommodation places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) as compared to the number of unaccompanied minors.
This indicator measures the evolution of the ratio of accommodation places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) out of the total number of unaccompanied minors. It is based on two sets of data and a ratio:
a) number of accommodation places adapated for unaccompanied minors (Member States)
b) asylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors (Eurostat migr_asyunaa)
c) Number of accommodation places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) as compared to the number of unaccompanied minors.
a) Number of places. b) Number of unaccompanied minors. c) is the ratio calculated on a) and b).
For a) data will be provided by Member States. For b) data available in Eurostat (migr_asyunaa), The meta-data can be extracted using this link: http://appsso.eurostat.ec.europa.eu/ nui/show.do?dataset=migr_asyunaa& lang=en .
Annual – For a) it is reported by the MS on financial year. For b), the data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO1 I6. Convergence of first instance/final instance recognition rates by Member States for asylum applicants from a same third country.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 46
This indicator measures the evolution towards the convergence of recognition rates by MS for asylum seekers from a same third country. A proper implementation, at Member State level, of the standards for qualification laid down in Directive 2011/95/EU should lead towards an increased convergence of the recognition rates. Calculation: the recognition rate at first instance/final instance in the Member States for asylum seekers from specific third country (e.g. Afghanistan). For Member States with at least 100 total first instance/final instance decisions regarding asylum seekers from Afghanistan. (the higher the gap between MSs in percentage points, the higher the difference between MSs recognition rates for specific nationality). Grants of humanitarian status are not considered as positive decision but are included in the denominator in the total number of decisions. Calculations based on Eurostat data (migr_asydcfina).
Percentage points Eurostat (migr_asydcfina) Annual – The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
6.1.2. S02: Legal Migration and Integration
Specific Objective: To support legal migration to the Member States in accordance with their economic and social needs, such as labour market needs, while safeguarding the integrity of the immigration systems of the Member States, and to promote the effective integration of third-country nationals
Definition / Clarification Unit of measurement Source of Data Frequency of measurement
Baselin e
OUTPUT INDICATORS
SO2 C3. Number of local, regional and national policy frameworks/measures/tools in place for the integration of third-country nationals and involving civil society and migrant communities, as well as all other relevant stakeholders, as a result of the measures supported under the Fund
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of frameworks/measures /tools
Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO2 C4. Number of cooperation projects with other Member States on the integration of third-country nationals supported under the Fund
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 47
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of projects Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO2 C5. Number of projects supported under the Fund to develop, monitor and evaluate integration policies in Member States
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of projects Member States Annual – financial year
2013
RESULT INDICATORS
SO2 R1. Number of target group persons who participated in pre-departure measures supported under the Fund.
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014). Useful information: The target group for pre-departure measures is defined in Article 8 and in Recital 21 of Regulation (EU) No 516/2014. Article 8 of Regulation (EU) No 516/2014 lists actions which could be supported by the Fund in the context of pre-departure measures. Examples of pre-departure measures: information provision through one-to-one counselling sessions/ specifically developed material, skills development, job matching, recognition of qualifications (for more examples: http://publications.iom.int/bookstore/free/Headstart_to_Integration.p df ).
Number of persons Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO2 R2. Number of target group persons assisted by the Fund through integration measures in the framework of national, local and regional strategies: i) number of target group persons assisted through measures focusing on education and training, including language training and preparatory actions to facilitate access to the labour market, ii) number of target group persons supported through the provision of advice and assistance in the area of housing, iii) number of target group persons assisted through the provision of health and psychological care, iv) number of target group persons assisted through measures related to democratic participation.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 48
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014). Useful information: The common indicator is broader than the subcategory indicators and therefore it includes all types of assistance provided by the Fund through integration measures in the framework of national, local and regional strategies. The value of the common indicator should, in principle, be higher than any one of the subcategory indicators. Persons taking part in various assistance activities falling under various subcategory indicators will be counted under each relevant sub- category. In the common indicator these persons will only be counted once.
Numbers of persons Member States Annual – financial year
2013
IMPACT INDICATORS
SO2 I1. Share of third-country nationals (TCNs) having received long-term residence status out of all TCNs.
Definition: This indicator expresses the share of TCNs having received long-term residence status out of all TCNs.
Percentage of TCNs having received long- term residence status out of all TCNs.
Eurostat (migr_reslas) Annual – calendar year. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO2 I2. Employment rate: gap between third-country nationals and host-country nationals.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 49
Definition: The employment rate is the percentage of employed persons in relation to the comparable total population. For the overall employment rate, the comparison is made with the population of working-age. In this case the indicator is calculated as the difference of the employment rate of third-country nationals (TCNs) and the host-country nationals (or native population). ‘Third-country national’ means any person who is not a citizen of the Union within the meaning of Article 20(1) TFEU. In the European Union, the term is often used, together with "foreign national" and "non-EU foreign national", to refer to individuals who are neither from the EU country in which they are currently living or staying, nor from other member states of the European Union. The data to compute these two indicators are taken from EU-LFS, where it is possible to calculate the employment rate by age, sex, citizenship. One of the main results of an effective integration policy is to provide TCNs with the opportunity to access the labour market and participate to the economic and social life of their communities. The reduction of the gap in unemployment of TCNs cannot be the result of a single programme / policy, but a link between this result and the AMIF contribution to the national integration policies is evident. More details on the statistical concepts are provided here: http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics- explained/index.php/EU_labour_force_survey_-_methodology
Percentage points (difference in employment rate between TCNs and host country nationals).
Eurostat - EU-Labour force survey http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/lfs/ overview. Data on employment and unemployment: http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/m etadata/en/employ_esms.htm
Annual – calendar year
24 .
The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO2 I3. Unemployment rate: gap between third-country nationals and host-country nationals.
24 data can be collected both quarterly and annually
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 50
Definition: An unemployed person is defined by Eurostat, according to the guidelines of the International Labour Organization, as: • someone aged 15 to 74 (in Italy, Spain, the United Kingdom, Iceland, Norway: 16 to 74 years); • without work during the reference week; • available to start work within the next two weeks (or has already found a job to start within the next three months); • actively having sought employment at some time during the last four weeks. The unemployment rate is the number of people unemployed as a percentage of the labour force. This indicator is broadly calculated as the difference between the unemployment rate for the TCNs and the host country nationals for the age-group 15-74. However, it is possible to calculate this indicator for different age groups. As for the definition of TCNs, it is possible to calculate the indicator by citizenship and by country of birth.
Percentage points Eurostat - Labour force survey Annual – calendar year
25 .
The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO2 I4. Activity rate: gap between third-country nationals and host-country nationals.
Definition: This indicator is calculated as the difference in the activity rate between TCNs and host-country nationals. The activity rate represents active persons as a percentage of same age total population. It can be also calculated separately by age, sex, citizenship and so on.
Percentage points Eurostat - Labour force survey - Variable name: lfsa_argan
Annual – calendar year. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO2 I5. Share of early leavers from education and training: gap between third country nationals and host-country nationals.
25 data can be collected both quarterly and annually
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 51
This indicator will allow to analyse the trend over the implementation periods of the AMIF in an area which is highly regarded as meaningful for integration. It is defined as the percentage of population aged 18-24 with at most lower secondary education and not in further education or training, as compared to the same population of host-country nationals. Definition: Early leavers from education and training denotes the percentage of the population aged 18 to 24 having attained at most lower secondary education and not being involved in further education or training. The numerator of the indicator refers to persons aged 18 to 24 who meet the following two conditions: (a) the highest level of education or training they have completed is ISCED 2011 level 0, 1 or 2 (ISCED 1997: 0, 1, 2 or 3C short); and (b) they have not received any education or training (i.e. neither formal nor non-formal) in the four weeks preceding the survey. The denominator in the total population consists of the same age group, excluding the respondents who have not answered the questions 'highest level of education or training successfully completed' and 'participation in education and training'. This indicator can be calculated separately by gender and citizenship. Hence, it is possible to calculate the gap in the share of early leavers between TCNs and host- country nationals.
Percentage points Eurostat - Labour force survey using the variable name “edat_lfse_02” and the online data code "t2020_40".
Annual – calendar year. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO2 I6. Share of 30 to 34-years-olds with tertiary educational attainment: gap between third country nationals and host-country nationals.
Definition: This indicator is calculated as the difference between the share of 30 to 34-years-olds TCNs with tertiary educational attainment and the share of the 30 to 34-years-olds host-country nationals.
Percentage points Eurostat - Labour force survey. The name of the variable is “edat_lfs_9911”.
Annual – calendar year. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO2 I7. Share of population at risk of social poverty or social exclusion: gap between third-country nationals and host-country nationals.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 52
Definition: This indicator is computed as the difference in the share of population at risk of social poverty or social exclusion (defined as the population aged 18 and over) between TCNs and host-country nationals. For further information, please refer to http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/metadata/FR/ilc_esms.htm . It is proposed to use this indicator to measure the improvement of social inclusion at the launch and after closure of the AMIF. As clarified under "employment rate" AMIF contributes to the implementation of national policies aimed at promoting integration of TCNs, and these policies benefit also from other funds and incentives.
Percentage points Eurostat (European Statistics on Income and Living Conditions (EU- SILC)).
Annual – calendar year
26 .
The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
6.1.3. S03: Return
Specific Objective: To enhance fair and effective return strategies in the Member States supporting the fight against illegal immigration with an emphasis on sustainability of return and effective readmission in the countries of origin and transit
Definition / Clarification Unit of measurement Source of Data Frequency of measurement
Baselin e
OUTPUT INDICATORS
SO3 C4. Number of projects supported under the Fund to develop, monitor and evaluate return policies in Member States
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of projects Member States Annual – financial year
2013
RESULT INDICATORS
SO3 R1. Number of persons trained on return-related topics with the assistance of the Fund
26 the various statistics are generally presented on an annual basis (the survey year, whatever the underlying income reference period), although certain longitudinal indicators
may cover a longer period (e.g. 4 years).
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 53
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014). Useful information: This indicator refers to the number of persons trained, no matter the number of trainings they attended. A person should therefore only be counted once, even if he has attended several trainings.
Number of persons Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO3 R2. Number of returnees who received pre or post return reintegration assistance co-financed by the Fund
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014) Useful information: This indicator refers to the number of returnees, no matter the type(s) or amount of assistance received. A returnee should therefore only be counted once, even if it has received more than one form of assistance. This indicator measures reintegration assistance provided pre (ex-ante) and post (ex-post) return. The pre return reintegration assistance can take place in the Member State. All and any assistance can be included but the assistance must be measureable or traceable in case of monitoring or auditing. In-kind assistance should be included.
Number of persons Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO3 R3. Number of returnees whose return was co-financed by the Fund, persons who returned voluntarily and persons who were removed.
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014). This indicator shall be further broken down in sub-categories such as:
a) who returned voluntarily b) who were removed c) whose return was co-financed by the Fund
Definition: This indicator refers to all return operations (voluntary, assisted voluntary, forced) which were co-financed by the Fund, regardless of the percentage of co-financing. The indicator refers to direct costs: costs which are identifiable and necessary for the implementation of the return. Small administrative consumables, supplies and general services
Numbers of persons Member States Annual – financial year
2013
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 54
should not be considered as direct costs.
SO3 R4. Number of monitored removal operations co-financed by the Fund.
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of operations Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO3 R5. Numbers of removals supported by the Fund, as compared to the total number of returns following an order to leave.
This indicator measures the evolution of the number of forced returns (persons) supported by the Fund as compared to the total number of TCNs returned following an order to leave. This indicator provides a proxy for the sustainability of effective returns with the support of the Fund, using an overall estimate on the number of returns from each Member State. It is based on two sets of data and a ratio:
a) number of persons who were removed (and whose return was co-financed by the Fund) (Member States)
b) - total number of returns following an order to leave (Eurostat migr_eirtn)
c) Numbers of removals supported by the Fund, as compared to the total number of returns following an order to leave (ratio R5a/R5b)
Numbers of persons Member States + Eurostat (migr_eirtn)
Annual – calendar year. The Eurostat data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO3 R6. Number of persons returned in the framework of the joint return operations supported by the Fund as compared to the total number of returns supported by the Fund.
This indicator measures the evolution of the number of joint return operations supported by the Fund out of all the returns supported by the Fund. It is based on two sets of data and a ratio:
a) number of persons returned in the framework of joint return operations (assisted-voluntary and forced) supported by the Fund
b) total number of returns (assisted-voluntary and forced) supported by the Fund (EU 516/2014 Annex IV (c) (iii))
c) Number of persons returned in the framework of the joint return operations supported by the Fund as compared to the total number of returns supported by the Fund (ratio R6a/R6b)
Numbers of persons Member States Annual – Financial year
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 55
SO3 R7. Number of returnees who have received pre or post return reintegration assistance co-financed by the Fund, as compared to the total number of voluntary returns supported by the Fund.
This indicator measures the evolution of the numer of persons who received pre or post return reintegration assistance supported by the Fund, as compared to the total number of voluntary returns supported by the Fund. It is based on two sets of data and a ratio:
a) number of persons who have received pre or post return reintegration assistance supported by the Fund (EU 516/2014 Annex IV (c) (i))
b) total number of voluntary returns (persons) supported by the Fund (EU 516/2014 Annex IV (c) (iii))Common standards for reintegration packages are expected to be included in Council conclusions in the 2nd half of 2016, based on EMN REG (European Migration Network Return Expert Group) recommendations. The EMN REG currently advises to use a minimum amount for in-kind assistance of 500 euro and a maximum amount of 2500 euro. Reintegration assistance could consist of, inter alia, business start-up, training and mediation, lodging and health care.
c) Number of returnees who have received pre or post return reintegration assistance co-financed by the Fund, as compared to the total number of voluntary returns supported by the Fund (ratio R7a/R7b)
Numbers of persons Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO3 R8. Number of places in detention centers created/renovated with support from the Fund, as compared to the total number of places in detention centres.
This indicator measures the evolution of the number of places in detention centres created/renovated with support from the Fund, as compared to the total number of places in detention centres. It is based on two sets of data and a ratio:
a) number of places in detention centres created/renovated with support from the Fund
b) total number of places in detention centres c) Number of places in detention centres created/renovated with
support from the Fund, as compared to the total number of
Number of places and percentage
Member States Annual – financial year
2013
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 56
places in detention centres (ratio R8a/ R8b)
Definition: This indicator refers to the number of places in detention centres which are created or renovated with support from the Fund. In order to ascertain the importance of the fund, it is necessary to calculate a ratio and confront this number with the total number of places in detention centres.
IMPACT INDICATORS
SO3 I1. Number of returns following an order to leave compared to the number of TCN ordered to leave.
This indicator measures the evolution of the number of return decisions which are effectively followed by a return. This indicator is based on two sets of data and a ratio:
a) Number of TCN returned following an order to leave (migr_eirtn)
b) Number of TCN ordered to leave (migr_eiord). c) Number of returns following an order to leave compared to the
number of third-country nationals ordered to leave (ratio I1a/I1b)
Each person is only counted once, irrespective of the number of notices issued to the same person. For further information: http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/metadata/en/migr_eil_esms.htm"
Absolute numbers Eurostat (migr_eiord for (SO3 I1.b) + migr_eirtn) for (SO3 I1.a)
Annual – calendar year. The Eurostat data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
SO3 I2. Return decisions issued to rejected asylum applicants.
This indicator measures the evolution of the return decisions. It includes all persons covered in administrative or judicial return decisions issued during the reporting month following the withdrawal or rejection of an application for international protection as provided for in Article 19(3) of Regulation (EU) No 604/2013. The return decision must: - State or declare the stay of a third-country national to be illegal and impose or state an obligation to leave the territory of the reporting
Absolute numbers of return decisions issued to rejected asylum applicants.
EASO, the variable name is: EPS indicator 8a)
Annual – calendar year. The Eurostat data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 57
country (or, alternatively, the territory of EU Member States and Norway and Switzerland), and; - Be issued in accordance with the provisions of the EC Return Directive 2008/115/EC or, if applicable, in accordance with national law. Statistical unit: Persons included in the return decision. Each person is to be reported individually: if a decision covers several family members, each family member shall be reported. For example, a single decision for four persons shall be reported as four return decisions. Multiple decisions per person may be counted during the same reporting month.
2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
SO3 I3. Effective returns of rejected asylum applicants.
Definition: This indicator measures the evolution of the effective returns. It includes all persons who left the territory of the EU+ countries during the reporting month, either through voluntary departure or by forced return (removal), in compliance with a return decision issued by the reporting country following the withdrawal or rejection of their application for international protection. Reference period: The reporting date should refer to the date of when the return took place. Statistical unit: Persons who were effectively returned to a third country. Each person is to be reported individually. If a family is returned, each family member shall be reported. For example, a family composed of four persons is returned it shall be reported as four returns.
Number of of effective returns of rejected asylum applicants.
EASO - variable name: EPS indicator 8b)
Annual – calendar year. The Eurostat data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
6.1.4. S04: Solidarity
Specific Objective: To enhance solidarity and responsibility-sharing between the Member States, in particular towards those most affected by migration and asylum flows, including through practical cooperation
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 58
Definition / Clarification Unit of measurement Source of Data Frequency of measurement
Baseline
COMMON RESULT INDICATORS
SO4 R1. Number of applicants and beneficiaries of international protection transferred from one Member State to another with support of the Fund.
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of persons Member States Annual – Financial year
2013
SO4 R2. Number of cooperation projects with other Member States on enhancing solidarity and responsibility sharing between the Member States supported under the Fund.
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 516/2014)
Number of projects Member States Annual – Financial year
2013
59
6.1.5. Horizontal indicators
(Indicators on efficiency, added value and sustainability, as foreseen in
Regulation (EU) No 514/2014)
H1: Number of Full Time Equivalent in the Responsible Authority, the Delegated
Authority and the Audit Authority working on the implementation of the Fund
and paid by the technical assistance or national budgets as compared to:
a) the number of projects implemented
b) the amount of the funds claimed for the financial year
H2:
a) Technical assistance plus the administrative (indirect) cost
b) Amount of funds claimed for the financial year
c) Technical assistance plus the administrative (indirect) cost
of projects as compared to the amount of funds claimed
for the financial year (ratio H2a/H2b)
H3:
a) Amount of the accounts submitted by the Member State
b) Total amount of funds allocated to the national
programme
c) Absorption rate of the Fund (ratio H3a/3b)
60
6.2. Indicators by specific objectives – ISF
In this section the common indicators contained in the Regulation (EU)
No 513/2014 (ISF Police), 515/2014 (ISF Borders) and the result and
impact indicators contained in Annex IV of the Delegated Regulation (EU)
C(2016) 6265 of 3/10/2016 on CMEF are presented.
The figures on the common indicators are reported annually by the
Member States by means of the Annual Implementation Report (AIR) in
SFC 2014.
For the indicators listed below, further information is provided in order to
help the Member to collect the data and prepare the interim evaluation
report: i) Data source; ii) Measurement unit; iii) Reference period; iv)
Definition, and v) Useful information where necessary.
For each indicator we report the measurement unit and the reference
period. The indicators are organised by ISF specific objective, following
Article 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 513/2014, Article 3 of the Regulation
(EU) No 515/2014 and Annex III of the Delegated Regulation on CMEF.
61
6.2.1. SO1: Visa
Specific objective - Supporting a common visa policy to facilitate legitimate travel, provide a high quality of service to visa applicants and ensure equal treatment of third-country nationals and tackle illegal migration
Definition - clarifications Unit of measurement Source of Data Frequency of measurement
Baseline
OUTPUT INDICATOR
SO1 C3: Number of specialised posts in third countries supported by the Fund
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 515/2014) The indicator is broken down into sub-categories: 1) immigration liaison officers; 2) others.
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
RESULT INDICATORS
SO1 R1: Number of Schengen Evaluation missions in the area of visa carried out with support of the Internal Security Fund ("Fund")
COUNCIL REGULATION (EU) No 1053/2013. The number of Schengen evaluation missions are included in the Annual Work Programmes for Scheval (type of mission: one regular mission and one unannounced mission). The Schengen evaluation mechanism (established by COUNCIL REGULATION (EU) No 1053/2013), entered into force on 14 November 2014. It is only after this date that the Schengen evaluations are carried out under the overall coordinating role of the Commission and financed under the ISF Visa and Borders.
Number European Commission (HOME.C2: Border Management and Schengen)
Annual – calendar year. The data will
be recalculated and
reported by DG
HOME in SFC
2014 on a pro rata
basis in order to
correspond to the
financial year.
2014
SO1 R2: Number of consular cooperation activities developed with the help of the Fund
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 515/2014) The indicator is broken down into sub-categories:
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 62
1) co-locations; 2) common application centres; 3) representations; 4) others.
SO1 R3: Number of staff trained and number of training courses in aspects related to the common visa policy with the help of the Fund
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 515/2014) To be split as following:
SO1 C2.1: Number of staff trained in common visa policy related aspects with the help of the Fund
SO1 C2.2: Number of training courses (hours completed).
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO1 R4: Percentage and number of consulates developed or upgraded with the help of the Fund out of the total number of consulates
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 515/2014) To be split as following:
Percentage of consulates developed or upgraded with the help of the Fund out of the total number of consulates
Number of consulates developed or upgraded with the help of the Fund out of the total number of consulates.
Percentage and Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO1 R5: Number of Schengen Evaluations recommendations in the area of visas addressed with the support of the Fund, as compared to the total number of
recommendations issued (a/b)
Number of recommendations provided by the MS To be split as following: a) Number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations in the area of visas addressed with the support of the Fund b) Total number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations issued. COUNCIL REGULATION (EU) No 1053/2013. The number of Scheval recommendations concern regular evaluations and unannounced on-site visits. Are excluded, the recommendations given by a MS (following the
Number Member States Annual - financial year
2014
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 63
participation of the MS to a Schengen evaluation) to another MS. These should not be reported.
SO1 R6: Number of persons using fraudulent travel documents detected at consulates supported by the Fund.
To be split as following:
Number of persons with fraudulent documents applying for a Schengen visa
Total number of persons applying for a Schengen visa. The term "Travel document" refers to all the documents which persons are entitled to travel with (including visas). The term "fraudulent" refers to false, counterfeit or forged.
Percentage and Number Member States - Consulates Annual - financial year
2013
IMPACT INDICATORS
SO1 I1: Number of visa applicants having to apply for a Schengen visa outside of their country of residence
The place and date of application, as well as the applicant's home address is registered in the VIS. The indicator concerns only the applicants who need to go in another country to apply for a visa because there is no consulate present in the country of the applicant nor a consulate of another MS representing the MS.
Number of persons Member States Annual - financial year
2013
SO1 I2: Number of visa required countries in the world where the number of Member States present or represented has increased
Number European Commission (HOME.B2: Visa Policy and document security)
Annual - calendar year. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 64
6.2.2. SO2: Border
Specific objective - Supporting integrated border management, including promoting further harmonisation of border management-related measures in accordance with common Union standards and through the sharing of information between Member States and between Member States and the Frontex Agency, to ensure, on one hand, a uniform and high level of control and protection of the external borders, including by the tackling of illegal immigration and, on the other hand, the smooth crossing of the external borders in conformity with the Schengen acquis, while guaranteeing access to international protection for those needing it, in accordance with the obligations contracted by the Member States in the field of human rights, including the principle of non-refoulement
Definition Unit of measurement Source of Data Frequency of measurement
Baseline
OUTPUT INDICATORS
SO2 C2: Number of border control (checks and surveillance) infrastructure and means developed or upgraded with the help of the Fund
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 515/2014) The indicator is broken down into sub-categories: 1) Infrastructure; 2) Fleet (air, land, sea borders); 3) Equipment; 4) Others
Number Member States Annual - financial year
2013
RESULT INDICATORS
SO2 R1: Number of staff trained and number of training courses in aspects related to border management with the help of the Instrument
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 515/2014) To be split as following:
Number of staff trained in border management related aspects with the help of the Fund
Number of training courses in border management related aspects with the help of the Fund
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO2 R2: Number of border crossings of the external borders through ABC gates supported by the Instrument out of the total number of border crossings
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 515/2014) To be split as following:
Number of border crossings of the external borders
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 65
through ABC gates supported by the Fund
Total number of border crossings
SO2 R3: Number of Schengen Evaluations missions in the area of borders carried out with the support of the Fund
Total number provided by the EC COUNCIL REGULATION (EU) No 1053/2013
Number of evaluations missions
Provided by the European Commission (HOME.C2: Border Management and Schengen)
Annual – calendar year. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2014
SO2 R4: Number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations in the area of borders addressed with the support of the Fund, as compared to the total number of recommendations issued (a/b)
number of recommendations provided by the MS COUNCIL REGULATION (EU) No 1053/2013 To be split as following: a) Number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations in the area of borders addressed with the support of the Fund b) Total number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations in the area of borders issued
Number Member States Annual - financial year
2014
SO2 R5: Number of equipment 27
items used during Frontex Coordinated Operations which were purchased with support of the Funds as compared to the total number of equipment items used for Frontex Coordinated Operations (a/b).
All equipment with a value > than EUR 10.000. To be split as following: a) Number of equipment items used during Frontex Coordinated Operations which were purchased with support of the Fund b) Total number of equipment items used for Frontex
Number of equipment items. FRONTEX Annual – financial year
2013
27 Amounting to above 10 000 euro per item.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 66
Coordinated Operations Frontex joint operations are planned and developed on the basis of an Annual Risk Analysis Report which analyses the likely future risk of irregular migration and cross-border crime along the EU external border. During the annual meetings with Member States the agency then prioritises the proposed joint operations on the basis of their importance and the resources available in order to ensure an effective response. Together with the host country Frontex makes an assessment of the number of officers with specific expertise and the quantity and type of technical equipment required. Frontex then directs a request to all Member States and Schengen Associated Countries for the necessary officers, clearly specifying their required profiles (false document experts, border checks, surveillance experts, dog handlers, de-briefers etc) as well as specific equipment needed for the operation (e.g. helicopters, planes, patrol cars, thermo-vision equipment, heart-beat detectors). Those countries then decide on the level of contribution they can make to the joint operation. The Operational Plan clearly defines the aim of each joint operation, where it is to take place and the quantities and types of technical equipment and officers to take part. In the Implementation stage, border guards and technical equipment are deployed to the operational area and carry out their duties according to the operational plan. The deployed officers (guest officers) work under the command and control of the authorities of the country hosting the operation.
IMPACT INDICATORS
SO2 I1: Number of national border surveillance infrastructure established/further developed in the framework of Eurosur
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 515/2014) The indicator is broken down into sub-categories: 1) National Coordination Centres;
Number Member States Annual – Financial year
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 67
2) Regional Coordination Centres; 3) Local Coordination Centres; 4) Other types of coordination centres.
SO2 I2: Number of incidents reported by Member States to the European Situational Picture
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex IV of Regulation EU 515/2014) The indicator is broken down into sub-categories: 1) Illegal immigration, including incidents relating to a risk to the lives of migrants; 2) Cross-border crime; 3) Crisis situations.
Number Member States Annual – Financial year
2013
SO2 I3: Number of irregular border crossings detected at EU external borders a) between the BCPs b) at the BCPs
1. Border: A line separating land territory or maritime zones of two States or subparts of States. It can also refer to a region that is found at the margin of settled and developed territory. 2. External borders refer to the borders between Member States and third countries. The borders between Schengen Associated Countries (Liechtenstein, Norway, Iceland and Switzerland) and third countries are also considered as external borders. The borders between Schengen Associated Countries and Schengen Member States are considered as internal borders. 3. Border crossing points (BCP): any crossing-point between two States authorised by the competent authorities for the crossing of external borders. 4. Border crossing: The physical act of crossing a border either at a border crossing point or another point along the border. 5. Irregular border crossing: Crossing borders without complying
Number of crossings, implying that if a person crosses twice it is counted twice.
FRONTEX 28
Annual – Financial year
2013
28 Data sent by Frontex and covering the period January 2012 to September 2016. They will send the following months update later. NB: data cannot be released publicly!
Only for internal!
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 68
with the necessary requirements for legal entry into the receiving State. The entry of a non-EU national into a Schengen State without complying with the requirements laid down in the Schengen Borders Code (Regulation 562/2006).
SO2 I4: Number of searches in Schengen Information System (SIS II).
Both national and central systems are concerned. The Schengen Information System - SIS II - allows information exchange between national border controls, customs and police authorities, ensuring that the free movement of people within the EU can take place in a safe environment. The EU Member States currently connected to SIS II are Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden and the UK (connected as of 13 April 2015). Associated Countries connected to SIS II are Iceland, Norway, Switzerland and Liechtenstein. The authorities of Ireland, Cyprus and Croatia are currently preparing for their technical connection to SIS II. Pursuant to Article 50(3) of Regulation (EC) No 1987/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council (hereafter referred to as the “SIS II Regulation”) and parallel provision in Article 66(3) of Council Decision 2007/533/JHA2 (hereafter referred to as the “SIS II Decision”), each year the Management Authority shall publish statistics on: a) the number of records per category of alert, b) the number of hits per category of alert, c) how many times SIS II was accessed, in total and for each Member State
Number of searches, including manual and automated process. No distinction is made between accesses to SIS II achieved through the Central SIS II or through a national copy of the Central SIS II.
EU-Lisa and SIS II annual report
Annual – Calendar year
29 . The data
will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
29 Data are released in an annual report usually in April of the following calendar year.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 69
Definitions: 1) Access to SIS II entails both: a. Any query, regardless of whether a hit is made or not and whether the Central System or a national copy of the SIS II database is queried; b. Any transaction intended to create/update/delete (CUD) an alert. Every access is counted, even if an access resulted in an error and an error message was returned from the system (e.g. if the operator commits an error) 2) Manual searches, when there is a human intervention: This covers checks by staff using radios, telephones, computer terminals, document scanners and all other forms of “traditional check” where a user makes the decision to carry out a check. 3) Automated searches: This covers queries carried out by automatic number plate recognition systems (ANPR) or other forms of automated bulk queries. These systems are relevant for alerts under Articles 36 and 38 SIS II Decision. Useful links: http://www.eulisa.europa.eu/Publications/Reports/SIS%20II%20- %20public%202015%20stats.pdf (Data for 2015 are in Figure 1, pg7) http://www.eulisa.europa.eu/Publications/Reports/SIS%20II%20- %20public%202014%20stats.pdf (Data for 2014 are in Figure, pg7)
SO2 I5: Number of persons using fraudulent travel documents detected at the border crossing points
Number of persons with fraudulent documents crossing the borders / Total number of persons crossing the borders. The indicator concerns the aggregated number of border crossing points on the territory (land, air, sea).
Number of crossings, implying that if a person crosses twice it is counted twice.
FRONTEX 30
Annual – Financial year
2013
30 Data sent by Frontex and covering the period January 2012 to September 2016. They will send the following months update later. NB: data cannot be released publicly.
Only for internal use.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 70
The term "Travel document" refers to all the documents which persons are entitled to travel with (including visa). The term "fraudulent" refers to false, counterfeit or forged.
6.2.3. SO5: Crime
Specific objective - Crime prevention, combating cross-border, serious and organised crime including terrorism, and reinforcing coordination and cooperation between law enforcement authorities and other national authorities of Member States, including with Europol or other relevant Union bodies, and with relevant third countries and international organisations
Definition - Clarifications Unit of measurement Source of Data Frequency of measurement
Baseline
OUTPUT INDICATORS
SO5 C3: Number and financial value of projects in the area of crime prevention
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex II of Regulation EU 513/2014) To be split as following:
Number of projects in the area of crime prevention;
Financial value of projects in the area of crime prevention The indicator shall also be further broken down by type of crime: 1. Terrorism; 2. trafficking in human beings and sexual exploitation of women and children; 3. illicit drug trafficking; 4. illicit arms trafficking; 5. money laundering; 6. corruption; 7. counterfeiting of means of payment; 8. computer crime; 9. organised crime.
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 71
SO5 C4: Number of projects supported by the Fund, aiming to improve law enforcement and information exchange, which are related to Europol data systems, repositories, or communication tools
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex II of Regulation EU 513/2014) The indicator shall be further broken down by type of crime: 1. Data loaders; 2. extending access to SIENA; 3. projects aimed at improving input to analysis work files 4. others.
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
RESULT INDICATORS
SO5 R1: Number of joint investigation teams (JITs) and European Multidisciplinary Platform against Criminal Threats (EMPACT) operation projects supported by the Fund, including the participating Member States and authorities
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex II of Regulation EU 513/2014)
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO5 R2: Number of law enforcement officials trained on cross-border related topics with the help of the Fund, and the duration of their training (person days).
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex II of Regulation EU 513/2014) To be split as following:
Number of law enforcement officials trained on cross-border related topics with the help of the Fund
Duration of the training (carried out) on cross-border related topics with the help of the Fund
Number and Duration Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO5 R3: Results of actions supported by the Fund leading to the disruption of organised crime groups:
EMPACT and JITs, substantially supported by EU funding, contribute to the EU objective of dismantling and disrupting organised crime. Council Framework Decision 2008/841/JHA of 24 October 2008 provides for the definition of the criminal organisation and of the offences related to the participation in it.
Estimated value in EUR, with the exception of drugs, where the units indicated in SO5-I3 apply. Number for identified
Member States
Annual – Calendar year. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro
2013
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 72
1. Seizures of criminal commodities: drugs as broken down in SO5-I3, counterfeited goods, contraband goods, stolen goods, firearms, environmental crimes 2. seizures of cash (value); 3. seizures of other assets as appropriate (estimated value); 4. takedowns of web domains (number); 5. victims identified (for certain crime types); 6. persons arrested. ‘Criminal organisation’ means a structured association, established over a period of time, of more than two persons acting in concert with a view to committing offences which are punishable by deprivation of liberty or a detention order of a maximum of at least four years or a more serious penalty, to obtain, directly or indirectly, a financial or other material benefit. ‘Structured association’ means an association that is not randomly formed for the immediate commission of an offence, nor does it need to have formally defined roles for its members, continuity of its membership, or a developed structure. The Decision provides also for the common rules on jurisdiction and coordination of prosecution. The definitions of specific crime offences are provided by the EU legal basis ( for instance Directive (EU) 2013/40 on the attacks against information systems, Directive 2011/36/EU etc.). Data relate only to the law enforcement operations facilitated by Europol which take place using funding from ISF-Police.
victims.
rata in 2017 in order to correspond to the financial year.
IMPACT INDICATORS
SO5 I1: Number/value of frozen, seized and confiscated criminal assets as a result of actions within the scope of Regulation (EU) 513/2014
The Directive 2014/42/EU establishes common definitions and minimum rules on the freezing of property with a view to possible subsequent confiscation of
Value of property in EUR million.
Member States
Annual – Calendar year.
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 73
property in criminal matters. It requires Member States to collect relevant statistics, maintain and transmit them to the Commission
31 . As regards the
number of not executed orders, Council Framework Decision 2006/783/JHA requires Member States to inform the Commission of the number of cases where the confiscation order has not been executed. NB At the EU level the baseline will be elaborated from the report issued by Europol in June 2016 on criminal assets for the period 2010-2014. 1. Number of freezing orders executed; 2. number of confiscation orders executed; 3. estimated value of property frozen, at least of property frozen with a view to possible subsequent confiscation at the time of freezing; 4. estimated value of property recovered at the time of confiscation; 5. number of cases where the confiscation order issued on the basis of the Framework Decision 2006/783/JHA has not been executed. Figures on arrests and seizures/confiscation of criminal assets. Due to the nature of the different crimes, the seizures data (weight, value) cannot be combined into a single figure. The statistics should be looked at within the context of the actions undertaken. The following definitions should apply: (1)‘proceeds’ means any economic advantage derived directly or indirectly from a criminal offence; it may consist of any form of property and includes any subsequent reinvestment or transformation of direct proceeds and any valuable benefits; (2)‘property’ means property of any description, whether corporeal or incorporeal, movable or immovable, and legal documents or instruments
Cases in number.
The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in 2017 in order to correspond to the financial year.
31 This Directive establishes common definitions and minimum rules on the freezing of property with a view to possible subsequent confiscation of property in criminal
matters. Council Framework Decision 2006/783/JHA provides legal basis for the application of the principle of mutual recognition to confiscation orders. It is foreseen
that a framework to collect and consolidate data from MSs be put in place by the Commission services. When this becomes operational, the source of statistics for
evaluation purposes will be modified accordingly.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 74
evidencing title or interest in such property; (3) ‘instrumentalities’ means any property used or intended to be used, in any manner, wholly or in part, to commit a criminal offence or criminal offences; (4) ‘confiscation’ means a final deprivation of property ordered by a court in relation to a criminal offence; (5) ‘freezing’ means the temporary prohibition of the transfer, destruction, conversion, disposal or movement of property or temporarily assuming custody or control of property; (6) ‘criminal offence’ means an offence covered by any of the instruments listed in Article 3 of the Directive Council Framework Decision 2006/783/JHA provides legal basis for the application of the principle of mutual recognition to confiscation orders.
SO5 I2: Number of police-recorded offences, suspects, prosecutions and convictions resulting from actions falling within the scope of Regulation (EU) 513/2014
Statistics on police-recorded crime and on the criminal justice response, relating to serious and organised crime offences. The UNODC's International Classification of Crime for Statistical Purposes, formally adopted in 2015, provides a good framework for classifying crimes. The EU guidelines, being prepared by Eurostat, will aim at assisting the implementation step by step process focused on the most relevant types of crime for EU statistics. The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat- UNODC data collection. The Eurostat-UNODC data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period from 2008 onwards. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates. We report for each item the exact data source and Eurostat variable name and other useful definitions 1. Police-recorded offences Variable name in Eurostat: crim_off_cat Definitions: Data on offences recorded by the police are to be disaggregated by crime type
Eurostat
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 75
following these definitions:
Intentional Homicide (country and largest city: Unlawful death purposefully inflicted on a person by another person. Data on intentional homicide should also include serious assault leading to death and death as a result of a terrorist attack. It should exclude attempted homicide, manslaughter, death due to legal intervention, justifiable homicide in self-defence and death due to armed conflict. (Select ICCS = ICCS0101)
Assault: Physical attack against the body of another person resulting in serious bodily injury, excluding indecent/sexual assault, threats and slapping/punching. ‘Assault’ leading to death should also be excluded. (Select ICCS = ICCS02011)
Sexual Violence (Rape and Sexual Assault) (Select ICCS = ICCS0301)
a) Rape: Sexual intercourse without valid consent. In the current classification used by the UNODC, offences of statutory rape where the victim is below the age of consent are classified separately as sexual offences against children. (Select ICCS = ICCS03011)
b) Sexual Assault: Sexual violence not amounting to rape. It includes an unwanted sexual act, an attempt to obtain a sexual act, or contact or communication with unwanted sexual attention not amounting to rape. It also includes sexual assault with or without physical contact including drug-facilitated sexual assault, sexual assault committed against a marital partner against her/his will, sexual assault against a helpless person, unwanted groping or fondling, harassment and threat of a sexual nature. (Select ICCS = ICCS03012)
Robbery: Theft of property from a person, overcoming resistance by force or threat of force. Where possible, the category “Robbery” should include muggings (bag-snatching) and theft with violence, but should exclude pick pocketing and extortion. (Select ICCS = ICCS0401)
Kidnapping: Unlawfully detaining a person or persons against their will (including through the use of force, threat, fraud or enticement) for the purpose of demanding for their liberation an illicit gain or any other
Number. Select UNIT = NR
For crime offences the standard reference period is the calendar year. Usually data are available within two years of the reference year.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 76
economic gain or other material benefit, or in order to oblige someone to do or not to do something. “Kidnapping” excludes disputes over child custody. (Select ICCS = ICCS020221)
Theft: Depriving a person or organisation of property without force with the intent to keep it. “Theft” excludes burglary, housebreaking and robbery, which are recorded separately. (Select ICCS = ICCS0502)
Theft of a Motorised Land Vehicle: Removal of a motor vehicle without the consent of the owner of the vehicle. Motor vehicles include all land vehicles with an engine that run on the road, such as cars, motorcycles, buses, lorries, construction and agricultural vehicles. (Select ICCS = ICCS050211)
Burglary: Gaining unauthorised access to a part of a building/dwelling or other premises, including by use of force, with the intent to steal goods (breaking and entering). “Burglary” should include, where possible, theft from a house, apartment or other dwelling place, factory, shop or office, from a military establishment, or by using false keys. It should exclude theft from a car, from a container, from a vending machine, from a parking meter and from fenced meadow/compound. (Select ICCS = ICCS0501)
Burglary of Private Residential Premises (Domestic Burglary): Burglary of a house, apartment or other dwelling place. (Select ICCS = ICCS05012)
Unlawful Acts Involving Controlled Drugs or Precursors: Illegal possession, cultivation, production, supplying, transportation, importing, exporting, financing etc. of drug operations which are not solely in connection with personal use. (Select ICCS = ICCS0601).
The following three indicators all are included in the Eurostat variable crim_just_ctz, and are recovered selecting different values of the legal status variable. As for value of citizenship we are interested in all persons, therefore we should select CITIZEN = TOTAL.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 77
2. Persons brought into formal contact with the police and/or criminal justice system Definition: May include persons suspected, or arrested or cautioned for a criminal offence, at the national level. Select LEG_STAT = PER_SUSP 3. Prosecuted persons Definition: Alleged offenders against whom prosecution commenced in the reporting year. Persons may be prosecuted by the public prosecutor or the law enforcement agency responsible for prosecution, at the national level, irrespective of the case-ending decision. Select LEG_STAT = PER_PRSC 4. Convicted persons Definition: Persons found guilty by any legal body authorized to pronounce a conviction under national criminal law, whether or not the conviction was later upheld. The total number of persons convicted should also include persons convicted of serious special law offences but exclude persons convicted of minor road traffic offences, misdemeanours and other petty offences. Select LEG_STAT = PER_CNV These data are to be disaggregated by crime type, with new crime types added as data become available at EU level, including trafficking in human beings, cybercrime, migrant smuggling, etc.
Number. Select UNIT = NR
SO5 I3: Quantity of drugs seizure within the scope of the Fund on organised crime
Council Framework Decision 2004/757/JHA of 25 October 2004 lays down minimum provisions on the constituent elements of criminal acts and penalties in the field of illicit drug trafficking. Other relevant legal basis are: Council Decision 2005/387/JHA of 10 May 2005 on the information exchange,
risk-assessment and control of new psychoactive substances.
Council Conclusions on improving the monitoring of drug supply in the European
Union, of 15 November 2013.
Number • Data on drug seizures relate to all seizures made in each country during the year by all law enforcement agencies (police, customs, National Guard, etc.). Caution is
EMCDDA This indicator is taken from the EMCDDA (European Monitor Centre for Drugs and Drug addiction) statistical bulletin (points 1 to 6), and
Annual – Calendar year (E.g. data for 2014 comprises seizures done between January and December 2014.) The data will be
2013
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 78
1. Cannabis seizures 2. Heroin seizures 3. Cocaine seizures 4. Amphetamine and methamphetamine seizures 5. Ecstasy seizures 6. New psychoactive substances notified 7. LSD seizures
32
Definitions: 1. New psychoactive substance (NPS) means a new narcotic or psychotropic drug, in pure form or in preparation, that is not controlled by the 1961 United Nations Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs or the 1971 United Nations Convention on Psychotropic Substances, but which may pose a public health threat comparable to that posed by substances listed in these conventions. The NPS comprise more than 600 types of substances. The two main categories are synthetic cannabinoids (which are sold as replacements for cannabis - within this category 168 different substances are monitored) and synthetic cathinones (which are sold as replacements for stimulants, such as amphetamine, MDMA and cocaine - within this category 117 different substances are monitored). The seizure data collected on NPS should be regarded as minimum estimates due to the lack of standardised reporting in this area. It should be noted that these data are not directly comparable with the data on established illicit drugs. Note: seizures presented in the bulletin are not restricted to ISF-funded actions, but provide context for assessing the actions either individually or together. Useful links: http://www.emcdda.europa.eu/data/stats2016 http://www.emcdda.europa.eu/publications/edr/trends-developments/2016 http://www.emcdda.europa.eu/system/files/publications/2637/TDAT16001ENN. pdf http://www.emcdda.europa.eu/system/files/publications/2373/TD0216072ENN.
required in relation to double-counting that might occur within a country — although it is usually avoided — between various law enforcement agencies. • Data on seizures is reported by almost all countries both in terms of the number of seizures and the quantity seized. For the purpose of the evaluation we only focus on quantity. Seized quantities of cannabis, heroin, cocaine and amphetamine are provided in kilograms, of LSD in doses, and of ecstasy in tablets. Quantities seized may fluctuate from one year to another, due to a small number of large seizures. For this reason, the number of seizures is usually considered as a better indicator of trends. In all countries, it
from the EU Early Warning System (EU EWS) on new psychoactive substances (NPS) (point 7). The bulletin is released every year in May and presents the latest available data on drug seizure. Data usually refers to two years before the releasing data (e.g. in the 2016 bulletin the latest figures are for 2014). The earliest figures date back to the mid-80s. This data is also used to prepare the European Drug Report, written yearly since 1996, and released in May.
recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
32 A separate entry for LSD is added since LSD is measured in dose, while all the others in kg.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 79
PDF http://www.emcdda.europa.eu/system/files/publications/3353/TD0416736ENN. pdf http://www.emcdda.europa.eu/activities/action-on-new-drugs http://www.emcdda.europa.eu/system/files/publications/408/Monitoring_new _drugs_72902.pdf
includes a major proportion of small seizures from the retail level of the market. All trend data, though, are subject to extraneous influences affecting them, e.g. changes in legislation, changes in police practices, etc. • In the bulletin data Amphetamine and methamphetamine are reported separately. For the purpose of the evaluation, the total number of Kg seizures should be reported (i.e. the sum of the kg in Amphetamine and the kg in methamphetamine)
SO5 I4: Number of protected or assisted crime victims
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 80
Directive 2012/29/EU of 25 October 2012 establishes minimum standards on the rights, support and protection of victims of crime. In this respect, the victim should be meant as - a natural person who has suffered harm, including physical, mental or emotional harm or economic loss which was directly caused by a criminal offence; - family members of a person whose death was directly caused by a criminal offence and who have suffered harm as a result of that person's death; 1. Number of victims recorded by the law enforcement agencies 2. Number of referrals by police to victim support services 3. Number of victims that request and receive support 4. Number of victims that request and do not receive support According to the recital 64 of the Directive "as far as such data are known and are available, they should include the number and age and gender of the victims". Definitions: • Victim (taken from Directive 2012/29/EU of 25 October )
a natural person who has suffered harm, including physical, mental or
Number of persons, number of referrals
Member States 33
. Article 28 of the Directive 2012/29/EU requires Member States to share available data showing how victims have accessed the rights set out in this Directive.
Annual – Financial year. Data available from 2017 onwards.
2017
33 Member States should provide this indicator. Following Directive 2012/29/EU (the Victims' Rights Directive) Recital 64 provides guidelines for Member State on type of
data and how to collect it: "Systematic and adequate statistical data collection is recognised as an essential component of effective policymaking in the field of rights set
out in this Directive. In order to facilitate evaluation of the application of this Directive, Member States should communicate to the Commission relevant statistical data
related to the application of national procedures on victims of crime, including at least the number and type of the reported crimes and, as far as such data are known and
are available, the number and age and gender of the victims. Relevant statistical data can include data recorded by the judicial authorities and by law enforcement
agencies and, as far as possible, administrative data compiled by healthcare and social welfare services and by public and non-governmental victim support or restorative
justice services and other organisations working with victims of crime. Judicial data can include information about reported crime, the number of cases that are
investigated and persons prosecuted and sentenced. Service-based administrative data can include, as far as possible, data on how victims are using services provided by
government agencies and public and private support organisations, such as the number of referrals by police to victim support services, the number of victims that
request, receive or do not receive support or restorative justice.”
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 81
emotional harm or economic loss which was directly caused by a criminal offence;
family members of a person whose death was directly caused by a criminal offence and who have suffered harm as a result of that person's death;
SO5 I5: Volume of exchange of information in the Prüm framework
1. Prüm: total number of DNA matches ('hits') per year 2. Prüm: total number of fingerprint matches ('hits') per year 3. Prüm: total number of vehicle registration data matches ('hits') per year Useful information The Treaty of Prüm establishes a legal framework to further develop cooperation among Member States in combating terrorism, cross-border crime and illegal immigration. More specifically, it provides for the exchange between the Contracting Parties of data on DNA, fingerprints, vehicle registration, and personal and non-personal data related to cross-border police cooperation. Data collected at EU level is included in DG HOME Statistical compilation (annual report). Council Decision 2008/615/JHA of 23 June 2008 on the stepping up of cross- border cooperation, particularly in combating terrorism and cross-border crime lays down the terms and definition of the exchange of information such as (a)provisions on the conditions and procedure for the automated transfer of DNA profiles, dactyloscopic data and certain national vehicle registration data (b) provisions on the conditions for the supply of data in connection with major events with a cross-border dimension (c) provisions on the conditions for the supply of information in order to prevent terrorist offences (d)provisions on the conditions and procedure for stepping up cross-border police cooperation through various measures. For the investigation of criminal offences, the Member States shall, by mutual consent, via their national contact points, compare the DNA profiles of their unidentified DNA profiles with all DNA profiles from other national DNA analysis files' reference data. Profiles shall be supplied and compared in automated form.
Number of hits
European Commission (DG HOME Statistical compilation)
Annual – Financial year.
2013
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 82
Unidentified DNA profiles shall be supplied for comparison only where provided for under the requesting Member State's national law. Member States shall ensure the availability of reference data from the file for the national automated fingerprint identification systems established for the prevention and investigation of criminal offences. Reference data shall only include dactyloscopic data and a reference number. Member States shall allow other Member States' national contact points, as referred to in Article 12, access to the following national vehicle registration data, with the power to conduct automated searches in individual cases. Definitions
Dactyloscopic data: fingerprint images, images of fingerprint latents, palm prints, palm print latents and templates of such images that are stored and dealt with in an automated database.
Non-coding part of DNA: chromosome regions that are not expressed genetically.
DNA profile: a letter or number code that represents a set of identification characteristics of the non-coding part of an analysed human DNA sample.
Automated searching: an online access procedure for consulting the databases of one, several, or all of the EU countries.
Hit/no-hit procedure: in this procedure the parties grant each other limited access to the reference data in their national DNA and fingerprint databases and the right to use these data to conduct automated checks of fingerprints and DNA profiles. The personal information related to the reference data is not available to the requesting party.
SO5 I6: Volume of exchange of information in the Secure Information Exchange Network Application (SIENA) framework
1. Number of SIENA cases initiated per year, by Member States, Europol and Third Parties 2. Number of SIENA messages exchanged per year by Member States, Europol and Third Parties The Secure Information Exchange Network Application (SIENA) is a state-of-the-
Number of cases (1); number of messages (2)
Europol Annual - Calendar year. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 83
art platform that enables the swift and user-friendly exchange of operational and strategic crime-related information among:
Europol’s liaison officers, analysts and experts
Member States
Third parties with which Europol has cooperation agreements. SIENA ensures the secure exchange of sensitive and restricted information. The SIENA user community includes liaison officers from Member States, seconded national experts and Europol officials at Europol headquarters, officials in the Member State Europol National Units and competent authorities as well as National Contact Points and competent authorities of Third Parties.
2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
SO5 I7: Volume of sharing of data via the Europol Information System (EIS)
1. Number of persons and objects inserted in the EIS by Member State per year 2. Number of person objects inserted in the EIS by Member State per year (suspects, convicts etc.) 3. Number of EIS searches performed by Member State per year The Europol Information System (EIS) is Europol’s central criminal information and intelligence database covering all of Europol’s mandated crime areas. It contains serious international crime-related information on suspected and convicted persons, criminal structures, and offences and means used to commit them. It is a reference system which provides Europol and its Member States with a rapid means to verify whether information on a certain person or another object of interest is available beyond national or organisational jurisdictions.
Number Europol Annual - Calendar year. The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
2013
6.2.4. SO6: Risk and crisis
Specific objective - Enhancing the capacity of Member States and the Union for managing effectively security-related risks and crises, and preparing for and protecting people and critical infrastructure against terrorist attacks and other security-related incidents
Definition - clarifications Unit of measurement Source of Data
Frequency of measurement Baseline
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 84
OUTPUT INDICATORS
SO6 C2: Number of projects relating to the assessment and management of risks in the field of internal security supported by the Instrument
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex II of Regulation EU 513/2014)
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
RESULT INDICATORS
SO6 R1: Number and tools put in place and/or further upgraded with the help of the Instrument to facilitate the protection of critical infrastructure by Member States in all sectors of the economy
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex II of Regulation EU 513/2014)
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
SO6 R2: Number of expert meetings, workshops, seminars, conferences, publications, websites and online consultations organised with the help of the Instrument.
Common indicator for the measurement of the specific objectives (Annex II of Regulation EU 513/2014) The indicator shall be further broken down in sub-categories such as: 1. Relating to critical infrastructure protection; 2. relating to risk and management.
Number Member States Annual – financial year
2013
IMPACT INDICATORS
SO6 I1: Volume of terrorist attacks
a) Number of failed and foiled terroristic attacks b) Number of completed terrorist attacks c) Number of casualties resulting from terrorist attacks The Framework Decision (2002/475/JHA) and amending Decision (2008/919/JHA) define terrorist offences, as well as offences related to terrorist groups or offences linked to terrorist activities. A new Directive was proposed by the
Number of attacks; number of deaths.
Europol - EU Terrorism situation and trend report
Calendar year. The report is published in year n with reference to what happened in year n-1.
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 85
Commission on 3 December 2015. The notion of terrorist offence is a combination of: — objective elements (murder, bodily injuries, hostage taking, extortion, committing attacks, threat to commit any of the above, etc.); and — subjective elements (acts committed with the objective of seriously intimidating a population, destabilising or destroying structures of a country or international organisation or making a government abstain from performing actions). — A terrorist group as a structured group of two or more persons, established over a period of time and acting in concert to commit terrorist offences. Data relate to —criminal preparatory acts as offences linked to terrorist activities - examples include public provocation to commit a terrorist offence, recruitment and training for terrorism and theft, extortion or forgery with the aim of committing terrorist offences; — criminal inciting or aiding or abetting, as well as attempting to commit certain types of offences; — criminal liability for legal persons and set rules and thresholds for penalties and sanctions; Definitions
Terrorism: In the absence of a generally accepted definition under international law, “terrorism” can be defined as the intentional and systematic use of actions designed to provoke terror in the public as a means to certain ends. Terrorism can be the act of an individual or a group of individuals acting in their individual capacity or with the support of a State. It may also be the act of a State, whether against the population (human rights violations such as forced labour, deportation, genocide, etc.), or in the context of an international armed conflict against the civil population of the enemy State.
Useful links:
The data will be recalculated and reported by DG HOME in SFC 2014 on a pro rata basis in order to correspond to the financial year.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 86
https://www.europol.europa.eu/activities-services/main-reports/eu-terrorism- situation-and-trend-report
6.2.5. Horizontal indicators
EFFICIENCY - article 55 (3) of the Horizontal Regulation 514/2014
Number of Full Time Equivalent (FTE) in the Responsible Authority, the Delegated Authority and the Audit Authority working on the implementation of ISF and paid by the technical assistance or national budgets as compared to the number of projects implemented and to the amount of the funds claimed for the financial year
If the Authorities are in charge of both AMIF and ISF, the staff should be apportioned.
Number of Full Time Equivalent Number of projects Amount of the Fund
Member States Annual – financial year.
2013
Technical Assistance (TA) plus the administrative (indirect) cost of projects as compared to the amount of funds claimed for the financial year
Example of indirect costs: - costs related to horizontal services, such as administrative and financial management and human resources (e.g. staff); - rents; - communication costs (postage, fax, telephone, mailing, internet connection, telecommunication software, etc.); office supplies (stationery, photocopies, paper, ink, cartridge, etc.); - office furniture; - standard office IT equipment, (copy machine, projector, beamer, PC, laptop, normal office software, etc.), cameras, video cameras; - maintenance costs; - heating, water supply, electricity or other forms of energy and - insurance policies.
Number Member States Annual – financial year.
2013
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 87
Absorption rate of the Fund Amount of the accounts submitted by the Member State as compared to the total amount of funds allocated to the national programme.
Percentage SFC 2014 Annual – trend (evolution by year)
2013
SUSTAINABILITY - article 55 (3) of the Horizontal Regulation 514/2014
Number of equipment in use 2 years after their acquisition / number of equipment acquired under ISF (> than EUR 10.000)
Number Member States Annual - financial year.
2013
Share of the maintenance cost of acquired equipment under the Fund in the total Union contribution to actions co-financed by the Fund
Percentage Member States Annual - financial year
2013
88
6.3. Methodology examples
Impact evaluation aims at finding evidence on whether a specific EU policy
induced the intended changes in the target group’s outcome (such as, for
instance, immigrants’ or refugees’ integration and welfare or citizens’ security),
had no impact, or even had unintended positive or negative consequences (e.g.,
spillovers on the non-targeted group). In other words, impact evaluation
concerns constructing data-based evidence on the question: What would have
happened to the target group affected by a policy in case the policy had not
been implemented? This is called the counterfactual question.
Impact evaluations that expressly aim to answer the counterfactual questions
are called Counterfactual Impact Evaluations (CIE). This is the standard in
policy evaluation.
The features of target groups that are relevant for the policy impact evaluation
are either called outcome variables, or result indicators. Result indicators
concern both the intended and unintended effects of the policy. A reasonable
number of result indicators does not exceed a handful. Examples of result
indicators are: for the ISF fund, the number of persons using fraudulent travel
documents detected at consulates supported by the Fund or the number of
protected or assisted crime victims; for the AMIF fund, the number of places
adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) as compared to the total number of
places adapted for unaccompanied minors, or the gap between third country
nationals and host country nationals.
The contribution of the programme to these results must be assessed by ex-post
impact evaluations. The evaluation plan should specify how deeply the
programme's contribution to the observed results (its impact) will be evaluated.
The impact can be thought of as the share of the (potential) improvement in the
result indicator only attributable to the Fund. When making an evaluation all
potential external factors which might have also affected the result indicators
must be taken into account. A good evaluation should aim at isolating the “net
effect” of the policy (i.e. the effect over and above the external factors), which
allows in turn the identification of the EU added value.
Result indicators are linked but distinct from output indicators, which generally
refer to the “means” through which a given objective is accomplished. For the
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 89
ISF fund, examples of output indicators are the number and the value of the
equipment acquired to improve border security (as in the case of iris recognition
software installation).
Impact evaluation requires the expert use of data collected at the level of the
unit that the policy targets, for example individuals or regions/municipalities.
This type of data usually exists in the form of administrative data collected by
Member States (MS) for the government administration, like tax records, social
security records, etc.
Confidentiality of the data should be protected. Because these records are used
for administrative purposes, they are usually subject to continuous updates and
scrutiny, which results in good quality of data. In any case, the collection and
access to data should be planned as early as possible.
Different policy characteristics and features of the available data lend
themselves to the application of different CIE methods. Guidance from experts
on CIE methods is probably needed to determine which data should be analysed
by which method. The Commission Competence Centre on Microeconomic
Evaluation (CC-ME) provides guidance on data provisions and on CIE methods.34
In what follows, a brief description of various CIE methods is provided. There is
no method which is generally superior to others. The appropriate evaluation
method must be chosen based on the type of data available and the features of
the programmes to be evaluated. Nevertheless, the key strategy is always to
identify the causal effect of an intervention with a regression controlling for any
possible confounding factors (external factors that may confound the effect
under analysis). For instance, with the Instrumental Variables approach, the
confounding factor remains unobserved, and we solved the identification
problem by finding an instrument correlated with the regressor of interest but
not with the confounder. These are the basic strategies to deal with confounding
factors, and they form the core of the toolkit of the empirical evaluator. But
there are variations on these themes and strategies, which place some particular
structure on the confounder or the variable of interest. These strategies are for
34 Commission Competence Centre on Microeconomic Evaluation (CC-ME), all the details are available at this
url https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/microeconomic-evaluation, email: [email protected].
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 90
instance fixed effects, and its cousin differences-in-differences. In particular, in
what follows a brief description is provided of CIE methods that can be used for
policy evaluation.
6.3.1. Naive before and after comparison (B-A)
A very naïve way of answering the evaluation questions could be to identify the
related result indicators and compute the difference between the values of the
indicators before and after the policy implementation. For the AMIF fund,
imagine that the native-migrant employment gap fell by 1 percentage point in
the period in which the AMIF fund was adopted, one may conclude that the Fund
was effective in achieving the specific objective of migrants’ economic
integration. Why is this a naïve conclusion? Because the intervention logic makes
it clear that other external factors may have contributed to producing this
specific outcome, e.g., other funds such as the ESF fund allocated by countries
to increasing integration. In the case of ISF, suppose it is possible to compare
two countries (A and B). Imagine that, at some point in time, A receives the
Fund while B does not. Afterwards, the evaluator may observe a reduction in the
number of illegal border-crossings that is attributable to the Fund. As before,
this is a naïve conclusion, in the sense that many other factors (not controlled in
the comparison) may drive the result.
This is the methodology that can be used for the interim evaluation of AMIF and
ISF as yearly data on the indicators and for each country is available.
6.3.2. Multivariate regression analysis
A more sophisticated way of evaluating the Fund could then be the use of
multivariate regression analysis. As the name suggests, multivariate
regression analysis allows the evaluator to take into account several
explanatory variables which may contribute to a specific result (outcome
variable). Multivariate regression analysis enables one to determine the specific
contribution of each variable over and above other variables, i.e. “keeping under
control” the other characteristics. In the example taken above, this would
consist of including in a regression explaining the native-immigrant employment
gap, not only the amount of AMIF funds received and spent by a country, but
also other EU or national funds spent for migrants’ integration, together with
other external factors. One such factor could be the changing composition of the
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 91
migrants’ stocks in terms of education. Increasing waves of relatively well
educated refugees (e.g., from Syria) with respect to the past, for instance,
might increase migrants’ employability for factors which are totally unrelated to
the AMIF fund. All these “control variables” must be included in the regression.
The choice of control variables should be theory-driven. For this reason, it is
very important to always have clearly in mind the intervention logic of the Fund
and have already identified all potential external factors in order to collect data
on them.
The B-A analysis can be implemented using the multivariate regression
framework every time a comparison is made between a period before a
programme was in place and the period after the programme was implemented,
controlling for the external factors.
In many cases, simple regression analysis estimated with ordinary least squares
(OLS) will not be enough to establish a cause-effect link between a programme
and an outcome. This can be easily understood through an example. Imagine
that funds are allocated in higher proportion to promote integration of the least
integrated migrant groups, e.g. those who are less employable because they do
not speak the host-country language well. Let us say that regression analysis
shows a negative association between migrants’ employment outcomes and the
amount of funds received, should we conclude that the fund did have a negative
effect on immigrants’ employment probability? Not at all. This negative
association only reflects how the funds were allocated in the first place. Those
who received fewer funds are not a good comparison group (counterfactual) for
those who received more funds, as individuals in this group were more
employable ex-ante, and they may keep this advantage also ex-post. In this
case the allocation of funds analysis is unlikely to establish a causal link. There
are other CIE methods that are better suited to evaluate causality.
6.3.3. Fixed Effects
Another way to control for possible confounding factors relates to the fixed effect
method (individual or region/province). Suppose you are interested in whether
some particular area, in which, for example, a refugee camp or an Identification
and Expulsion Centre (CIA) has been located reports a higher number of
irregular immigrants. However, we are concerned that places with this kind of
structure may be different from the ones without. It is also possible that all the
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 92
controls that the evaluator includes in the regression are not enough to capture
all the differences between locations (following the multivariate regression
approach). Many of these factors will not be observable to the econometrician
(namely, standard omitted variable bias problem) and therefore the error term
and presence of a CIA will be correlated and OLS will be biased. A fixed effect
model would address this problem because it takes into consideration all the
confounders which are time-invariant (such as characteristics that do not vary
with the time, e.g. inherited ability) so that it is likely to recover an unbiased
estimate of the parameter of interest. In practice, there are two ways of
estimating these fixed effects models: (1) Demeaning (sometimes called "within
estimator") the observations and/or (2) First differencing. The former implies
that the econometrician needs to calculate “area” averages of the dependent
variable and all explanatory variables and then to subtract these averages from
the variables included in the regressions so that all the time-invariant variability
is wiped out. An alternative way of estimating the fixed effects model is first
differencing, which would also remove time-invariant unobserved heterogeneity.
With two periods (e.g data for two years) the two methods are algebraically the
same, otherwise they are not. Both should work, but with first differencing you
introduce serial correlation of the error terms, therefore demeaning is usually
the best option.
6.3.4. Instrumental Variables (IV)
In many cases, the problem with multivariate regressions is that the main
explanatory variable of interest (the treatment) is a choice variable for the
individual. In all these cases, a possible concern is that unobservable variables
affecting the treatment may also affect the outcome of interest. Let us assume
that we wish to use micro-data35 to evaluate the outcomes produced by a
language course on asylum seekers, the outcome being language skills. In the
regression analysis, our treatment of interest is an indicator for the individual
having participated in the course. An unobservable variable might be the high
(or low) motivation of an individual to learn the host country language, perhaps
35 Micro-data are data collected at the lowest level of aggregation (individual, family, firm, etc.) and they can be
obtained from different sources: census data, administrative data (e.g. social security records, tax records,
matched employer-employee data etc.), and sources of big data (e.g. social networks
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 93
because he/she perceives his/her migration as permanent (or temporary) in that
specific country. This unobserved motivation will affect both participation in the
course and the outcome, because, for instance, highly motivated individuals will
be involved in more interactions with natives, and acquire language skills by this
additional channel. In this case, OLS will lead to a biased assessment of the
effect of the course. Instrumental Variables (IV) consists in finding a source of
variation in course participation which is not under the control of the individual.
We define this variation as exogenous variation. This kind of variation can be
provided by a variable affecting course participation but uncorrelated with
motivation (the unobservable variable), and which only affects the outcome
through the treatment. This variable is called an instrument. An example of
instrument could be the supply of courses in the refugee centre in which the
asylum seeker is hosted. Since allocation of refugees to hosting centres is
generally unrelated to their language skills, and more importantly refugees
cannot generally choose the centre where they will be hosted, language course
supply could be considered as “good as random” with respect to refugees’
unobservable characteristics affecting language skills, meeting the requirement
of a “good instrument”.
6.3.5. Difference in Differences (DiD)
A step towards establishing causality is represented by the CIE method called
Difference in Differences (DiD). The application of this method requires that we
can identify a treated group (i.e. treated by the policy) and an untreated or
control group (i.e. those not affected by the policy). The latter is considered as
the counterfactual of what would have happened to the former in the absence of
the policy. Treated and control groups are usually identified using institutional
features of a policy. Imagine that a Fund sets a priority in the target group,
saying that refugees from country A should benefit from the Fund. This implies
that we can identify refugees from countries different from A, who were not the
beneficiaries of the Fund. There will be many of such countries. A good idea is to
choose a country as similar as possible to A (e.g. geographically close, with a
similar GDP per capita, population, etc.). The DiD consists in taking the
difference in the outcomes (i.e. employment rate) between the two countries
after the policy implementation (say period t+1), the difference before the policy
implementation (say period t), and finally the difference between the two
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 94
differences (difference-in-differences). By defining the outcome with Y, we
have
= (+1 − +1
) − ( −
)=(+1 −
) − (+1 −
).
The DiD method can also be implemented in regression form, including potential
external factors in the regression. The advantage of this CIE method crucially
hinges on the assumption that group B is a good counterfactual of what would
have happened to group A in the absence of the policy. This can be checked, for
instance, by verifying that the two countries were behaving similarly (e.g., with
respect to immigrants’ employment) before the implementation of the
programme (sometimes called the “parallel trends” assumption). Specifically, in
the absence of the treatment, both treated and control groups would have
experienced over time the same trend in the outcome variable. Therefore, any
deviation from the trend observed in the treated group can be interpreted as the
effect of the treatment. Note that, the unobserved heterogeneity is time
invariant and is cancelled out by comparing the before and after situations.
6.3.6. Regression discontinuity design (RDD)
Also for the application of the regression discontinuity design (RDD) method we
need to be able to identify a treated (by the policy) and a control group. In this
case the policy eligibility has to be defined according to a quantitative variable
for which a threshold was set. This could be, for instance, income or age. Let us
assume that a specific Fund to increase migrants’ employability is only allocated
to individuals in the age range 18-24. We might use a DID considering as
treated the 18-24 age group and the 25-29 as the control group. However, the
latter may not represent a good comparison group for the former, as employers
may prefer younger individuals who just left education and can be more easily
trained. The RDD then consists in only focusing our attention on two age groups
which are close to the eligibility threshold, for instance, considering as treated
individuals aged 24 and as untreated those aged 25. Now, these individuals are
very close in terms of age (only one year of difference) and we do not expect
employers to substantially discriminate against individuals aged 25 when they
have to decide whether to employ a 24-year old or a 25-year old individual. Also
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 95
this RDD method can be implemented in regression form. The main issue with
this powerful CIE method in terms of internal validity36 is that it can only
estimate causal effects around the threshold, in this case around the 24 year-old
age group, while it would be difficult to generalize its results to other age groups
(external validity). To put it in other words, estimates are likely to be “local”.
Similar arguments apply for the ISF.
6.3.7. Propensity score matching (PSM)
In some cases there are no institutional rules which define the treated group
according to qualitative (e.g. nativity) or quantitative (e.g. age) variables. An
example could be the case of participation in a voluntary course financed by the
AMIF fund. In this case DiD and RDD methods are not applicable. A problem with
such programmes is that individuals are self-selected into a training course.
Individuals who are ex-ante more likely to participate in the course may also be
those who are ex-post more likely to find employment (e.g. highly motivated
individuals). Under the assumption that self-selection occurs only according to
observable characteristics (e.g. age, gender, educational level, etc.) and they
are available in the data, the evaluator can use propensity score matching
(PSM). PSM consists in matching to each treated individual T (who voluntarily
participated in the course) a control individual C with very similar (or even the
same) characteristics but who did not participate in the training course. Then the
average treatment effect (ATE) of the course (or programme) can be computed
by taking the mean of the difference in outcomes between each pair of
individuals:
= ( −
).
The advantage of this CIE method depends on the credibility of the “selection on
the observables assumption” (also said Conditional Independence Assumption).
In order to use PSM one must have a very rich database, providing information
on many variables which may potentially affect participation in the programme.
36 Internal validity refers to the ability of a CIE method to estimate causal effects.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 96
6.4. Pilot projects in collaboration with JRC
Each pilot study will be accompanied by a report, which may be used as example
for the other Member States in order to perform similar analysis in the future
(ideally in view of the ex post evaluation). In particular, Member States would
need to provide access to micro-level data. Micro-data are data collected at the
lowest level of aggregation (individual, family, firm, etc.) and they can be
obtained from different sources: census data, administrative data (e.g. social
security records, tax records, matched employer-employee data etc.), and
sources of big data (e.g. social networks). Since the AMIF and ISF deal with
issues related to migration, integration and security, the type of micro-data
needed to design the evaluation plan usually come from registers held by
Responsible Authorities such as the Ministry of Interior, Police departments, etc.
Furthermore, these registers can be matched with information on the allocation
of the funds within the country (by region, province, etc.). These pilot studies
would, for instance, allow for a comparison of labour market outcomes of
immigrants who attended a programme financed by AMIF with individuals who
have similar observable characteristics (nationality, age, gender, etc.) but who
did not participate in the programme. On the granularity of the aggregation, the
aim of the pilot projects is to analyse the impact of the funds at the level of the
beneficiaries (being the individual, family or regions in countries with a more
decentralized system). The Commission and the Member States will closely
cooperate in the design of the impact evaluation plan, data collection and
preparation, following the required protocols.
6.4.1. Micro-data and methodology for AMIF evaluation
The use of micro-data is becoming the standard for programme evaluation. In
this paragraph, we outline a simple example on the use of micro-data to
evaluate the effectiveness of projects financed under AMIF.
One may wish to assess whether AMIF succeeded in increasing immigrants’
socio-economic integration by focusing on some language courses. This
evaluation poses several challenges. First, data on each single individual taking
the course must be available (treated). Information on a comparable sample of
individuals not taking such course (and in general not taking any course) is also
needed. The data must also provide basic information on individual
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 97
characteristics (e.g. gender, age, country of origin, ethnicity, level of education,
etc.). These characteristics are useful to select control individuals who match the
treated sample’s characteristics. What can be a good outcome variable? In some
countries there may be an official standardized language test which must be
taken and passed to renew the residence permit. A first way of realizing a pilot
evaluation may be to use PSM and compute ATE on the final score obtained in
the standardized test.
In other countries, however, there might not be any standardized test and the
pass/fail grade may reflect different standards of language assessment.
Moreover, only migrants attending the course may have their skills assessed. In
this case, were administrative data on labour market or criminal records
available, one could focus on the differences between treated and untreated
individuals in the probability of being employed or having no criminal record.
PSM is based on the assumption of selection on observable variables only. This
assumption may be too strong in some cases. One may look for presumably
exogenous sources of variation in language course supply, which are
uncorrelated with individual unobservable characteristics affecting motivation
and, later on, language skills or employability. If there is some geographical
variation in course supply to be exploited, for instance, and under the
assumption that this variation is not related with individuals' motivation or local
labour market characteristics (i.e. it satisfies the requirement of exogeneity), it
is possible to apply an IV strategy. The underlying logic is the following. Asylum
seekers are not generally able to choose the centre where they are hosted, so
there is no self-sorting into specific centres. Some centres may have a large
language course supply, while in other centres supply may be much lower. Thus
from the perspective of the individual refugee, local course supply is exogenous,
i.e it is not a choice variable, but it will affect his/her chances to take the course.
These differences in supply provide the exogenous variation in taking the
language course (the endogenous choice variable) which is used in the IV
estimation to quantify its causal effect on socio-economic integration.
6.4.2. Micro-data and methodology for ISF evaluation
With ISF it is more difficult to identify the proper unit of analysis needed to
collect the micro-data. In addition, many of the indicators are available
exclusively at the national levels, and it is meaningless and/or impossible to
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 98
collect data at a lower level (for example indicator S01 I1 – number of visa
applicants having to apply for a Schengen visa outside of their country of
residence- is a data set which is collected at national level and cannot be
collected in a different way). Nevertheless, the following two examples explain
how a more disaggregated data collection combined with information on how the
funds are distributed can be useful in the evaluation process of ISF.
(1) Individual data (e.g. police station)
Suppose that ISF provides some resources to police stations that have to be
invested in a particular device (for example, iris recognition device) to control
and limit, to some extent, the number of illegal border-crossings. Suppose that
there is a rule that defines a treated (by the policy) and a control group. For
example, it is possible that money is allocated considering distance from the
borders, so that some police stations may receive the money because they are
closer to the borders (for example within 10 km) and others do not receive the
money as they are located further away from the borders (more than 10 km). In
this case, the policy eligibility defines a quantitative variable for a threshold (in
or outside 10 km). The RDD then consists in focusing attention only on two
groups of police stations which are close to the eligibility threshold, for instance,
considering as treated the police station within 10 km from the border and as
untreated those located at 12 km. Now, these police stations are very close in
terms of observables (only 2 km of difference) and we do not expect enormous
differences between those around the threshold. The main issue with this
powerful CIE method in terms of internal validity37 is that it can only estimate
causal effects around the threshold, in this case around the 10 km, while it
would be difficult to generalize its results to other distance groups. To put it in
other words, estimates are likely to be “local”.
The following equation provides a simple way to make this estimation procedure
operational:
= 0 + 1 + () + (1)
Where:
37 Internal validity refers to the ability of a CIE method to estimate causal effects.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 99
i = the outcome measure for observation unit (the number of illegal border-
crossings detected by each police station i);
0 = the average value of the outcome for those in the treatment group after
controlling for the rating variable;
i = 1 if observation, a police station, i is assigned to the treatment group and 0
otherwise;
i = the rating variable for observation i, centred at the cut-off point (around 10
km);
= a random error term for observation i, which is assumed to be independently
and identically distributed.
The coefficient 1, for treatment assignment represents the marginal impact of
the program at the cut-off point.
To summarize, we can properly evaluate an action (buying a device for iris
recognition) aiming at reaching the specific objective 2 (borders) of ISF if we
have access to micro-data at the level of police stations, if we know which units
were treated (which police stations received the money to buy the device), and
if assignment of the unit (i.e. police stations) into the treatment or control group
is based on a clear and objective rule (i.e. police stations within 10 km from the
borders receive the money, police stations located further away do not receive
the money).
(2) Municipality level data
Idea: use a DID setting.
Suppose the ISF provides funding to municipalities where there is an
Identification and Expulsion Centre (IEC). The funding is available since 2014,
while before that year no municipalities received ISF funding.
Municipalities without an IEC are always untreated, i.e. they never receive
funding, while places with IEC are treated by ISF funding after 2014, i.e. receive
the money only after 2014 (first year of implementation).
The estimated equation is
= 0 + 1 + 2 + 3 × + 4 + (1)
is the outcome to be investigated (e.g. crime rate or the number of illegal
immigrants registered); is a dummy variable which equals 1 if the
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 100
observation refers to places with an IEC and equals 0 otherwise (intercept
shifter); is a post-2013 dummy; the coefficient on × (3) is our
effect of interest; and is a vector of controls varying at the country, regional
or municipality level (e.g. % of migrants, average GDP, etc.). For this setting to
be valid, it is necessary that ISF is not producing any spillover effect on the
control group for the outcomes of interest. In addition, it is also necessary that
before the fund was allocated, the trend in the outcomes (i.e. crime rate)
between the treated and control municipalities was parallel.
The main idea is that, in the absence of the ISF, outcome (e.g. crime rate)
would have been 0 + 1 + 2+ 4.
Equation (1) can also be changed to account for the intensity of treatment
(amount of funds spent or number of projects financed), i.e. the amount of
funds or projects of region i at time t, that is
= 0 + 1 + 2 + 3 × × + 4 + (2)
Exploiting increases cross-country or cross-regional variation, but may
introduce an issue of endogeneity of fund allocation across countries or regions.
To summarize, we could evaluate the effectiveness of the fund in decreasing
crime rate if we are able to have information on units which are treated and
units which are not treated (e.g. municipalities receiving or not the money) and
if we are able to have information on a time series of data going back to years
previous to the intervention (before 2014).
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 101
6.5. Evaluation report template in SFC2014
6.5.1. Draft model interim evaluation report AMIF
CCI
Title The interim evaluation report of the national programme of the Asylum, Migration and
Integration Fund for [Member State]
Version
Time period covered 01/01/2014- 30/06/2017
Independent experts (as required in Art. 56(3) of the Regulation (EU) No 514/2014)
Please explain how the requirement in Art. 56(3) of the Regulation (EU) No 514/2014 was fulfilled
Max 1748 characters
Executive Summary
Max 9922 characters
Section I: Context of implementation of AMIF during 01/01/2014-30/06/2017
Max 2426 characters
Section II: Challenges encountered and their impact on the implementation of the National Programme
Max 2426 characters
Section III: Deviations in implementation of the National Programmes in comparison with what was initially planned (if any)
Max 4961 characters
Section IV: Evaluation questions
The information in the boxes must be self-contained and cannot refer to information in any attached document or contain hyperlinks.
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 102
1. Effectiveness
1.1. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE 1: Asylum
Strengthen and develop all aspects of the Common European Asylum System.
The overall question: How did the Fund contribute to strengthening and developing all aspects of the Common European Asylum System, including its external dimension?
Max 2426 characters
1.1.1. What progress was made towards strengthening and developing the asylum procedures, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.1.2. What progress was made towards strengthening and developing the reception conditions, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.1.3. What progress was made towards the achievement of a successful implementation of the legal framework of the qualification directive (and its subsequent modifications), and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.1.4. What progress was made towards enhancing Member State capacity to develop, monitor and evaluate their asylum policies and procedures, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.1.5. What progress was made towards the establishment, development and implementation of national resettlement programmes and strategies, and other humanitarian admission programmes, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE 2: Integration/legal migration
Support legal migration to the Member States in line with their economic and social needs such as labour market needs, while safeguarding the integrity of the immigration systems of Member States, and promote the effective integration of
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 103
third-country nationals.
The overall question: How did the Fund contribute to supporting legal migration to the Member States in accordance with their economic and social needs, such as labour market needs, while safeguarding the integrity of the immigration systems of Member States, and to promoting the effective integration of third- country nationals?
Max 2426 characters
1.2.1. What progress was made towards supporting legal migration to the Member States in accordance with their economic and social needs, such as labour market needs, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2.2. What progress was made towards promoting the effective integration of third- country nationals, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2.3. What progress was made towards supporting co-operation among the Member States, with a view to safeguarding the integrity of the immigration systems of Member States, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2.4. What progress was made towards building capacity on integration and legal migration within the Member States, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.3 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE 3: Return
Enhance fair and effective return strategies in the Member States, which contribute to combating illegal immigration, with an emphasis on sustainability of return and effective readmission in the countries of origin and transit.
The overall question: How did the Fund contribute to enhancing fair and effective return strategies in the Member States which contribute to combating illegal immigration, with an emphasis on sustainability of return and effective readmission in the countries of origin and transit?
Max 2426 characters
1.3.1. What progress was made towards supporting the measures accompanying return
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 104
procedures, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.3.2. What progress was made towards effective implementation of return measures (voluntary and forced), and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.3.3. What progress was made towards enhancing practical co-operation between Member States and/or with authorities of third countries on return measures, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.3.4. What progress was made towards building capacity on return, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.4 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE 4: Solidarity Enhance the solidarity and responsibility sharing between the Member States, in particular towards those most affected by migration and asylum flows, including through practical cooperation.
The overall question: How did the Fund contribute to enhancing solidarity and responsibility-sharing between the Member States, in particular towards those most affected by migration and asylum flows, including through practical cooperation?
Max 2426 characters
1.4.1. How did the Fund contribute to the transfer of asylum applicants (relocation as per Council Decisions (EU) 2015/1253 and 2015/1601)?
Max 4961 characters
1.4.2. How did the Fund contribute to the transfer between Member States of beneficiaries of international protection?
Max 4961 characters
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 105
2. Efficiency
The overall question: Were the general objectives of the Fund achieved at reasonable cost?
Max 9922 characters
2.1. To what extent were the results of the Fund achieved at reasonable cost in terms of deployed financial and human resources?
Max 4961 characters
2.2. What measures were put in place to prevent, detect, report and follow up on cases of fraud and other irregularities, and how did they perform?
Max 4961 characters
3. Relevance
The overall question: Did the objectives of the interventions funded by the Fund correspond to the actual needs?
Max 2426 characters
3.1. Did the objectives set by the Member State in the National Programme respond to the identified needs?
Max 4961 characters
3.2. Which measures did the Member State put in place to address changing needs?
Max 4961 characters
4. Coherence
The overall question: Were the objectives set in the national programme coherent with the ones set in other programmes funded by EU resources and applying to similar areas of work? Was the coherence ensured also during the implementation of the Fund?
Max 2426 characters
4.1. Was an assessment of other interventions with similar objectives carried out and taken into account during the programming stage?
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 106
Max 4961 characters
4.2. Were co-ordination mechanisms between the Fund and other interventions with similar objectives established for the implementation period?
Max 4961 characters
4.3. Were the actions implemented through the Fund coherent with and non- contradictory to other interventions with similar objectives?
Max 4961 characters
5. Complementarity
The overall question: Were the objectives set in the national programme and the corresponding implemented actions complementary to those set in the framework of other policies, in particular those pursued by the Member State?
Max 2426 characters
5.1. Was an assessment of other interventions with complementary objectives carried out and taken into account during the programming stage?
Max 4961 characters
5.2. Were co-ordination mechanisms between the Fund and other interventions with similar objectives established to ensure their complementarity for the implementing period?
Max 4961 characters
5.3. Were mechanisms aimed to prevent overlapping of financial instruments put in place?
Max 4961 characters
6. EU added value
The overall question: Was any added value brought about by the EU support?
Max 2426 characters
6.1. What are the main types of added value resulting from the support by the Fund (volume, scope, role, process)?
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 107
Max 4961 characters
6.2. Would the Member State have carried out the actions required to implement the EU policies in areas supported by the Fund without its financial support?
Max 4961 characters
6.3. What would be the most likely consequences of an interruption of the support provided by the Fund?
Max 4961 characters
6.4. To which extent have actions supported by the Fund resulted in a benefit at the Union level?
Max 4961 characters
7. Sustainability
The overall question: Are the positive effects of the projects supported by the Fund likely to last when its support will be over?
Max 2426 characters
7.1. What were the main measures adopted by the Member State to ensure the sustainability of the results of the projects implemented with support of the Fund (both at programming and implementation stage)?
Max 4961 characters
7.2. Were mechanisms put in place to ensure a sustainability check at programming and implementation stage?
Max 4961 characters
7.3. To what extent are the outcomes/benefits of the actions sustained by the Fund expected to continue thereafter?
Max 4961 characters
8. Simplification and reduction of administrative burden
The overall question: Were the Fund management procedures simplified and the administrative burden reduced for its beneficiaries?
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 108
Max 2426 characters
8.1. Did the innovative procedures introduced by the Fund (simplified cost option, multiannual programming, national eligibility rules, more comprehensive national programmes allowing for flexibility) bring about simplification for the beneficiaries of the Fund?
Max 4961 characters
Section V: Project examples
Description of three “success stories”, among all the projects funded
Example 1
(background/context, activity, results, lesson learnt)
Max length 4961 characters
Example 2
(background/context, activity, results, lesson learnt)
Max length 4961 characters
Example 3
(background/context, activity, results, lesson learnt)
Max length 4961 characters
Description of one ‘failure’, among all the projects funded
Example 4
(background/context, activity, results, lesson learnt)
Max length 4961 characters
Section VI: Methodology
Briefly explain the methodology used for the evaluation, including for collection of
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 109
data to formulate the indicators
Max length 4961 characters
Section VII: Main conclusions and recommendations
(Guidance pop-up for both recommendations and conclusions)
Conclusion 1 –up to 5 conclusions but should also be able to select fewer
Max 1748 characters
Conclusion 2
Max 1748 characters
Conclusion 3
Max 1748 characters
Conclusion 4
Max 1748 characters
Conclusion 5
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 1 –up to 5 recommendations but should also be able to select fewer; each recommendation
should be linked to a conclusion
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 2
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 3
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 4
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 5
Max 1748 characters
Section VIII: Mid-Term Review
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 110
Provide an assessment of the mid-term review carried out in accordance with Article 15 of Regulation (EU) No 514/2014. If relevant, summarize the main changes having an impact on your activities in the policy areas covered by the Fund, and how your National Programme was/will be adjusted.
Max 1748 characters
ANNEX: Data
Table 1 Progress in financial implementation, by specific objectives (in Euro)
Financial report AMIF
National objective A
Total paid
01/01/2014- 15/10/2016
B
Total paid
16/10/2016- 30/06/2017
Total paid (A+B) / SO
programmed (%)
SO1.OO1: Reception/asylum
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO1.OO2: Evaluation
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO1.OO3: Resettlement
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Subtotal for national objectives
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SA1: Transit Centres
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SA2. Access to Asylum
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Total 1: SO1: Asylum
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SO2.OO1: Legal migration
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO2.OO2: Integration
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO2.OO3: Capacity [generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 111
Subtotal for national objectives
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SO2.SA1: Joint Initiatives
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO2.SA2: Unaccompanied minors
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO2.SA3: Legal migration
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Total 2: SO2: Integration/Legal migration
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SO3.001: Accompanying measures
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO3.002: Return measures
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO3.003: Cooperation
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Subtotal for national objectives
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SO3.SA1: Joint return
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO3.SA2: Joint reintegration
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO3.SA3: Joint family and unaccompanied minors
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Total 3: SO3: Return
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SO4.001: Relocation
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Total 4: SO4: Solidarity
[generated] [generated] [generated]
Special cases: Resettlement
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 112
Special cases: Transfer & relocation
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Total 5: Special cases
[generated] [generated] [generated]
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
TOTAL 6 = (total 1+total 2+ total 3+total4 + total 5 + TA)
[generated] [generated] [generated]
Table 2 Number of projects and EU contribution to finished and open projects, by specific objectives (in Euro)
Number of projects and EU contribution
1/1/2014-15/10/2016
Total Nr of finished projects
Total EU contribution to finished projects
Total Nr of open projects
Total EU contribution to open projects
SO1: Asylum [generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
SO2: Integration/Legal migration
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
SO3: Return [generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
SO4: Solidarity [generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
Total 1 [generated] [generated] [generated] [generated]
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 113
Number of projects and EU contribution
16/10/2016-30/6/2017
Total Nr of finished projects
Total EU contribution to finished projects
Total Nr of open projects
Total EU contribution to open projects
SO1: Asylum [to be filled- in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
SO2: Integration/Legal migration
[to be filled- in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
SO3: Return [to be filled- in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
SO4: Solidarity [to be filled- in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
Total 2 [generated] [generated] [generated] [generated]
Total 1+2 [generated] [generated] [generated] [generated]
Table 3 Number of projects and EU contribution, by types of beneficiaries and by specific objectives (in Euro)
Project beneficiaries
1/1/2014-15/10/2016
SO1: Asylum SO2: Integration/Le gal migration
SO3: Return SO4: Solidarity
State/federal authorities
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 114
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
Local public bodies
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
NGOs [generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
International public organisations
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
National Red Cross
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
International Committee of the Red Cross
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
The International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
Private and public law companies
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
Education/rese arch organisations
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 115
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
Project beneficiaries
16/10/2016-30/6/2017
SO1: Asylum SO2: Integration/Le gal migration
SO3: Return SO4: Solidarity
State/federal authorities
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
Local public bodies
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
NGOs [to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
International public organisations
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
National Red Cross
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in [to be filled-in [to be filled-in [to be filled-in
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 116
manually]
Amount
manually]Amount manually]
Amount
manually]
Amount
International Committee of the Red Cross
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
The International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
Private and public law companies
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
Education/rese arch organisations
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
Table 4 Special cases (Generated) 2014 - 2015 2016 - 2017 Total
Resettlement Priorities (pledge numbers and actual number of resettled persons) 2 numbers for each category
Resettlement other cases – (pledge numbers and actual number of resettled
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 117
persons) generated from accounts
Relocation (pledge numbers and actual number of relocated persons)
TOTAL
118
6.5.2. SFC2014 template for indicators AMIF
(only result and impact indicators are included)
In d
ic at
o r
ID
Indicator description
Click on the [?] for a guidance pop- up
M e
as u
re m
e n
t
u n
it
B as
e lin
e v
a lu
e
Source of data
2014 (01/01/14
to 15/10/14)
2015 (16/10/14
to 15/10/15)
2016 (16/10/15
to 15/10/16)
2017 (16/10/16
to 30/06/17)
1 - Indicators by specific objectives
Specific Objective 1 - ASYLUM & RECEPTION To strengthen and develop all aspects of the Common European Asylum System, including its external dimension
SO1 - Result indicators
SO1 R1
Number of target group persons provided with assistance through projects in the field of reception and asylum systems supported under the Fund:
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO1 C1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
i) number of target group persons benefiting from information and assistance throughout the asylum procedures
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO1 C1.a)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
ii) number of target group persons benefiting from legal assistance and representation
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO1 C1.b)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
iii) number of vulnerable persons and unaccompanied minors benefiting from specific assistance
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO1 C1.c)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO1 R2
Capacity (i.e. number of places) of new reception accommodation infrastructure set up in line with the common requirements for reception conditions as set out in the Union acquis and of existing
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO1 C2.1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 119
reception accommodation infrastructure improved in accordance with the same requirements as a result of the projects supported under the Fund.
The percentage in the total reception accommodation capacity
Percenta ge
0 AIR (indicator SO1 C2.2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO1 R3
Number of persons trained in asylum-related topics with the assistance of the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO1 C3.1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
That number as a percentage of the total number of staff trained in those topics
Percenta ge
0 AIR (indicator SO1 C3.2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO1 R4
(a) Number of places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) supported by the Fund [?]
Number 0 Project
Reporting #
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
(b) Total number of places adapted for unaccompanied minors [?]
Number Member State # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Number of places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) supported by the Fund as compared to the total number of places adapted for unaccompanied minors.
Percenta ge
0 /
Generated SO1 R4 (a)
/ SO1 R4 (b)
Generated SO1 R4 (a)
/ SO1 R4 (b)
Generated SO1 R4 (a)
/ SO1 R4 (b)
Generated SO1 R4 (a)
/ SO1 R4 (b)
SO1 - Impact indicators
SO1 I1
Stock of pending cases at first instance, less than 6 months [?]
Number # EASO (EPS Indicator 2)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Stock of pending cases at first instance, more than 6 months [?]
Number # EASO (EPS Indicator 2)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
SO1 I2
Share of final positive decisions at the appeal stage [?]
Percenta ge
# Eurostat (migr_asydcfina)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
SO1 I3
Number of persons in the reception system (stock at end of the reporting period) [?]
Number # EASO (EPS Indicator 7)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 120
SO1 I4
(a) Number of persons in the reception system
Number # EASO (EPS Indicator 7)
Generated SO1 I3
Generated SO1 I3
Generated SO1 I3
Generated SO1 I3
(b) Number of asylum and first time asylum applicants [?]
Number # Eurostat (migr_asyappctza)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Number of persons in the reception system as compared to the number of asylum applicants
Ratio / /
Generated SO1 I4 (a)
/ SO1 I4 (b)
Generated SO1 I4 (a)
/ SO1 I4 (b)
Generated SO1 I4 (a)
/ SO1 I4 (b)
Generated SO1 I4 (a)
/ SO1 I4 (b)
SO1 I5
(a) Number of accommodation places adapted for unaccompanied minors [?]
Number # Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
(b) Number of asylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors (Eurostat migr_asyunaa) [?]
Number # Eurostat (migr_asyunaa)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Number of accommodation places adapted for unaccompanied minors (UAM) as compared to the number of unaccompanied minors
Ratio / /
Generated SO1 I5 (a)
/ SO1 I5 (b)
Generated SO1 I5 (a)
/ SO1 I5 (b)
Generated SO1 I5 (a)
/ SO1 I5 (b)
Generated SO1 I5 (a)
/ SO1 I5 (b)
SO1 I6
Convergence of first instance/final instance recognition rates by Member States for asylum applicants from a same third country
Percenta ge points
Calcu lated
by DG
HOM E C.3
Eurostat (migr_asydcfina)
Calculated by DG
HOME C.3
Calculated by DG
HOME C.3
Calculated by DG
HOME C.3
Calculated by DG
HOME C.3
Specific Objective 2 – LEGAL MIGRATION & INTEGRATION To support legal migration to the Member States in accordance with their economic and social needs, such as labour market needs, while safeguarding the integrity of the immigration systems of Member States, and to promote the effective integration of third-country nationals.
SO2 - Result indicators
SO2 R1
Number of target group persons who participated in pre-departure measures supported by the Fund
Number 0 AIR (Indicator SO2 C1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO2 R2
Number of target group persons assisted by the Fund through integration measures in the framework of national, local and regional strategies
Number 0 AIR (Indicator SO2 C2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 121
i) number of target group persons assisted through measures focusing on education and training, including language training and preparatory actions to facilitate access to the labour market
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C2.a)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
ii) number of target group persons supported through the provision of advice and assistance in the area of housing
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C2.b)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
iii) number of target group persons assisted through the provision of health and psychological care
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C2.c)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
iv) number of target group persons assisted through measures related to democratic participation
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C2.d)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO2 - Impact indicators
SO2 I1
Share of third-country nationals (TCNs) having received long-term residence status out of all TCNs [?]
Percenta ge
# Eurostat (migr_reslas)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
SO2 I2
Employment rate: gap between third-country nationals and host- country nationals [?]
Percenta ge points
#
Eurostat (Labour Force Survey)
(lfsa_ergan) (lfsa_ergacob)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
SO2 I3
Unemployment rate: gap between third-country nationals and host- country nationals [?]
Percenta ge points
#
Eurostat (Labour Force Survey)
(lfsa_urgan) (lfsa_urgacob)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
SO2 I4
Activity rate: gap between third- country nationals and host-country nationals [?]
Percenta ge points
#
Eurostat (Labour Force Survey)
(lfsa_argan) (lfsa_argacob)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
SO2 I5
Share of early leavers from education and training: gap
Percenta ge points
# Eurostat
(Labour Force Survey) (edat_lfse_02)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 122
between third-country nationals and host-country nationals [?]
SO2 I6
Share of 30 to 34-year-olds with tertiary education attainment: gap between third-country nationals and host-country nationals [?]
Percenta ge points
# Eurostat (edat_lfs_9911)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
SO2 I7
Share of population at risk of social poverty or social exclusion: gap between third-country nationals and host-country nationals [?]
Percenta ge points
# Eurostat
(Labour Force Survey) (ilc_peps05)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Specific Objective 3 – RETURN To enhance fair and effective return strategies in the Member States supporting the fight against illegal immigration with an emphasis on sustainability of return and effective readmission in the countries of origin and transit.
SO3 - Result indicators
SO3 R1
Number of persons trained on return-related topics with the assistance of the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO3 C1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO3 R2
Number of returnees who received pre or post return reintegration assistance co-financed by the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO3 C2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO3 R3
(a) persons who returned voluntarily
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO3 C3.a)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) and persons who were removed Number 0 AIR (indicator SO3 C3.b)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Number of returnees whose return was co-financed by the Fund
Number 0 AIR
Generated SO3 R3 (a)
+ SO3 R3 (b)
Generated SO3 R3 (a)
+ SO3 R3 (b)
Generated SO3 R3 (a)
+ SO3 R3 (b)
Generated SO3 R3 (a)
+ SO3 R3 (b)
SO3 R4
Number of monitored removal operations co-financed by the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO3 C4)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO3 R5
(a) Persons who were removed (and whose return was co-financed
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO3 C3.b)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
#
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 123
by the Fund) (no decimal)
(b) Total number of returns following an order to leave [?]
Number # Eurostat (migr_eirtn)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Number of removals supported by the Fund, as compared to the total number of returns following an order to leave
Ratio 0 /
Generated SO3 R5 (a)
/ SO3 R5 (b)
Generated SO3 R5 (a)
/ SO3 R5 (b)
Generated SO3 R5 (a)
/ SO3 R5 (b)
Generated SO3 R5 (a)
/ SO3 R5 (b)
S03 R6
(a) Number of persons returned in the framework of joint return operations (assisted-voluntary and
forced) supported by the Fund [?]
Number 0 Project Reporting # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
(b) Number of returnees whose return was co-financed by the Fund
Number 0 AIR
Generated SO3 R3 (a)
+ SO3 R3 (b)
Generated SO3 R3 (a)
+ SO3 R3 (b)
Generated SO3 R3 (a)
+ SO3 R3 (b)
Generated SO3 R3 (a)
+ SO3 R3 (b)
Number of persons returned in the framework of the joint return operations supported by the Fund as compared to the total number of returns supported by the Fund
Ratio 0 /
Generated SO3 R6 (a)
/ SO3 R6 (b)
Generated SO3 R6 (a)
/ SO3 R6 (b)
Generated SO3 R6 (a)
/ SO3 R6 (b)
Generated SO3 R6 (a)
/ SO3 R6 (b)
SO3 R7
(a) Number of returnees who received pre or post return reintegration assistance co- financed by the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO3 C2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) Persons who returned voluntarily (and whose return was co-financed by the Fund)
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO3 C3.a)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Number of returnees who have received pre or post return reintegration assistance co- financed by the Fund, as compared to the total number of voluntary returns supported by the Fund
Ratio 0 /
Generated SO3 R7 (a)
/ SO3 R7 (b)
Generated SO3 R7 (a)
/ SO3 R7 (b)
Generated SO3 R7 (a)
/ SO3 R7 (b)
Generated SO3 R7 (a)
/ SO3 R7 (b)
SO3 R8
(a) Number of places in detention centres created/renovated with support from the Fund [?]
Number 0 Project Reporting # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
(b) Total number of places in Number # Member States # # # #
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 124
detention centres [?] (no decimal) (no decimal) (no decimal) (no decimal)
Number of places in detention centres created/renovated with support from the Fund, as compared to the total number of places in detention centres
Ratio 0 /
Generated SO3 R8 (a)
/ SO3 R8 (b)
Generated SO3 R8 (a)
/ SO3 R8 (b)
Generated SO3 R8 (a)
/ SO3 R8 (b)
Generated SO3 R8 (a)
/ SO3 R8 (b)
SO3 - Impact indicators
SO3 I1
(a) Number of third-country nationals returned following an order to leave (migr_eirtn) [?]
Number # Eurostat (migr_eirtn)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
(b) Number of third-country nationals ordered to leave (migr_eiord) [?]
Number # Eurostat (migr_eiord)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Number of returns following an order to leave compared to the number of third-country nationals ordered to leave
Ratio 0 /
Generated SO3 I1 (a)
/ SO3 I1 (b)
Generated SO3 I1 (a)
/ SO3 I1 (b)
Generated SO3 I1 (a)
/ SO3 I1 (b)
Generated SO3 I1 (a)
/ SO3 I1 (b)
SO3 I2
Return decisions issued to rejected asylum applicants [?]
Number # EASO (EPS Indicator 8a)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
SO3 I3
Effective returns of rejected asylum applicants [?]
Number # EASO (EPS Indicator 8b)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Specific Objective 4 – SOLIDARITY To enhance solidarity and responsibility-sharing between the Member States, in particular towards those most affected by migration and asylum flows, including through practical cooperation.
SO3 - Result indicators
SO4 R1
Number of applicants and beneficiaries of international protection transferred from one Member State to another with support of the Fund.
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO4 C1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO4 R2
Number of cooperation projects with other Member States on enhancing solidarity and responsibility sharing between the Member States supported under
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO4 C2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 125
the Fund.
2 - Indicators on efficiency, added value and sustainability, as foreseen in Regulation (EU) No 514/2014
H1
Number of Full Time Equivalent in the Responsible Authority, the Delegated Authority and the Audit Authority working on the implementation of AMIF and paid by the technical assistance or national budgets as compared to:
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
(a) the number of projects implemented
Number 0 AIR Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) the amount of the funds claimed for the financial year
Amount million EUR
0 Accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
H2
(a) Technical assistance plus the administrative (indirect) cost
Amount million EUR
0 Member States # (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
(b) Amount of funds claimed for the financial year
Amount million EUR
0 Accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Technical assistance plus the administrative (indirect) cost of projects as compared to the amount of funds claimed for the financial year
Ratio 0 /
Generated H2 (a)
/ H2 (b)
Generated H2 (a)
/ H2 (b)
Generated H2 (a)
/ H2 (b)
Generated H2 (a)
/ H2 (b)
H3
Amount of the annual accounts submitted by the Member State compared to the
Amount in EUR
Accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Total amount of funds allocated to the national programme.
Amount in EUR
Accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Absorption rate of the Fund Ratio 0 /
Generated H3 (a)
/ H3 (b)
Generated H3 (a)
/ H3 (b)
Generated H3 (a)
/ H3 (b)
Generated H3 (a)
/ H3 (b)
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 126
127
6.5.3. Draft model interim evaluation report ISF
CCI
Title The interim evaluation report of the national programme of the Internal Security Fund
for [Member State]
Version
Time period covered 01/01/2014- 30/06/2017
Independent experts (as required in Art. 56(3) of the Regulation (EU) No 514/2014)
Please explain how the requirement in Art. 56(3) of the Regulation (EU) No 514/2014 was fulfilled
Max 1748 characters
Executive Summary
Max 9922 characters
Section I: Context of implementation of ISF during 01/01/2014-30/06/2017
Max 2426 characters
Section II: Challenges encountered and their impact on the implementation of the National Programme
Max 2426 characters
Section III: Deviations in implementation of the National Programmes in comparison with what was initially planned (if any)
Max 4961 characters
Section IV: Evaluation questions
The information in the boxes must be self-contained and cannot refer to information in any attached document or contain hyperlinks.
1. Effectiveness
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 128
1.1. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE 1: Visa policy / ISF-B Article 3(2)(a)
The overall question
How did the Fund contribute to the achievement of the following specific objectives:
- Support a common visa policy to facilitate legitimate travel;
- Provide a high quality of service to visa applicants;
- Ensure equal treatment of third-country nationals and
- Tackle illegal migration?
Max 2426 characters
1.1.1. What progress was made towards promoting the development and implementation of the common visa policy to facilitate legitimate travel, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.1.2. What progress was made towards ensuring better consular coverage and harmonised practices on visa issuance between Member States, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.1.3. What progress was made towards ensuring the application of the Union's acquis on visas and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.1.4. What progress was made towards Member States' contribution to strengthening the cooperation between Member States operating in third countries as regards the flows of third-country nationals into the territory of Member States, including prevention and tackling of illegal immigration, as well as the cooperation with third countries, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.1.5. What progress was made towards supporting the common visa policy by setting up and running IT systems, their communication infrastructure and equipment, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.1.6. How did the operating support provided for in Article 10 of the Regulation (EU)
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 129
No 515/2014 contribute to the achievement of the specific objective on common
visa policy?
Max 4961 characters
1.2. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE 2: Borders / ISF-B Article 3(2)(b)
The overall question
How did the Fund contribute to the following specific objectives:
- Supporting integrated border management, including promoting further harmonisation of border management-related measures in accordance with common Union standards and through the sharing of information between Member States and between Member States and the European Agency for the Management of Operational Cooperation at the External Borders of the Member States of the European Union?
- Ensuring, on one hand, a uniform and high level of control and protection of the external borders, including by the tackling of illegal immigration and, on the other hand, the smooth crossing of the external borders in conformity with the Schengen acquis, while guaranteeing access to international protection for those needing it, in accordance with the obligations contracted by the Member States in the field of human rights, including the principle of non-refoulement?
Max 2426 characters
1.2.1. What progress was made towards promoting the development, implementation and enforcement of policies with a view to ensure the absence of any controls on persons when crossing the internal borders, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2.2. What progress was made towards carrying out checks on persons and monitoring efficiently the crossing of external borders, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2.3. What progress was made towards establishing gradually an integrated management system for external borders, based on solidarity and responsibility, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2.4. What progress was made towards ensuring the application of the Union's acquis on border management, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 130
progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2.5. What progress was made towards contributing to reinforcing situational awareness at the external borders and the reaction capabilities of Member States, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2.6. What progress was made towards setting up and running IT systems, their communication infrastructure and equipment that support border checks and border surveillance at the external borders, and how did the Fund contribute to achieving this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.2.7. How did the operating support provided for in Article 10 of the Regulation (EU) No 515/2014 contribute to the achievement of the specific objective on border management?
Max 4961 characters
1.3 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE 5: Crime / ISF-P Article 3(2)(a)
The overall question
How did the Fund contribute to the following specific objectives:
- Prevention of cross-border, serious and organised crime, including terrorism?
- Reinforcement of the coordination and cooperation between law enforcement authorities and other national authorities of Member States, including with Europol or other relevant Union bodies, and with relevant third countries and international organisations?
Max 2426 characters
1.3.1. What progress was made towards the achievement of the expected results of strengthening Member States' capacity to combat cross-border, serious and organised crime, including terrorism and to reinforce their mutual cooperation in this field, and how did the Fund contribute to the achievement of this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.3.2. What progress was made towards developing administrative and operational coordination and cooperation among Member States' public authorities, Europol
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 131
or other relevant Union bodies and, where appropriate, with third countries and international organisations, and how did the Fund contribute to the achievement of this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.3.3. What progress was made towards developing training schemes, such as those regarding technical and professional skills and knowledge of obligations on human rights and fundamental freedoms, in implementation of EU training policies, including through specific Union law enforcement exchange programmes, and how did the Fund contribute to the achievement of this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.3.4. What progress was made towards putting in place measures, safeguard mechanisms and best practices for the identification and support of witnesses and victims of crime, including victims of terrorism, and how did the Fund contribute to the achievement of this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.4 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE 6: Risks & crisis / ISF-P Article 3(2)(b)
The overall question
How did the Fund contribute to improve the capacity of Member States to manage effectively security-related risks and crises, and protecting people and critical infrastructure against terrorist attacks and other security-related incidents?
Max 2426 characters
1.4.1. What progress was made towards reinforcing Member States' administrative and operational capability to protect critical infrastructure in all sectors of economic activity, including through public-private partnerships and improved coordination, cooperation, exchange and dissemination of know-how and experience within the Union and with relevant third countries, and how did the Fund contribute to the achievement of this progress?
Max 4961 characters
1.4.2. What progress was made towards establishing secure links and effective coordination between existing sector-specific early warning and crisis cooperation actors at Union and national level, and how did the Fund contribute to the achievement of this progress?
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 132
Max 4961 characters
1.4.3. What progress was made towards improving the administrative and operational capacity of the Member States and the Union to develop comprehensive threat and risk assessments, and how did the Fund contribute to the achievement of this progress?
Max 4961 characters
2. Efficiency
The overall question
Were the results of the Fund achieved at reasonable cost?
Max 9922 characters
2.1. To what extent were the expected results of the Fund achieved at reasonable cost in terms of deployed financial and human resources?
Max 4961 characters
2.2. What measures were put in place to prevent, detect, report and follow up on cases of fraud and other irregularities, and how did they perform?
Max 4961 characters
3. Relevance
The overall question
Did the objectives of the interventions funded by the Fund correspond to the actual needs?
Max 2426 characters
3.1. Did the objectives set by the Member State in their National Programmes respond to the identified needs?
Max 4961 characters
3.2. Which measures did the Member State put in place to address changing needs?
Max 4961 characters
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 133
4. Coherence
The overall question
Were the objectives set in the national programme coherent with the ones set in other programmes funded by EU resources and applying to similar areas of work? Was the coherence ensured also during the implementation of the Fund?
Max 2426 characters
4.1. Was an assessment of other interventions with similar objectives carried out and taken into account during the programming stage?
Max 4961 characters
4.2. Were coordination mechanisms between the Fund and other interventions with similar objectives established for the implementing period?
Max 4961 characters
4.3. Were the actions implemented through the Fund coherent with and non- contradictory to other interventions with similar objectives?
Max 4961 characters
5. Complementarity
The overall question
Were the objectives set in the national programme and the corresponding implemented actions complementary to those set in the framework of other policies - in particular those pursued by the Member State?
Max 2426 characters
5.1. Was an assessment of other interventions with complementary objectives carried out and taken into account during the programming stage?
Max 4961 characters
5.2. Were coordination mechanisms between the Fund and other interventions with similar objectives established to ensure their complementarity for the implementing period?
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 134
Max 4961 characters
5.3. Were mechanisms aimed to prevent overlapping of financial instruments put in place?
Max 4961 characters
6. EU added value
The overall question
Was any added value brought about by the EU support?
Max 2426 characters
6.1. What are the main types of added value resulting from the support of the Fund (volume, scope, role, process)?
Max 4961 characters
6.2. Would the Member State have carried out the actions required to implement the EU policies in the areas supported by the Fund without its financial support?
Max 4961 characters
6.3. What would be the most likely consequences of an interruption of the support provided by the Fund?
Max 4961 characters
6.4. To which extent have actions supported by the Fund resulted in a benefit at the Union level?
Max 4961 characters
6.5. What was the added value of the operating support?
Max 4961 characters
7. Sustainability
The overall question
Are the positive effects of the projects supported by the Fund likely to last when its support will be over?
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 135
Max 2426 characters
7.1. What were the main measures adopted by the Member State to ensure the sustainability of the results of the projects implemented with support of the Fund (both at programming and implementation stage)?
Max 4961 characters
7.2. Were mechanisms put in place to ensure a sustainability check at programming and implementation stage?
Max 4961 characters
7.3. To what extent are the outcomes/benefits of the actions sustained by the Fund expected to continue thereafter?
Max 4961 characters
7.4. What measures were adopted to ensure the continuity of the activities carried out thanks to the operating support?
Max 4961 characters
8. Simplification and reduction of administrative burden
The overall question
Were the management procedures of the Fund simplified and the administrative burden reduced for its beneficiaries?
Max 2426 characters
8.1. Did the innovative procedures introduced by the Fund (simplified cost option, multiannual programming, national eligibility rules, more comprehensive national programmes allowing for flexibility, operating support and Special Transit Scheme for Lithuania) lead to simplification for the beneficiaries of the Fund?
Max 4961 characters
Section V: Project examples
Description of three “success stories”, among all the projects funded
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 136
Example 1
(background/context, activity, results, lesson learnt)
Max length 4961 characters
Example 2
(background/context, activity, results, lesson learnt)
Max length 4961 characters
Example 3
(background/context, activity, results, lesson learnt)
Max length 4961 characters
Description of one ‘failure’, among all the projects funded
Example 4
(background/context, activity, results, lesson learnt)
Max length 4961 characters
Section VI: Methodology
Briefly explain the methodology used for the evaluation, including for collection of
data to formulate the indicators
Max length 4961 characters
Section VII: Main conclusions and recommendations
(Guidance pop-up for both recommendations and conclusions)
Conclusion 1 –up to 5 conclusions but should also be able to select fewer
Max 1748 characters
Conclusion 2
Max 1748 characters
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 137
Conclusion 3
Max 1748 characters
Conclusion 4
Max 1748 characters
Conclusion 5
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 1 –up to 5 recommendations but should also be able to select fewer; each
recommendation should be linked to a conclusion
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 2
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 3
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 4
Max 1748 characters
Recommendation 5
Max 1748 characters
Section VIII: Mid-Term Review
Provide an assessment of the mid-term review carried out in accordance with Article 15 of Regulation (EU) No 514/2014. If relevant, summarize the main changes having an impact on your activities in the policy areas covered by the Fund, and how your National Programme was/will be adjusted.
Max 1748 characters
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 138
ANNEX: Data
Table 1 Progress in financial implementation, by specific objectives (in Euro)
Financial report ISF-Borders
National objective A
Total paid
01/01/2014- 15/10/2016
B
Total paid
16/10/2016- 30/06/2017
Total paid (A+B) / SO
programmed (%)
SO1.OO1:V - national capacity
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO1.OO2:V - Union Acquis
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO1.OO3:V - Consular cooperation
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Subtotal for national objectives
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SO1.SA1:Consular cooperation
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Total 1: SO1: Visa Policy
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SO2.OO1:B- EUROSUR
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO2.OO2:B- Information exchange
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO2.OO3:B - Common Union standards
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO2.OO4:B - Union Acquis
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO2.OO5:B -Future challenges
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO2.OO6:B- National capacity
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 139
Subtotal for national objectives
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SO2.SA1:FRONTEX equipment
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Total 2: SO2: Borders
[generated] [generated] [generated]
SO3.001:Visa [generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
SO3.002:Borders [generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
Total OSO3: Operating Support
[generated] [generated] [generated]
Operating support of the Special Transit Scheme (Lithuania)
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
[generated] [to be filled- in manually]
[generated]
TOTAL 4 = (total 1+total 2+ total 3 (+OS Lith) + TA)
[generated] [generated] [generated]
Financial report ISF-Police
National objective A
Total paid
01/01/2014- 15/10/2016
B
Total paid
16/10/2016- 30/06/2017
Total paid (A+B) / SO programmed (%)
SO5.OO1:C-Prevention and combat
[generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO5.OO2:C-Exchange of information
[generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO5.OO3:C-Training [generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO5.OO4:C-Victim support [generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO5.OO5:C-Threat & risk [generated] [to be filled-in [generated]
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 140
assessment manually]
Total 5: SO5: Crime [generated] [generated] [generated]
SO6.OO1:R-Prevention and combat
[generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO6.OO2:R-Exchange of information
[generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO6.OO3:R-Training [generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO6.OO4:R-Victim support [generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO6.OO5:R-Infrastructure [generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO6.OO6:R-Early warning & crisis
[generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
SO6.OO7:R-Threat & risk assessment
[generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
Total 6: SO6: C-Risks & Crisis [generated] [generated] [generated]
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
200,000 + ((total allocation) * 5%)
[generated] [to be filled-in manually]
[generated]
TOTAL 7 = (total 5+total 6 + TA - P)
[generated] [generated] [generated]
Table 2 Number of projects and EU contribution to finished and open projects, by specific objectives (in Euro)
Number of projects and EU contribution
1/1/2014-15/10/2016
Total Nr of finished projects
Total EU contribution to finished projects
Total Nr of open projects
Total EU contribution to open projects
SO1: Visa policy [generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 141
SO2: Borders [generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
SO3: Operating support [generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
SO4: Special transit scheme projects (only to be open for LT)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
SO5: Crime [generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
SO6: Risks & crisis [generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
[generated]
(Nr., from accounts)
[generated]
(amount, from accounts)
Total 1 [generated] [generated] [generated] [generated]
Number of projects and EU contribution
16/10/2016-30/6/2017
Total Nr of finished projects
Total EU contribution to finished projects
Total Nr of open projects
Total EU contribution to open projects
SO1: Visa policy [to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled- in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
SO2: Borders [to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled- in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
SO3: Operating support [to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from
[to be filled- in manually]
(amount, from
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 142
accounts) accounts) accounts) accounts)
SO4: Special transit scheme projects (only to be open for LT)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled- in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
SO5: Crime [to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled- in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
SO6: Risks & crisis [to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled- in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(Nr., from accounts)
[to be filled-in manually]
(amount, from accounts)
Total 2 [generated] [generated] [generated] [generated]
Total 1+2 [generated] [generated] [generated] [generated]
Table 3 Number of projects and EU contribution, by types of beneficiaries and by specific objectives (in Euro)
Project beneficiaries
1/1/2014-15/10/2016
SO1: Visa policy
SO2: Borders
SO3: Operating support
SO5: Crime SO6: Risks & crisis
State/federal authorities
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
Local public bodies
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated] [generated] [generated] [generated] [generated]
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 143
Amount Amount Amount Amount Amount
NGOs [generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
International public organisations
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
National Red Cross
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
International Committee of the Red Cross
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
The International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
Private and public law companies
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Nr of projects or amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
Education/res earch
[generated]
Nr of
[generated]
Nr of
[generated]
Nr of
[generated]
Nr of
[generated]
Nr of projects or
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 144
organisations projects or amounts
projects or amounts
projects or amounts
projects or amounts
amounts
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
[generated]
Amount
Project beneficiaries
16/10/2016-30/6/2017
SO1: Visa policy
SO2: Borders
SO3: Operating support
SO5: Crime SO6: Risks & crisis
State/federal authorities
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]N r of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled- in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]A mount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled- in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
Local public bodies
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]N r of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled- in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]A mount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled- in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
NGOs [to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]N r of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled- in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]A mount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled- in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 145
International public organisations
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]N r of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled- in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]A mount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled- in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
National Red Cross
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]N r of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled- in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]A mount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled- in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
International Committee of the Red Cross
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]N r of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled- in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]A mount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled- in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
The International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]N r of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled- in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]A mount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled- in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
Private and public law companies
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of
[to be filled-in manually]N r of
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of
[to be filled- in manually]Nr of projects or
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 146
projects or amounts
projects or amounts
projects or amounts
amounts amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]A mount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled- in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
Education/res earch organisations
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]N r of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled- in manually]Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Nr of projects or amounts
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]A mount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
[to be filled- in manually]
Amount
[to be filled-in manually]
Amount
147
6.5.4. SFC2014 template for indicators ISF
(only result and impact indicators are included)
In d
ic at
o r
ID
Indicator description
Click on the [?] for a guidance pop- up
M e
as u
re m
e n
t
u n
it
B as
e lin
e v
a lu
e
Source of data
2014 (01/01/14
to 15/10/14)
2015 (16/10/14
to 15/10/15)
2016 (16/10/15
to 15/10/16)
2017 (16/10/16
to 30/06/17)
1 - Indicators by specific objectives Specific Objective 1 – VISA Supporting a common visa policy to facilitate legitimate travel, provide a high quality of service to visa applicants and ensure equal treatment of third-country nationals and tackle illegal migration
SO1 - Result indicators
SO1 R1
Number of Schengen Evaluation missions in the area of visa carried out with support of the Internal Security Fund ("Fund")
Number 0
Commission Unit HOME C.2 Border Management and
Schengen
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO1 R2
Number of consular cooperation activities developed with the help of the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO1 C1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO1 R3
Number of staff trained and number of training courses in aspects related to the common visa policy with the help of the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO1 C2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO1 R4
Number of consulates developed or upgraded with the help of the Fund out of the total number of consulates
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO1 C4.1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Percentage of consulates developed or upgraded with the help of the Fund out of the total number of consulates
Percenta ge
0 AIR (indicator SO1 C4.2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO1 (a) Number of Schengen Evaluation Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 148
R5 recommendations in the area of visa addressed with the support of the Fund
# (no decimal)
(b) Total number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations issued
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations in the area of visa addressed with the support of the Fund, as compared to the total number of recommendations issued
Ratio 0 /
Generated SO1 R2 (a)
/ SO1 R2 (b)
Generated SO1 R2 (a)
/ SO1 R2 (b)
Generated SO1 R2 (a)
/ SO1 R2 (b)
Generated SO1 R2 (a)
/ SO1 R2 (b)
SO1 R6
Number of persons using fraudulent travel documents detected at consulates supported by the Fund:
(a) Number of persons with fraudulent documents applying for a Schengen visa
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) Total number of persons applying for a Schengen visa
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(c) Percentage of persons with fraudulent documents applying for a Schengen visa
Ratio 0 /
Generated SO1 R6 (a)
/ SO1 R6 (b)
Generated SO1 R6 (a)
/ SO1 R6 (b)
Generated SO1 R6 (a)
/ SO1 R6 (b)
Generated SO1 R6 (a)
/ SO1 R6 (b)
SO1 - Impact indicators
SO1 I1
Number of visa applicants having to apply for a Schengen visa outside of their country of residence
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO1 I2
Number of visa required countries in the world where the number of Member States present or represented has increased
Number 0
Commission Unit HOME B.2
Visa Policy Policy / VIS system
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Specific Objective 2 – BORDERS
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 149
Supporting integrated border management, including promoting further harmonisation of border management-related measures in accordance with common Union standards and through the sharing of information between Member States and between Member States and the European Agency for the Management of Operational Cooperation at the External Borders of the Member States of the European Union ("Frontex"), to ensure, on one hand, a uniform and high level of control and protection of the external borders, including by the tackling of illegal immigration and, on the other hand, the smooth crossing of the external borders in conformity with the Schengen acquis, while guaranteeing access to international protection for those needing it, in accordance with the obligations contracted by the Member States in the field of human rights, including the principle of non-refoulement
SO2 - Result indicators
SO2 R1
Number of staff trained in borders management related aspects with the help of the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C1.1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Number of training courses in border management related aspects with the help of the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C1.2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO2 R2
Number of border crossings of the external borders through ABC gates supported from the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C3.1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Total number of border crossings Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C3.2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO2 R3
Number of Schengen Evaluation missions in the area of borders carried out with the support of the Fund
Number 0 Commission
Unit HOME B.2 Visa Policy Policy / VIS system
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO2 R4
(a) Number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations in the area of borders addressed with the support of the Fund
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) Total number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations in the area of borders issued
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Number of Schengen Evaluation recommendations in the area of borders addressed with the
Ratio 0 /
Generated SO2 R2 (a)
/ SO2 R2 (b)
Generated SO2 R2 (a)
/ SO2 R2 (b)
Generated SO2 R2 (a)
/ SO2 R2 (b)
Generated SO2 R2 (a)
/ SO2 R2 (b)
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 150
support of the Fund, as compared to the total number of recommendations issued
SO2 R5
(a) Number of equipment items used during Frontex Coordinated Operations which were purchased with support of the Fund
Number 0 Frontex
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) Total number of equipment items used for Frontex Coordinated Operations
Number 0 Frontex
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Number of equipment items used during Frontex Coordinated Operations which were purchased with support of the Fund as compared to the total number of equipment items used for Frontex Coordinated Operations
Ratio 0 /
Generated SO2 R3 (a)
/ SO2 R3 (b)
Generated SO2 R3 (a)
/ SO2 R3 (b)
Generated SO2 R3 (a)
/ SO2 R3 (b)
Generated SO2 R3 (a)
/ SO2 R3 (b)
SO2 - Impact indicators
SO2 I1
Number of national border surveillance infrastructure established/further developed in the framework of EUROSUR:
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C4)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(a) National coordination centres Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C4.a)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) Regional coordination centres Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C4.b)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(c) Local coordination centres Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C4.c)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(d) Other types of coordination centres
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C4.d)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 151
SO2 I2
Number of incidents reported by the Member State to the European Situational Picture
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C5)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(a) Illegal immigration, including on incidents relating to a risk to the lives of migrants
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C5.a)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) Cross-border crime Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C5.b)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(c) Crisis situations Number 0 AIR (indicator SO2 C5.c)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO2 I3
Number of irregular border crossings detected at the EU external borders: between the border crossing points
Number # Frontex
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Number of irregular border crossings detected at the EU external borders: at the border crossing points
Number # Frontex
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO2 I4
Number of searches in Schengen Information System (SIS) II
Number # EU-Lisa and SIS II
annual report
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO2 I5
Number of persons using fraudulent travel documents detected at the border crossing points
Number # Frontex
#
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Specific Objective 5 – CRIME Crime prevention, combating cross-border, serious and organised crime including terrorism, and reinforcing coordination and cooperation between law enforcement authorities and other national authorities of Member States, including with Europol or other relevant Union bodies, and with relevant third countries and international organisations.
SO5 - Result indicators
SO5 R1
Number of joint investigation teams (JITs) and European Multidisciplinary Platform against
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO5 C1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 152
Criminal Threats (EMPACT) operation projects supported by the Fund, including the participating Member States and authorities
SO5 R2
Number of law enforcement officials trained on cross-border related topics with the help of the Fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO5 C2.1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Duration of the training (carried out) on cross-border related topics with the help of the fund
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO5 C2.2)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO5 R3
Results of actions supported by the Fund leading to the disruption of organised crime groups: 1. seizures of criminal commodities:
Member States
Counterfeited goods
Value million EUR
0
Member States # (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
Contraband goods
Value million EUR
0 Member States #
(2 decimals) #
(2 decimals) #
(2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
Stolen goods
Value million EUR
0 Member States #
(2 decimals) #
(2 decimals) #
(2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
Firearms
Value million EUR
0 Member States #
(2 decimals) #
(2 decimals) #
(2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
Environmental crimes
Value million EUR
0 Member States #
(2 decimals) #
(2 decimals) #
(2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
Cannabis (in number of seizures) Number 0 Member States
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
#
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 153
(no decimal)
Heroin (in number of seizures)
Number 0 Member States
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Cocaine (in number of seizures)
Number 0 Member States
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Amphetamine - methamphetamine (in number of seizures)
Number 0 Member States
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Ecstasy (in number of seizures)
Number 0 Member States
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
New psychoactive substances (in number of seizures)
Number 0 Member States #
(no decimal) #
(no decimal) #
(no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
LSD (in doses) Number
0 Member States #
(no decimal) #
(no decimal) #
(no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
2. seizures of cash (by value); Value million EUR
0
Member States
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
3. seizures of other assets (by estimated value);
Value million EUR
0
Member States #
(2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
4. takedowns of web domains (number);
Number 0
Member States
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
5. victims identified (for certain crime types);
Number 0
Member States
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
6. persons arrested Number 0
Member States #
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 154
SO5 - Impact indicators
SO5 I1
Number/value of frozen, seized and confiscated criminal assets as a result of actions within the scope of Regulation (EU) 513/2014: 1. number of freezing orders executed;
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
2. number of confiscation orders executed;
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
3. estimated value of property frozen, at least of property frozen with a view to possible subsequent confiscation at the time of freezing;
Value million EUR
0 Member States # (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
4. estimated value of property recovered at the time of confiscation
Value million EUR
0 Member States # (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
5. number of cases where the confiscation order issued on basis of the Framework Decision 2006/783/JHA has not been executed
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO5 I2
Number of police-recorded offences, suspects, prosecutions and convictions resulting from actions falling within the scope of Regulation (EU) 513/2014: 1. Police-recorded offences
Number # Eurostat
(crim_off_cat) #
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
2. Persons brought into formal contact with the police and/or criminal justice system
Number # Eurostat
(crim_just_ctz) #
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
3. Prosecuted persons Number # Eurostat
(crim_just_ctz) #
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
4. Convicted persons Number # Eurostat # # # Estimation
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 155
(crim_just_ctz) (no decimal) (no decimal) (no decimal) by MS
# (no decimal)
SO5 I3
Quantity of drugs seizure within the scope of the Fund on organised crime: 1. Cannabis seizures
Number #
EMCDDA - European Drugs Report
- Early Warning System (EWS) and European Database on
New Drugs (EDND)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
2. Heroin seizures Number # EMCDDA # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
3. Cocaine seizures Number # EMCDDA # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
4. Amphetamine and methamphetamine seizures
Number # EMCDDA # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
5. Ecstasy seizures Number # EMCDDA # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
6. New psychoactive substances notified
Number # EMCDDA # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
7. LSD (doses) Number # EMCDDA # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO5 I4
Number of protected or assisted crime victims: 1. Number of victims recorded by the law enforcement agencies
Number # Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
2. Number of referrals by police to victim support services
Number # Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
3. Number of victims that request and receive support
Number # Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 156
4. Number of victims that request and do not receive support
Number # Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO5 I5
Volume of exchange of information in the Prüm framework: 1. total number of DNA matches per year
Number of 'hits'
# EC HOME D.1
(Statistical compilation)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
2. total number of fingerprint matches per year
Number of 'hits'
# EC HOME D.1
(Statistical compilation)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
3. total number of vehicle registration data matches per year
Number of 'hits'
# EC HOME D.1
(Statistical compilation)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO5 I6
Volume of exchange of information in the Secure Information Exchange Network Application (SIENA) framework: 1. SIENA cases initiated per year by Member States, Europol and third parties
Number # Europol
#
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
2. SIENA messages exchanged per year by Member States, Europol and third parties
Number # Europol
#
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO5 I7
Volume of sharing of data via the Europol Information System (EIS): 1. number of persons and objects inserted in the EIS by Member States per year
Number # Europol
#
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
2. number of person and objects inserted in the EIS by Member States per year (suspects, convicts)
Number # Europol
#
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
3. number of EIS searches performed by Member States per year
Number # Europol
#
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 157
Specific Objective 6 – RISKS & CRISIS Enhancing the capacity of Member States and the Union for managing effectively security-related risks and crises, and preparing for and protecting people and critical infrastructure against terrorist attacks and other security-related incidents.
SO6 - Result indicators
SO6 R1
Number and tools put in place and/or further upgraded with the help of the Instrument to facilitate the protection of critical infrastructure by Member States in all sectors of the economy
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO6 C1)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO6 R2
Number of expert meetings, workshops, seminars, conferences, publications, websites and online consultations organised with the help of the Instrument.
Number 0 AIR (indicator SO6 C3)
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Generated from AIR
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
SO6 - Impact indicator
SO6 I1
Volume of terrorist attacks: (a) number of failed and foiled terrorist attacks
Number # Europol -
EU Terrorism situation and trend report
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Volume of terrorist attacks: (b) number of completed terrorist attacks
Number # Europol -
EU Terrorism situation and trend report
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Volume of terrorist attacks: (c) number of casualties resulting from terrorist attacks
Number # Europol -
EU Terrorism situation and trend report
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
2 - Indicators on efficiency, added value and sustainability, as foreseen in Regulation (EU) No 514/2014
H1
Number of Full Time Equivalent in the Responsible Authority, the Delegated Authority and the Audit Authority working on the implementation of the Fund and paid by the technical assistance or national budgets as compared to:
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(a) the number of projects implemented
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
#
Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework of AMIF and ISF
DRAFT 158
(no decimal)
(b) the amount of the funds claimed for the financial year
Amount million EUR
0 Member States # (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
H2
(a) Technical assistance plus the administrative (indirect) cost
Amount million EUR
0 Member States # (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
(b) Amount of funds claimed for the financial year
Amount million EUR
0 Member States # (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
# (2 decimals)
Estimation by MS
# (2 decimals)
Technical assistance plus the administrative (indirect) cost of projects as compared to the amount of funds claimed for the financial year
Ratio 0 /
Generated H2 (a)
/ H2 (b)
Generated H2 (a)
/ H2 (b)
Generated H2 (a)
/ H2 (b)
Generated H2 (a)
/ H2 (b)
H3
Amount of the annual accounts submitted by the Member State compared to the
Amount in EUR
SFC2014 Generated
from accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Estimation by MS
# (no
decimal)
Total amount of funds allocated to the national programme.
Amount in EUR
SFC2014 Generated
from accounts
Generated from
accounts
Generated from
accounts
Estimation by MS
# (no
decimal)
Absorption rate of the Fund Ratio 0 /
Generated H3 (a)
/ H3 (b)
Generated H3 (a)
/ H3 (b)
Generated H3 (a)
/ H3 (b)
Generated H3 (a)
/ H3 (b)
H4
(a) Number of equipment in use 2 years after their acquisition (> than
EUR 10.000) Number 0 Member States #
(no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) Number of equipment acquired under the Fund (> than EUR 10.000)
Number 0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Number of equipment in use 2 years after their acquisition / number of equipment acquired
Ratio 0 / Generated
H4 (a) /
Generated H4 (a)
/
Generated H4 (a)
/
Generated H4 (a)
/
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
DRAFT 159
under the Fund (> than EUR 10.000) H4 (b) H4 (b) H4 (b) H4 (b)
H5
(a) Maintenance cost of acquired equipment under the Fund
Amount in EUR
0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
(b) Total EU contribution Amount in EUR
0 Member States # (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
# (no decimal)
Estimation by MS
# (no decimal)
Share of the maintenance cost of acquired equipment under the Fund in the total Union contribution to actions co-financed by the Fund
Ratio 0 /
Generated H5 (a)
/ H5 (b)
Generated H5 (a)
/ H5 (b)
Generated H5 (a)
/ H5 (b)
Generated H5 (a)
/ H5 (b)
160
6.6. Frequently Asked Questions
6.6.1. AMIF FAQ
Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund
Regulation (EU) No 514/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 laying down general provisions on the
Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund and on the instrument for financial support for police cooperation, preventing and
combating crime, and crisis management
THE PERIOD TO REFER TO WHEN REPORTING AND USING THE COMMON INDICATORS
Article 38: "For the purpose of this Regulation, the financial year, as
referred to in Article 59 of Regulation (EU, Euratom) No 966/2012, shall
cover expenditure paid and revenue received and entered into the accounts of the Responsible Authority in the period commencing on 16
October of year "N-1" and ending on 15 October of year "N".
Questions/Observations from MS
Clarification by the Commission
• The financial year goes from
October of a year to October of the following year, but most of the
projects are implemented through the calendar year (from 1st January
to 31 December, except some that can be implemented in a period that
cover some months of two years). How should MS report collecting
data:
- Year N: from October to December
- Year N+1: From January to October
• As per Art. 54 of the Horizontal
Regulation (514/2014) the RA shall submit to the Commission "an
annual report on the implementation of each national
programme in the previous financial year". Art. 38 defines the Financial
Year as being "the period commencing on 16 October of year
'N-1' and ending on 15 October of
year 'N'".
As a result, MSs should report for
the period from 16/10 of year N-1 to 15/10 of year N.
EVALUATION OF NATIONAL PROGRAMMES BY MEMBER STATES
Article 56.3: "The evaluations referred to in Article 57(1) shall be carried
out by experts who are functionally independent of the Responsible Authorities, the Audit Authorities, and the Delegated Authorities. Those
experts may be affiliated to an autonomous public institution responsible for the monitoring, evaluation and audit of the administration. The
161
Commission shall provide guidance on how to carry out evaluations".
Questions/Observations from MS
Clarification by the Commission
• According to Art 56(3) the experts that shall carry out the evaluations
may be affiliated to a public institution and should be
functionally independent of the RA and AA.
Can the experts be affiliated to internal audit units (i.e, Interne
Revision in Germany) which are independent from the other
departments and report directly to the top management? Would this
provision be in line with the conditions of Art 56(3)?
• The legal basis does not exclude this possibility, provided that
independence and autonomy are ensured. However, the Responsible
Authority should check if the body they want to entrust the evaluation
to has experience in evaluation or at least in performance audit (i.e.
not limited to financial and compliance audit).
Regulation (EU) NO 516/2014 of the European Parliament and of
the Council of 16 April 2014 establishing the ASYLUM, MIGRATION
and INTEGRATION FUND, amending Council Decision 2008/381/ EC and repealing Decisions No 573/2007/EC and No 575/2007/
EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and Council Decision 2007/435/EC
Annex IV List of common indicators for the measurement of the specific objectives
Specific objective – Asylum and Reception
Indicator (a)(i): Number of target group persons provided with
assistance through projects in the field of reception and asylum systems supported under the Fund. For the purposes of annual
implementation reports, as referred to in Article 54 of Regulation (EU) No 514/2014, this indicator shall be further broken down in sub-
categories such as: - number of target group persons benefiting from information and
assistance throughout the asylum procedures,
- number of target group persons benefiting from legal assistance and representation,
- number of vulnerable persons and unaccompanied minors benefiting from specific assistance.
Questions/Observations from Clarification by the Commission
162
MS
• What does exactly the term "specific assistance“ mean? Should
we count only those, who were
provided with specific assistance (i.e. assistance which is not
provided to any other group of persons), or all vulnerable persons,
who were provided with assistance of any kind?
• This subcategory should include the number of vulnerable persons
and unaccompanied minors that
received specific assistance, not any type of assistance. Based on Recital
33 of Regulation 516/2014, "specific assistance" should be
understood as a special attention paid to, or a dedicated response
provided for the specific situation of vulnerable persons, in particular
women, unaccompanied minors and other minors at risk. The definition
of vulnerable asylum applicants as per the Reception Conditions
Directive 2013/33 (Art. 2(k) and Art. 21) should be taken into
account on this issue.
• Especially the subcategory
indicator “number of vulnerable persons and unaccompanied minors
benefiting from specific assistance”. What was really meant to be
counted under this subcategory – the general number of vulnerable
persons/ unaccompanied minors in the projects of SO 1 OR, or the
number of vulnerable persons/ unaccompanied minors who
received only specific assistance?
For example, a disabled person
(i.e. vulnerable) received legal
advice which is a general one (the same legal advice as many asylum
seekers receive). In which subcategory of indicator No 1
should this person be counted?
- in the subcategory No 1.3
“number of vulnerable persons and unaccompanied minors benefiting
from specific assistance” (because this is a vulnerable person);
• This subcategory should include
the number of vulnerable persons and unaccompanied minors that
received specific assistance, not any type of assistance. Based on Recital
33 of Regulation 516/2014, "specific assistance" should be
understood as a special attention paid to, or a dedicated response
provided for the specific situation of vulnerable persons, in particular
women, unaccompanied minors and other minors at risk. The definition
of vulnerable asylum applicants as
per the Reception Conditions Directive 2013/33 (Art. 2(k) and
Art. 21) should be taken into account on this issue.
In the first example given, the person with a disability receiving
'general' legal advice will be counted under subcategory No 1.2
"number of target group persons benefiting from legal assistance and
representation". It should not be counted in 1.1 because the
163
- in the subcategory No 1.1 “number of target group persons
benefiting from information and
assistance throughout the asylum procedures“ (because the word
“assistance” should be understood in a very broad way and covers also
legal advices);
- in the subcategory No. 1.2
"number of target group persons benefiting from legal assistance and
representation“ (because the person received legal advice);
- or in all above-mentioned subcategories of indicator No 1?
The other example would be
pregnant women (i.e. vulnerable)
who received psychological consultations throughout the
asylum procedures. In which subcategory of indicator No 1
should this person be counted?
- in the subcategory No 1.1
“number of target group persons benefiting from information and
assistance throughout the asylum procedures“ (because the word
“assistance” should be understood in a very broad way and covers also
psychological consultations);
-in the subcategory No 1.3 “number
of vulnerable persons and
unaccompanied minors benefiting from specific assistance” (because
this is a vulnerable person);
-or in both above-mentioned
subcategories of indicator No 1?
assistance should refer to any assistance excluding specific
assistance covered in subcategory
indicators 1.2 (legal assistance and representation) and 1.3 (vulnerable
persons and UAM).
In the second example given, the
vulnerable person will be counted under subcategory No 1.1 if she
benefits from psychological assistance (or other kind of
assistance) which is not specifically targeted to vulnerable persons. If
the psychological assistance is only offered to vulnerable persons, then
she will be counted under subcategory No 1.3.
The common indicator is broader
than the subcategory indicators and therefore it includes all types of
assistance provided under the Fund in the field of reception and asylum.
The value of the common indicator should, in principle, be higher than
any one of the subcategory indicators.
For example, persons who received legal counselling should be included
in the relevant subcategory referring to legal assistance and
representation. However, if the same person has received both
legal assistance and representation
and information and assistance, it should be counted under both sub-
categories. Obviously, in the common indicator (a(i)) this person
should be counted only once.
• Concerning the subcategory indicator “number of target group
persons benefiting from information
• This is correct. If the cost of providing the exact values for
certain indicators is excessive,
164
and assistance throughout the asylum procedures", we want to
make a comment about the
implementation of this indicator.
Since the projects are implemented
under the Fund for the development of sources of information, such us
periodicals, posters, documents, web sites etc., in order to facilitate
the diffusion of the information, the project assessment is done
according to the number of potential readers, publications, or
the website traffic statistics.
estimates can be provided instead. If estimates are provided, it should
be clearly indicated as well as the
methodology/the basis used for estimation (e.g. evaluation studies
and reports, historical averages, publications etc.).
• We would like to have clarification on how to count participation from
the target group, for instance an asylum seeker can benefit from
actions and different projects
covering housing, legal aid, developing of IT-systems/case
management systems and etc. As we see it, it is difficult to always
be sure that one person will only be counted once.
• A person should be counted only once under the common indicator.
It can, however, be counted in several sub-categories.
For example, persons who received
legal counselling should be included in the relevant subcategory
referring to legal assistance and representation. However, if the
same person has received both legal assistance and representation
and information and assistance, it should be counted under both sub-
categories. Obviously, in the common indicator (a(i)) this person
should be counted only once.
• We propose the breakdown of the category "vulnerable persons" in
order to include the following
persons: "minors, people with disabilities, the elderly, pregnant
women, single parents with minor children and persons who have
undergone torture, rapes or other serious forms of psychological,
physical or sexual abuse/harassment (former article 5
Decision 2007/575 / EC), victims of human trafficking, persons with
serious illnesses" (as identified by
• The common indicators for the measurement of the specific
objectives have been defined by the
co-legislators in Annex IV of Regulation (EU) 516/2014. These
indicators can't be modified.
The definition of "vulnerable person" is provided in Article 2 (i) of
Regulation (EU) 516/2014: "vulnerable person means any
third-country national who complies
165
art. 4 of the Decree of the Ministry of Interior "Guidelines for the
implementation of programs of
voluntary and assisted return", 27 October 2011);
-number of target group persons benefiting from information and
assistance throughout the asylum procedures,
- number of target group persons benefiting from legal assistance
and representation,
- number of vulnerable persons and
unaccompanied minors benefiting from specific assistance.
with the definition under Union law relevant to the policy area of action
supported under the Fund "
• For the “number of target group
persons benefiting from information and assistance throughout the
asylum procedures“: according to
the formulation of the subcategory, does it mean that the person should
be counted only if he/she receives both measures – information and
assistance? Or could we also count the person which received only
information services?
• Please also count the persons who
received only information services. So it should rather be read as
"persons benefiting from
information and / or assistance".
• For the "Number of target group persons benefiting from information
and assistance throughout the asylum procedures": Is it correct
that the total number of persons assisted should be given here,
including particularly vulnerable
persons, unaccompanied minors and persons who have benefited
from legal assistance?
• Yes this is correct, if the information and assistance were not
specifically addressed. This subcategory indicator refers to any
information or assistance excluding the specific assistance covered in
subcategory indicators 1.2 (legal
assistance and representation) and 1.3 (vulnerable persons and UAM).
A person receiving legal assistance will be counted under subcategory
1.2. A vulnerable person benefitting from specific assistance will be
counted under subcategory 1.3.
For example, a vulnerable person
receiving "general" psychological
166
assistance (i.e. offered to all asylum seekers) will be counted under
subcategory 1. If this vulnerable
person benefits from specific psychological assistance through a
project addressing the specific needs of the vulnerable persons,
then it should be recorded under subcategory 1.3.
• For the "Number of target group
persons benefiting from legal assistance and representation":
Does the legal assistance have to be provided by (fully qualified
lawyers)?
• No, the Regulation does not
specify that legal assistance has to be provided only by fully qualified
lawyers. For further information, you may refer to Article 21
('Conditions for the provision of legal and procedural information
free of charge and free legal assistance and representation') of
Directive 2013/32.
• For the "Number of vulnerable
persons and unaccompanied minors benefiting from specific assistance":
How is specific assistance defined?
• Based on Recital 33 of Regulation
516/2014, 'specific assistance' should be understood as a special
attention paid to, or a dedicated response provided for the specific
situation of vulnerable persons, in particular women, unaccompanied
minors and other minors at risk.
Indicator (a) (ii): Capacity (i.e number of places) of new reception accommodation infrastructure set up in line with the common
requirements for reception conditions as set out in the Union acquis and of existing reception accommodation infrastructure improved in
accordance with the same requirements as a result of the projects supported under the Fund and percentage in the total reception
accommodation capacity.
Questions/Observations from
MS
Clarification by the Commission
• If a Country does not operate asylum reception centres nor have
permanent accommodation (i.e. if the service is contracted out and
places are made available based on the demand), it will be impossible
to calculate this indicator. To this
• The response to this indicator shall report on the number of places
created or improved under projects supported by AMIF. If a MS does
not fund projects aiming at creating new places or improving
accommodation capacity, the result
167
end, a MS could instead provide the number of asylum seekers in
receipt of accommodation support,
against the total number of asylum claims.
reported will read "zero" new/improved places. Therefore the
percentage in the total reception
accommodation capacity will also be "zero percent".
In the narrative section of the report, it is possible to explain how
the services are organised and delivered, and MS should provide
data on the capacity to respond to the demand ("number of asylum
seekers in receipt of accommodation support, against
the total number of asylum claims").
• The percentage in the total
reception accommodation capacity. There are different authorities
responsible for accommodation for
asylum seekers (Swedish Migration Agency) and unaccompanied minors
(Municipalities), in this case we probably aggregate a total
requirement for both target groups (UAM and other asylum seekers –
adults, families etc.).
• The total reception
accommodation capacity refers to the accommodation of asylum
seekers, including unaccompanied
minors.
• Questions to be clarified/discussed:
1) Detailed definition of improvement standards/ statistical
concepts; 2) Definition of the methods of
estimation;
3) Confirm that the total reception capacity refers to the baseline year
of the AMIF National Program presentation or to a specific
conventional date (e.g. 31.12.2014)
• In this indicator, the improvement to the accommodation
infrastructure should be understood as improving reception
infrastructure in line with the Directive 2013/33/EU laying down
standards for the reception of
applicants for international protection (recast). There is no
detailed standard defined at EU level. Member States have to
provide reception conditions in line with the Directive, especially its
Article 17 (General rules on material reception conditions and
health care).Under this indicator, the total reception capacity refers
to the situation at the time of reporting (actual situation), not the
168
baseline.
• We have a question related to the part of this indicator, i.e. capacity of
existing reception accommodation
infrastructure improved. We do understand that we should count
the number of improved places in the room for target group persons –
we should simply count the places in the room. But there is some
uncertainty how we should count the number of places if the common
premises of the building of target group persons were improved, i.e.
the common kitchen or corridors of the building for the target group
persons. For example, the building for the target group persons has 88
places – part of the rooms, e.g. 15
rooms (each of 4 places) and the common kitchen, bathrooms and
corridors are improved. How should we count the indicator – 60 places
(15x4) or 88 places (because all the residents of the building will use the
common improved kitchen, etc.).
• Please only count the number of improved places in the room. In
your example, it would mean 60
places.
• Would the AMIF Indicator on reception accommodation cover
temporary accommodation used for asylum seekers for a short period
(2 days-2 months) before they are transferred to other accommodation
(this temporary accommodation is
privately owned)?
• The response to this indicator shall report on the number of places
created or improved under projects supported by AMIF. If a MS does
not fund projects aiming at creating new places or improving
accommodation capacity, the result
reported will read "zero" new/improved places. Therefore the
percentage in the total reception accommodation capacity will also be
"zero percent".
Indicator (a) (iii): Number of persons trained in asylum-related topics with the assistance of the Fund, and that number as a percentage of the
total number of staff trained in those topics.
Questions/Observations from MS
Clarification by the Commission
169
• The number of trained people can be provided, but it could be difficult
to provide the percentage due to
fluctuations in the staff.
• For each reporting period, MSs will calculate the total number of
staff trained in asylum-related
topics and earmark those having benefitted from training funded
through AMIF. The percentage will be then calculated financial year by
financial year, independently from the mobility of the staff.
• Persons trained may be from
various authorities and organisations working with asylum
topics – Swedish Migration Agency, Swedish Red Cross, staff within
county administrative boards and municipalities and others.
Indicator C3.2 ("total number of staff trained in those topics"): we
do see a problem with aggregating
results since we believe trained staff will be from different
organisations. Percentage of total number of staff trained will hence
have a risk of becoming misleading, although we will ask each separate
organisation to report total number staff trained and percentage of total
staff trained
• Percentage= number of persons
trained in asylum related topics with the assistance of AMIF / Total
number of persons trained in asylum related topics (under AMIF
and with other sources) *100.
You will need to obtain data on total number of staff trained in asylum
related topics from all asylum-
related institutions, not only staff from institutions which will
participate in AMIF projects. If the cost of providing the exact values
for certain indicators is excessive, estimates can be provided instead.
If estimates are provided, it should be clearly indicated as well as the
methodology/the basis used for estimation (e.g. evaluation studies
and reports, historical average, publications, etc.).
• What if some persons take part in
various trainings? Do we count one
person only once, or the number of trainings he/she attended?
• This indicator refers to the
number of persons trained, no
matter the number of trainings it attended. A person should therefore
only be counted once, even if he/she has attended several
trainings.
• Definition of the indicator and the related targets. Please consider
that, if the indicator refers to civil servants employed in the National
migration authorities, such data is
• Percentage= number of persons trained in asylum related topics
with the assistance of AMIF / Total number of persons trained in
asylum related topics (under AMIF
170
also collected by EASO, which has a specific mandate in asylum training.
On the other hand, if the indicator
includes also non-institutional actors, the "number as a
percentage of the total number of staff trained in those topics" is
rather complex to be quantified. Indeed, it would require the
preliminary recording of all training activities performed by all case
workers and, then, the calculation of the total of persons trained under
the Fund."
and with other sources) *100.
You will need to obtain data on
total number of staff trained in asylum related topics from all
asylum related institutions, not only staff from institutions which will
participate in AMIF projects. If the cost of providing the exact values
for certain indicators is excessive, estimates can be provided instead.
If estimates are provided, it should be clearly indicated as well as the
methodology/the basis used for estimation (e.g. evaluation studies
and reports, historical averages, publications etc.).
Indicator (a) (iv): Number of country-of-origin information products and
fact-finding missions conducted with the assistance of the Fund.
Questions/Observations from
MS
Clarification by the Commission
• What are we counting (number of products established or number of
copies of these, e.g. brochures)? This indicator is too generic. Please
clarify in order to better define its scope and meaning
• This indicator refers to the result of Country-of-Origin Information
(COI) research which has been carried out with the assistance of
the Fund. It can be presented in different forms (a report, a case
file, a query report, an information package, a website, etc.). The
indicator does not measure the number of copies of these products.
The indicator also refers to the number of fact-finding missions
supported by the Fund.
• What is to be understood by
information products? Does it only include printed matter, e.g. flyers,
brochures, manuals, etc. or are websites that provide information
on the countries of origin also included? How is the number of
products defined? How are the
• COI information is used by the
Member States authorities to analyse the socio-political situation
in countries of origin of applicants for international protection in the
assessment of an application for international protection. Therefore,
it will most probably not take the
171
products to be counted? Should individual copies, e.g. flyers, be
counted or is the number based on
the measure?
form of a flyer.
Indicator (a) (v): Number of projects supported under the Fund to develop, monitor and evaluate asylum policies in Member States.
Questions/Observations from
MS
Clarification by the Commission
• The AMIF National Program includes the implementation of six
"structural" projects (SIPO update, information activities, monitoring of
reception conditions, strengthening of resettlement office, etc.). Please
set out the meaning and added value of the required indicator,
considering that high "quantities" of projects don't imply/ensure high
"qualities".
• The common indicators for the measurement of the specific
objectives have been defined by the co-legislators in Annex IV of
Regulation (EU) 516/2014. This is indeed a quantitative indicator.
Specific Objective - Legal Migration and Integration
Indicator (b) (i): Number of target group persons who participated in pre-
departure measures supported under the Fund.
Questions/Observations from MS
Clarification by the Commission
• Please specify target groups. We
propose: the number of TCN involved in pre-departure training
programs and the number of TCN beneficiaries of pre-departure
information services.
• The target group for pre-
departure measures is defined in Article 8 and in Recital 21 of
Regulation (EU) 516/2014.
• In practical terms, what measures fall into the category of pre-
departure? For example, does this
also include visiting websites that provide information on the Member
State. Or does this indicator cover only the provision of advice and
information locally? Would it be possible to give examples of pre-
departure measures in order to
Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 516/2014 lists actions which could
be supported by the Fund in the
context of pre-departure measures.
Examples of pre-departure
measures are information provision through one-to-one counselling
sessions/specifically developed material; skills development, job
172
clarify the scope of this indicator? matching, recognition of qualifications.
Concerning your example about visiting a website that provides
information on the Member State, we would tend to say that a pure
website visit cannot be considered a pre-departure measure.
Furthermore, the indicator refers to the number of persons who
participated in pre-departure measures. This refers to taking part
in an activity or an event. A visit to a website should not, in principle,
be assimilated to the participation to a pre-departure measure.
Indicator (b) (ii): Number of target group persons assisted by the Fund
through integration measures in the framework of national, local and
regional strategies. For the purposes of annual implementation reports, as referred to in Article 54 of Regulation (EU) No 514/2014, this indicator
shall be further broken down in sub-categories such as:
- number of target group persons assisted through measures focusing on
education and training, including language training and preparatory actions to facilitate access to the labour market,
-number of target group persons supported through the provision of advice and assistance in the area of housing,
-number of target group persons assisted through the provision of health and psychological care,
- number of target group persons assisted through measures related to democratic participation.
Questions/Observations from
MS
Clarification by the Commission
• What if some persons take part in
various assistance activities? Do we count one person only once, or the
number of activities he/she participated in?
• The common indicator is broader
than the subcategory indicators and therefore it includes all types of
assistance provided by the Fund through integration measures in the
framework of national, local and
173
regional strategies.
The value of the common indicator
should, in principle, be higher than
any one of the subcategory indicators.
Persons taking part in various
assistance activities falling under various subcategory indicators will
be counted under each relevant sub-category. In the common
indicator, these persons will only be counted once.
• During the Kick-off meeting the
question concerning the double counting has been raised by the MS
and by the Commission.
The common indicators, which
include also the activities indicators,
should outline the development of the implemented projects.
Consequently each action should be evaluated separately.
For example, a third country national can benefit from social and
psychological assistance (Action B3) as well as assistance related to his
competences (Action B4).
In the framework of the common
indicators strategy, this same person is counted 2 times in order
to evaluate the implementation of each action. In the framework of
the evaluation impact, our objective
is different because we want to understand the impact of the
measures on the beneficiaries. In this case, we refer to the number of
people: the measures implemented under the Fund have facilitated the
access to the labour market to a
• This is correct. In the
implementation reports you should submit data on subcategories of
target groups and same target group may be counted in several
sub-categories.
However, your example also
illustrates that, if a person can be counted in several sub-categories,
it should only be counted once for the overall indicator.
The common indicator is broader
than the subcategory indicators and therefore it includes all types of
assistance provided by the Fund through integration measures in the
framework of national, local and regional strategies. The value of the
common indicator should, in
principle, be higher than any one of the subcategory indicators.
174
certain number of persons.
• Please provide a detailed definition of the target categories to
be measured. In particular, please
provide a disaggregation by type of service. In this regard, we should
establish a codification of services that could be (potentially) provided
under the Fund. This list is not considered as exhaustive, but its
function is to facilitate the classification and comparability
between the services provided by different stakeholders in different
territorial contexts.
• The target group for integration measures is defined in Article 9 and
in Recital 21 of Regulation (EU)
516/2014.
The sub-categories refer to the
actions defined in Article 9 the Regulation.
For the subcategory referring to
'democratic participation': according to the European Agenda for the
Integration of Third-Country Nationals (COM(2011)455),
"Measures to enhance democratic participation could include training
and mentors, granting migrants access to voting rights in local
elections, creating local, regional
and national consultative bodies, encouraging entrepreneurship,
creativity and innovation."
• For the "number of target group persons assisted through measures
focusing on education and training, including language training and
preparatory actions to facilitate access to the labour market":
Should migration advice (basic advice to enable adult migrants to
cope on their own in everyday life) be considered as a ‘preparatory
action’ in the context of this
indicator? What measures are to be regarded as ‘preparatory actions’
under this indicator? Can other examples be given of ‘preparatory
actions’? What should be considered as education and training
measures? Can other examples be given here?
• If, in your example, the "migration advice" has been
designed with the objective to facilitate access to the labour
market, then it could indeed be considered as a preparatory action
in the context of this indicator.
Preparatory actions should be any action designed with the objective
to facilitate access to the labour
market. It can take many different forms, depending on the context in
the different Member States. It could be CV drafting, diploma
translation and/or equivalence, coaching for job interviews, etc.
175
Education and training measures will support persons in
gaining/learning knowledge of or
skills in something. It can be the language of the Member State, the
socio-economic or cultural environment, etc.
• For the "number of target group
persons supported through the provision of advice and assistance
in the area of housing": What exactly should be understood by
‘housing’? Does it also include private accommodation and finding
accommodation on the housing market?
• This subcategory refers to the
provision of advice and assistance (any kind) to the accessing
accommodation. Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 516/2014 does not
exclude private accommodation or finding/searching on the housing
market.
Indicator (b) (iii): Number of local, regional and national policy
frameworks/measures/tools in place for the integration of third-country
nationals and involving civil society and migrant communities, as well as all other relevant stakeholders, as a result of the measures supported
under the Fund.
Questions/Observations from MS
Clarification by the Commission
• Better definition of
frameworks/measures/tools (with examples if possible).
• This indicator refers to the Article
10 of Regulation (EU) 516/2014. The "frameworks/measures/tools"
refer to the instruments, under any form, enabling the practical
cooperation as referred to in Article 10.
Examples would be consultative fora, protocols or Memorandum of
understanding between actors,
manuals/guidelines, etc.
Specific Objective : Return
Indicator (c) (i): Number of persons trained on return-related topics with the assistance of the Fund
Questions/Observations from
MS
Clarification by the Commission
176
• What if some persons take part in various trainings? Do we count one
person only once, or the number of
trainings he/she attended?
• This indicator refers to the number of persons trained, no
matter the number of trainings it
attended. A person should therefore only be counted once, even if it has
attended several trainings.
Indicator (c) (ii): Number of returnees who received pre or post return reintegration assistance co-financed by the Fund
Questions/Observations from
MS
Clarification by the Commission
• What if returnees receive more than one form of assistance? Do we
count one returnee only once, or the number of cases assistance has
been provided?
• This indicator refers to the number of returnees, no matter the
type(s) or amount of assistance received. A returnee should
therefore only be counted once, even if it has received more than
one form of assistance.
• What measures come under
reintegration? Does it cover only measures carried out in the country
of origin or also measures in the Member State?
• This indicator measures
reintegration assistance provided pre (ex-ante) and post (ex-post)
return. The pre return reintegration assistance can take place in the
Member State. All and any assistance can be included but the
assistance must be measureable or traceable in case of monitoring or
auditing. In-kind assistance should be included.
• Persons having benefited from
non-financial measures, concerning administrative and logistic support,
should be counted under this indicator?
• Yes. All and any assistance can be
included but the assistance must be measureable or traceable in case of
monitoring or auditing. There is no reason why in-kind assistance
should be excluded.
Indicator (c) (iii): Number of returnees whose return was co-financed by
the Fund, persons who returned voluntarily and persons who were removed
Questions/Observations from
MS
Clarification by the Commission
• To what extent must the return • This indicator refers to all return
177
be co-financed? Is it correct that the indicator actually covers only
the direct costs of return, for
example flight and travel costs?
operations (voluntary, assisted voluntary, forced) which were co-
financed by the Fund, regardless
the percentage of co-financing. The indicator indeed refers to direct
costs: costs which are identifiable and necessary for the
implementation of the return. Small administrative consumables,
supplies and general services should not be considered as direct
costs.
• Regarding persons who returned voluntarily, in case of information
campaigns in the communities that encourage people to leave
voluntarily, it is very difficult to evidence the link between a
campaign and a person that left. Is
this indicator somewhere defined in detail and what kind of evidence is
needed for this indicator?
• The indicator aims at measuring the number of returns co-financed.
Therefore, if a direct link between the campaign and the return (being
part of a package for example) cannot be established, it should not
be counted. The information
campaign should be part of the return package; a stand-alone
campaign should not count as a "return".
Indicator (c) (iv): Number of monitored removal operations co-financed
by the Fund
Questions/Observations from MS
Clarification by the Commission
• What is included under this
indicator? What can be considered as "monitored removal operations"?
• Number of monitored removal
operations that were co-financed by the Fund. The legal reference is art
8(6) of the Return Directive, which is quite generic and says that the
MSs shall provide for an effective
forced return monitoring system, and section 8 of the Return
Handbook - Annex to Commission Recommendation C (2015) 6250. In
practice, each monitored removal operation (i.e. return flight
successfully arriving in country of return) should be counted once,
irrespective of the number of persons leaving the MS in the
178
context of that operation.
Indicator (c) (v): Number of projects supported under the Fund to develop, monitor and evaluate return policies in Member States.
Questions/Observations from MS
Clarification by the Commission
• Please set out the meaning and
added value of the required indicator, considering that high
"quantities" of projects don't imply/ensure high "qualities"
• This is indeed a quantitative
indicator. The references in the legal basis for the projects to be
considered for this indicator are Art 11 2nd paragraph point (e) and Art
13 point (c), (d) and (e) of Reg. 516/2014. This indicator concerns
support to return policies in general, thus including for example
capacity building on monitoring (training, set-up of the monitoring
body etc.)
• Is there a legal concept/definition
of the monitoring of return that should be used by MSs to report on
return projects?
• MSs are supposed to introduce
and improve independent and effective systems for monitoring
enforced returns (see Art 11 2nd paragraph point (e) of Reg.
516/2014 and art 8(6) of the Return Directive). However,
monitoring of return can include all the phases of the return operations
from the place of detention or residence until handover to the
authorities of third countries. This does not mean that each operation
needs to be monitored in all its phases, but we cannot consider as
"effective" a monitoring system that
never monitors the inflight phase.
Annex III to the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) …/… On the common monitoring and evaluation framework provided
for in Regulation (EU) No 514/ 2014 of the European Parliament and the Council [laying down general provisions on the Asylum,
Migration and Integration Fund and on the instrument for financial support for police cooperation, preventing and
combating crime, and crisis management]
Indicators by specific objectives
179
To enhance fair and effective return strategies in the Member States supporting the fight against illegal immigration with an emphasis on
sustainability of return and effective readmission in the countries of origin
and transit:
i) numbers of removals supported by the Fund, as compared to the total
number of returns following an order to leave;
(ii) number of persons returned in the framework of the joint return
operations supported by the Fund as compared to the total number of returns supported by the Fund;
(iii) number of returnees who have received pre or post return reintegration assistance co-financed by the Fund, as compared to the
total number of voluntary returns supported by the Fund;
(iv) number of places in detention centres created/renovated with support
from the Fund, as compared to the total number of places in detention centres;
(v) number of returns following an order to leave compared to the number of third-country nationals ordered to leave;
(vi) return decisions issued to rejected asylum applicants;
(vii) effective returns of rejected asylum applicants
Questions/Observations from MS
Clarification by the Commission
• It is unclear what needs to be
captured by indicator (c) (v) "number of returns following an
order to leave (TCNs only? TCNs and EU? Therefore all orders to
leave?) compared to the number of third country nationals ordered to
leave"
• This indicator measures the
evolution of the number of return decisions which are effectively
followed by a return. It is based on two sets of data :
- TCN returned following an order to leave (migr_eirtn)
-TCN ordered to leave (migr_eiord). Each person is only counted once,
irrespective of the number of notices issued to the same person.
180
6.6.2. ISF FAQ
Internal Security Fund
Regulation (EU) No 516/2014 of the European Parliament and of
the Council of 16 April 2014 establishing the ASYLUM, MIGRATION AND INTEGRATION FUND, amending Council Decision
2008/381/EC and repealing Decisions No 573/2007/EC and No 575/2007/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and
Council Decision 2007/435/EC
Borders
Specific Objective – Support of border management including through
sharing information between Member States and between Member States and the Frontex Agency, to ensure, on one hand, a high level of
protection of the external borders, including by the tackling of illegal immigration and, on the other hand, the smooth crossing of the external
borders in conformity with the Schengen acquis.
Number of border control (checks and surveillance) infrastructure and means developed or upgraded with the help of the Instrument. For the
purposes of annual implementation reports, as referred to in Article 54 of Regulation (EU) No 514/2014, this indicator shall be further broken down
in sub-categories such as:
-Infrastructure;
-fleet (air, land, sea borders);
-equipment;
-others.
Questions/Observations from
MS
Clarification by the Commission
• We have come across two different interpretations. One of our
final beneficiaries understands this indicator as border crossings where
infrastructure will be replaced/upgraded and they
summed it up to 97 infrastructures (97 BC upgraded). On the other
hand, in another project, we have received a number of 4976 means
(including replacement of vehicles,
drug detectors, surveillance goggles
• Indeed, both interpretations are correct (counting infrastructure and
counting means) as, for the purpose of annual implementation
reports, this indicator is broken down in sub-categories to measure,
among others, infrastructure and means.
The most important is to ensure
181
etc.).
We would like to know if these two
interpretations are both correct or should we count either
infrastructure or means.
consistency throughout the years. The methodology/interpretation
used to set your targets during the
programming phase should be the same used to report data.
182
6.7. Example of Terms of Reference
Terms of reference of the ex-post evaluation ERF 2011-2013
Terms of reference
Ex-post evaluation of the
European Refugee Fund 2011 to 2013
&
Ex-post evaluation of the
European Refugee Fund Community Actions 2008-2010
Request for services no. 1
with a view to the assignment of the contract
Summary
This request for services is for a contract to provide assistance to the
Commission (DG Migration and Home Affairs) in view of the ex-post evaluation reports for the European Refugee Fund (ERF) which it has to submit to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee
and the Committee of the Regions.
PART I
The evaluation will examine the implementation of actions co-financed by the European Refugee Fund under the 2011-2013 annual programmes (shared management mode) and the Community Actions under the Annual Work
Programmes 2011-2013 (direct or joint management mode).
PART II
183
The evaluation will also examine the implementation of the European Refugee
Fund Community Actions under the Annual Work Programmes 2008-2010 (direct or joint management mode).
Both parts will assess these actions’ relevance, effectiveness, efficiency, sustainability, coherence and complementarity, and EU added value.
Purpose, objective and justification for evaluation
1.1. Legal basis for the evaluation
The legal basis for the evaluation of the ERF 2011-2013 actions is Articles 49 and 50 of Decision No 2007/573/EC
38 of the European Parliament and of the Council
of 23 May 2007 establishing the European Refugee Fund for the period 2008 to 2013 as part of the General programme ‘Solidarity and Management of Migration
Flows’ and repealing Council Decision 2004/904/EC.
According to Article 49(2) of Decision No 2007/573/EC, the ERF "shall be evaluated by the Commission in partnership with the Member States to assess
the relevance, effectiveness and impact of actions in the light of the general objective referred to in Article 2 in the context of the preparation for the reports
set out in Article 50(3)".
Article 49(3) of the Decision stipulates that "The Commission shall also consider the complementarity between the actions implemented under the Fund and those
pursued under other relevant Community policies, instruments and initiatives."
According to Article 50(3) of the same Decision, "The Commission shall submit to
the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions by 31 December 2012 for the period 2008 to 2010 and by 31 December 2015 for the period 2011 to 2013
respectively, an ex-post evaluation report".
Article 31(5) and (6) of the Regulation (EU) No 516/201439 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 establishing the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, amending Council Decision 2008/381/EC and repealing Decisions No 573/2007/EC and No 575/2007/EC of the European Parliament and
of the Council and Council Decision 2007/435/EC confirms this obligation and stipulate that "By 30 June 2015, Member States shall submit to the Commission
evaluation reports on the results and impact of actions co-financed under Decisions No 573/2007/EC, No 575/2007/EC and 2007/435/EC concerning the
period 2011-2013" and “By 31 December 2015, the Commission shall submit to the European Parliament, to the Council, to the European Economic and Social Committee and to the Committee of the Regions ex-post evaluation reports
under Decisions No 573/2007/EC, No 575/2007/EC and 2007/435/EC concerning the period 2011-2013” respectively.
38 OJ L 144, 6.6.2007, p. 1.
39 OJ L 150/168, 20.05.2014
184
1.2. Objectives of the evaluation
This evaluation has the following objectives:
(i) to examine the implementation of actions co-financed by the ERF during 2011-2013 (annual programmes as well as Community Actions) and,
(ii) to examine the implementation of actions co-financed by the ERF under the
2008-2010 Community Actions, and, for all,
assess their relevance40, effectiveness41, efficiency42, sustainability43, coherence
and complementarity44, and EU added value45.
1.3. Ownership and use of the evaluation
The European Commission's Directorate-General for Migration and Home Affairs is the commissioning body of this evaluation, which will be used by the
Directorate-General itself and by other Commission's departments.
Rights concerning the evaluation report and its reproduction and publication will remain the property of the European Commission. No documents based, in whole
or in part, upon the work undertaken in the context of this contract may be published without the prior written approval of the European Commission.
The Commission will ensure that the evaluation results are disseminated. As part of the dissemination and on the basis of the evaluation report, the Commission
will draft a report on the implementation of the ERF in 2011-2013 and submit it to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. The evaluation results will be also
communicated to the relevant authorities of the Member States and to the general public.
The publication of the deliverables will be accompanied by a judgment on the quality, carried out by the DG Migration and Home Affairs on the basis of criteria specified in section 12.
2. DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND
40 Relevance: The extent to which intervention's objectives are pertinent to needs, problems and issues to be
addressed.
41 Effectiveness: The extent to which objectives set are achieved.
42 Efficiency: The extent to which the desired effects are achieved at reasonable cost.
43 Sustainability: The extent to which positive effects are likely to last after an intervention has terminated.
44 Coherence and complementarity: The extent to which the intervention does not contradict other interventions
with similar objectives, but on the contrary, they complement each other.
45 EU added value: The extent to which EU funded interventions bring additional value compared to what could
have been achieved with Member State resources.
185
2.1. Legal basis of the ERF
The ERF was established for the period 2008 to 2013 by Decision No 2007/573/EC.
Strategic guidelines for the implementation of the ERF were adopted by Commission Decision No 2007/815/EC46.
Rules for the implementation of the ERF were adopted by Commission Decision
2008/22/EC47.
2.2. Objectives and priorities of the ERF
Article 2 of Decision No 2007/573/EC defines the general objectives of the ERF as follows:
To support and encourage the efforts made by the Member States in
receiving, and in bearing the consequences of receiving, refugees and displaced persons, taking account of Community legislation on those
matters, by co-financing the actions provided for in this Decision.
In addition, Decision No 2007/815/EC defined the following three priorities for the ERF:
Implementation of the principles and measures set out in the Community acquis in the field of asylum, including those related to integration
objectives;
Development of reference tools and evaluation methodologies to assess
and improve the quality of procedures for the examination of claims for international protection and to underpin administrative structures in an effort to respond to the challenges brought forward by enhanced practical
cooperation with other Member States;
Actions helping to enhance responsibility sharing between Member States
and third countries (optional).
2.3. Implementation modalities
The ERF has been implemented via actions under annual programmes of the
Member States (shared management mode) and Community actions (direct and joint management mode).
46 Commission Decision 2007/815/EC of 29 November 2007 implementing Decision No 2007/573/EC of the
European Parliament and of the Council as regards the adoption of strategic guidelines for 2008 to 2013 (OJ
L 326, 12.12.2007, p. 29).
47 Commission Decision 2008/22/EC of 19 December 2007 laying down rules for the implementation of
Decision No 2007/573/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the European
Refugee Fund for the period 2008 to 2013 as part of the General programme ‘Solidarity and Management of
Migration Flows’ as regards Member States’ management and control systems, the rules for administrative
and financial management and the eligibility of expenditure on projects co-financed by the Fund (OJ L 7,
10.1.2008, p.1), amended by Commission Decision 2009/533/EC of 9 July 2009 (OJ L 179, 10.7.2009, p.62)
and by Commission Decision 2010/163/EU of 8 March 2010 (OJ L 69, 19.3.2010, p.16).
186
ERF annual programmes of the Member States
The ERF annual programmes (referred to in Article 20 of Decision No 2007/573/EC) were drafted on the basis of the ERF 2008-2013 multi-annual
programmes48 of 27 participating Member States49 and implemented by the authorities of these under the shared management mode.
In accordance with Article 3 of Decision No 2007/573/EC, the actions under the
ERF annual programmes should have supported, among others, reception conditions and asylum procedures; integration of target group persons;
enhancement of Member States' capacity to develop, monitor and evaluate their asylum policies; resettlement and transfer activities.
The ERF allocations for the annual programmes of the Member States were
determined on the basis of a methodology defined in Article 13 of Decision No 573/2007/EC.
Article 5 of Decision No 2007/573/EC, lays down the actions eligible under the ERF Emergency measures:
Assistance to Member States for the implementation of emergency
measures aimed at addressing situations of particular pressure. Such situations are characterised by the sudden arrival at particular points on
the borders of a large number of third country nationals who may be in need of international protection, which place exceptionally heavy and
urgent demands on the reception facilities, the asylum system or infrastructure of the Member State(s) concerned and may give rise to risks to human life, well-being or access to protection provided under
Community legislation.
ERF Community actions
The ERF Community actions were implemented under the direct or joint management mode, either via projects supported by grants awarded by the Commission or via contracts for services concluded following the calls for tenders
published by the Commission.
Article 4 of Decision No 2007/573/EC lays down the Community actions eligible
under the European Refugee Fund, which, among others, include:
Further Community cooperation in implementing Community law and good practices, including interpretation and translation services supporting such
cooperation;
Support the setting-up of transnational cooperation networks and pilot
projects based on transnational partnerships between bodies located in two or more Member States;
Support transnational awareness-raising campaigns;
48 Only one programme (2013) in the case of Croatia.
49 Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece,
Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden and United Kingdom.
187
Support studies, dissemination and exchange of information on best
practices and all other aspects of asylum policies; support pilot projects;
Support development and application by Member States of common
statistical tools, methods and indicators for measuring policy developments in the field of asylum;
Offer to networks linking non-governmental organisations which assist
refugees and asylum seekers and which are present in at least 10 Member States;
Provide Member States with support services in the event of duly substantiated emergency situations requiring urgent action.
3. SCOPE
3.1. Actions and period of time to be covered
The evaluation will have two distinct parts: PART I and PART II.
PART I
The following actions will be covered:
Actions supported under the 2011, 2012 and 2013 annual programmes of 27 participating Member States.
The ERF Community Actions supported under the 2011, 2012 and 2013 annual work programmes (8 under the 2011 AWP, 5 under the 2012 AWP and 1 under the 2013 AWP).
PART II
A separate analysis will be carried out for the ERF Community Actions supported
under the 2008, 2009 and 2010 annual work programmes. This work, the analysis and the conclusions shall be reported under a separate section of the final evaluation report and shall not be taken into account for conclusions for the
PART I.
The following actions will be covered:
The ERF Community Actions supported under the 2008, 2009 and 2010 annual work programmes, i.e. projects selected through calls of proposal (10 under the 2008 AWP, 19 under the 2009 AWP and 11 under the 2010
AWP).
The period covered by the evaluation will be:
- 1 January 2011 – 30 June 2015 for the national programmes of the Member States;
- 1 December 2008 – 31 March 2016 for the Community Actions.
For analytical reasons, data from the year 2010 will be used as the baseline for analysis under PART I.
188
3.2. Other instruments to be considered
The evaluation will also have to consider (in particular in the context of the
evaluation of the complementarity and coherence):
National policies of the Member States in the field of asylum and refugees; Actions supported under the national 2008-2010 ERF programmes of the
Member States; Actions supported by any other EU financial instrument with a possible
impact on the asylum seekers and refugees (with particular attention to actions supported by the European Social Fund).
3.3. Geographical coverage
The evaluation will cover all EU Member States except Denmark (27 Member States).
4. CONTEXT OF THE EVALUATION
In accordance with Article 49(2), the Member States shall submit to the Commission evaluation reports on actions supported under their ERF 2011-2013
annual programmes. As the eligibility period for the ERF 2013 annual programmes expired on 30 June 2015, it was agreed that the Commission will
accept evaluation reports submitted by Member States until 30 November 2015.
PART I covering the period 2011-2013 (Annual Programmes and Community Actions) will be used as basis for the preparation of the ex-post evaluation report
for the period 2011 to 2013.
PART II covering implementation of the 2008-2010 Community Actions will
contribute to the preparation of the ex-post evaluation report for the period 2008 to 2010. The Community Actions under the Annual Work Programmes 2008-2010 are included due to the fact that those were not covered during the ex-post
evaluation for 2008-201050.
5. EVALUATION QUESTIONS
Replying to the evaluation questions is the core of the evaluation work and the replies will constitute the main part of the final report.
The answer to each evaluation question must be exclusively based on evidence and rigorous analysis. Different types of evaluation methods (quantitative and
qualitative) and data sources must be combined to formulate the answers. The answers shall define key terms of the question, identify indicators and judgment
50 http://ec.europa.eu/smart-regulation/evaluation/search/download.do?documentId=10697239
189
criteria used for answering the question and fully disclose the reasoning followed
in the analysis.
The evaluation questions are grouped under the six following evaluation themes
– effectiveness, efficiency, sustainability, relevance, coherence (including complementarity), and EU added value:
Theme 1 Effectiveness
1. To what extent did the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions contributed to
the achievement of the objectives defined in Articles 2 and 3 of Decision No 2007/573/EC and to the priorities defined by the Strategic guidelines (Decision No 2007/815/EC)?
a) To what extent did the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions contribute to the reception conditions and asylum procedures?
b) To what extent did the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions contribute to the integration of persons referred to in Art 6 (target group)?
c) To what extent did the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions contribute to
the enhancement of Member States’ capacity to develop, monitor and evaluate their asylum policies in the light of their obligations under existing and future
Community legislation relating to the Common European Asylum System (in particular practical cooperation activities between Member States)?
d) To what extent did the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions contribute to the resettlement of persons referred to in Article 6(e)?
e) To what extent did the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions contribute to
the transfer of persons falling within the categories referred to in Article 6(a) and 6(b) and 6(c)?
2. To what extend did the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) emergency actions contributed to the achievement of these same objectives and to the priorities?
Theme 2 Efficiency
3. To what extent were the effects of the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions achieved at a reasonable cost in terms of financial and human resources
deployed?
Theme 3 Sustainability
4. To what extent have the positive effects of the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010)
actions lasted after the interventions were terminated?
Theme 4 Relevance
190
5. To what extent did the ERF objectives correspond to the needs related to
receiving, and in bearing the consequences of receiving, refugees and displaced persons by the Member States?
6. To what extent did the ERF actions correspond to the needs related to receiving, and in bearing the consequences of receiving, refugees and displaced persons by the Member States?
Theme 5 Coherence and complementarity
7. To what extent were the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions coherent with
and complementary to other actions related to asylum, financed by other EU financial instruments and from national resources of the Member States, including the activities of the European Asylum Support Office (EASO),
supporting EU Member States on asylum?
Theme 6 EU added value
8. What is the additional value resulting from the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions compared to what the Member States would be able to carry out through investments necessary for the implementation of the EU policies in the field of
asylum without the support of the ERF 2011-2013 (or 2008-2010) actions?
6. EVALUATION TASKS AND METHODOLOGY
The contractor is requested to carry out, in four stages, the following tasks:
191
PART I:
Evaluation, which covers the national programmes of the Member States (2011-2013) and the Community Actions
under the Annual Work Programmes 2011-2013.
PART II:
Evaluation, which covers the Community Actions under the Annual Work Programmes 2008-2010.
Stage 1 (1 month)
Task 1: Draft a short introduction stating the purpose and scope of the evaluation (max. 1 page).
Task 2: Draft a chapter presenting the fine-tuned evaluation questions defined in section 6 (max. 2 pages).
Task 3: Draft a detailed analysis of the evaluation questions and identify output, result and impact
indicators to be used for answering them, building on and further developing the analysis presented in the contractor's offer. Key terms of
the evaluation questions shall be defined by the contractor.
Task 4: Fine-tune the methodological approach to
the evaluation, building on and further developing the methodology presented in the
contractor's offer. This will include a description of the methods to be used in the evaluation and their limitations. The reasoning followed in
determining the methodological approach, including the underlying hypotheses, has to be
explained. This section will also explain how the fieldwork and desk research together will enable all the evaluation questions to be answered.
Task 7: Draft a detailed analysis of the evaluation questions and identify output, result and impact
indicators (tailored for the Community Actions under the Annual Work Programmes 2008-2010) to be used for answering them, building on and
further developing the analysis presented in the contractor's offer.
Task 8: Define the methodological approach to the
evaluation of the Community Actions under the Annual Work Programmes 2008-2010, building
on and further developing the methodology presented in the contractor's offer. This will include a description of the methods to be used
in the evaluation and their limitations.
192
Task 5: Define and create the evaluation tools necessary for the collection of data needed for
the answering of the evaluation questions. For example: tools for the assessment of the national
evaluation reports; interview guides and templates for survey/s; criteria for selecting the respondents to the questionnaires and/or
surveys; the list of the bodies and people to be contacted. If modelling is used, define the scope
and methodology for the simulations based on model(s) and the related data needs and provide a detailed description of these tools, including
their limitations and the contribution to answering the evaluation questions.
The evaluation tools have to be validated by the Commission
before data collection and analysis starts.
Task 6: Draft a descriptive chapter on the background
of the ERF 2011-2013 actions. Provide a brief description of the ERF (legal basis; the different implementation modalities with the different
authorities involved in the management), its objectives and the needs the ERF aimed to satisfy.
The information shall be summarised in the presentation of the Intervention Logic including visually an Intervention Logic diagram showing how
the intervention works, complete, in terms of needs, objectives, inputs, activities, outputs, results and
impacts. The analysis of the needs shall take into account the relevant regulatory framework. In addition, a description of the policy context shall be
provided, as well as a description of the baseline for the implementation of the ERF 2011-2013 actions.
193
The chapter shall not exceed 6 pages.
Task 9: Draft a detailed time schedule for the evaluation work.
Task 10: Compile the inception report comprising the outputs of tasks 1-9 and submit the report to the Commission.
Task 11: Revise the inception report in line with the comments provided by the Commission / the Steering Group and
re-submit it to the Commission (if relevant).
Stage 2 (3 months)
Task 12: Desk research. Collect and analyse at least the following documents:
• Relevant legal acts (Decisions No 2007/573/EC, No 2007/815/EC and No 2008/22/EC);
• Joint EU resettlement programme (Decision n° 281/2012/EU of the European parliament and of the Council of 29 March 2012 amending Decision No 573/2007/EC)
• Council Directive 2005/85/EC (Asylum procedures)
• Council Directive 2003/9/EC (Reception conditions);
• Council Directive 2004/83/EC (Qualification Directive)
• Council Regulation (EC) No 2725/2000 (Eurodac);
• Council Regulation (EC) No 343/2003 (Dublin Regulation)
• Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council on the evaluation of the Dublin system (COM(2007) 299 final)
• Report from the Commission to the Council and to the European Parliament on the application of Directive
2003/9/EC of 27 January 2003 laying down minimum standards for the reception of asylum seekers (COM(2007) 745 final)
194
• Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council on the application of Directive 2005/85/EC of 1 December 2005 on minimum standards on procedures in Member States for granting and
withdrawing refugee status (COM(2010) 465 final)
• Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council on the Application of Directive
2004/83/EC of 29 April 2004 on minimum standards for the qualification and status of third country nationals or stateless persons as refugees or as persons who otherwise need international protection and the content of the protection (COM(2010) 314 final)
• Communication on enhanced intra-EU solidarity in the field of asylum (COM(2011) 835 final)
• Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council on the establishment of a
joint resettlement programme (COM(2009) 447 final)
• EASO fact finding report on intra EU relocation activities from Malta, July 2012
• Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and
social Committee and the Committee of Regions "Policy plan on asylum: An integrated approach to protection across the EU", COM(2008) 360 final, 17.6.2008;
• European Refugee Fund 2008-2013 multi-annual programmes of the Member States;
• European Refugee Fund 2011, 2012 and 2013 annual programmes of the Member States;
• Descriptions of the Management and Control Systems for the European Refugee Fund in the Member States;
• Annual Work Programmes for the 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 European Refugee Fund Community actions;
• Solid Guidance Notes SOLID/2008/16 (The fixed amount for the resettled persons in the European Refugee Fund), SOLID/2009/31 (Clarifications on the qualification criteria for the fixed amount for resettled persons
falling within the specific categories under the European Refugee Fund), SOLID/2011/28 (Strategic objectives for the annual programmes 2012-2013 for the European Refugee Fund (ERF) and the European Fund for the integration of third-country nationals (IF)), and SOLID/2011/3 (Manual of the Eligibility Rules of costs – 4th
195
version);
• Final reports on the implementation of the ERF 2011 and ERF 2012 annual programmes, and ERF 2013 annual
progamme (when available);
• Annual audit reports on the ERF 2011 and ERF 2012 annual programmes (drafted by the Audit Authorities of
the Member States);
• Reports on the monitoring visits of the Commission on the ERF 2011-2013 annual programmes;
• Final reports for projects supported under the 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 EIF Community
actions;
• Reports with the financial data on the EIF annual programmes stored in the Commission's SFC2007 database.
• Relevant EUROSTAT statistics.
- Any reports on financial and system audits as well as compliance checks with the relevant provisions of the legal base – must also be taken into account.
Task 13: Analyse the 27 evaluation reports submitted by the Member States to the Commission. The
evaluation reports (which include also a section with data on certain output and result as well as impact
indicators) have to be submitted to the Commission by 30 November 2015, but it cannot be excluded that this deadline will not be met in some cases and
the reports will be submitted later. The reliability of the data and conclusions presented in the reports
have to be assessed, including by reviewing the methodological approaches adopted and cross- checking the data included in the evaluation reports
against other sources of information (annual programmes; final reports). In case inconsistencies
196
and gaps are identified in the data presented in the section on the output and result indicators, the
contractor shall contact the Responsible Authorities of the Member States concerned and request
clarifications and/or completion of the missing data.
Task 14: Collect additional data on the ERF 2011-2013 annual programmes implemented by the
Member States for at least 6 case studies. (see task 15). Collect additional data for at least 6 case
studies to complement the data included in the 27 evaluation reports of the Member States, in order to ensure a higher level of reliability of the evaluation
findings, provide an in-depth understanding of the interventions (including cause-and-effect relations in
conformity with the Intervention Logic), identify cases of good or bad practice and, if necessary, mitigate as much as possible any weaknesses in the
national evaluation reports. The contractor shall propose the appropriate data collection tools
(interviews, surveys etc.) and provide in the offer as much quantification as possible (for example,
minimum number of interviews to be carried out, minimum number of surveys, minimum number of respondents to surveys etc.). The collected
additional data shall be analysed and presented under at least 6 case studies. (see task 15).
Task 15: Analyse and present the additional data on the ERF 2011-2013 annual programmes implemented by the Member States under at
least 6 case studies. The additional data collected under task 14 shall be analysed and presented
under at least 6 case studies, representing different
197
types of the ERF projects and different Member States (at least 6 Member States, representing
different situations). Under the case studies, the relevance, effectiveness, efficiency, sustainability,
coherence and complementarity and the EU added value of the selected actions has to be evaluated. The full case studies shall be presented in an annex
to the interim (and final) report. The contractor shall present in the offer the proposal for the selection of
the case studies and explain the reasoning for the selection.
The exact selection of the case studies might be modified
following the analysis of the national evaluation reports, in order to mitigate as much as possible any
weaknesses in the reports. The proposal for the modification of the case studies in comparison to the offer must be approved by the Commission / the
Steering group. The modification cannot lead to a reduction of the outputs (number of case studies,
number of interviews, number of surveys and number of respondents to the surveys) in
comparison to the offer. The modification of the case studies in comparison to the offer cannot lead to an increase of the total price of the evaluation services
as proposed in the offer and agreed in the Specific contract.
Task 16: Collect and analyse additional data on the ERF 2011-2013 Community actions. The contractor shall propose the appropriate tools for the data
collection and analysis in the offer and provide in the offer as much quantification as possible (for
example, minimum number of interviews to be
198
carried out etc.).
Task 17: Draft a descriptive chapter summarising
the implementation of the ERF 2011-2013 actions and their main results and impacts, on
the basis of the outputs of tasks 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16. The description shall present the programmed ERF allocations and the final ERF contributions paid
to the Member States; a breakdown of the programmed allocations and final ERF contributions
per priorities; presentation of the number of projects supported under the Community actions and the corresponding amounts planned and paid; and
quantified aggregated information on the main types of projects supported under the ERF 2011-2013
actions. If a precise quantification is not possible due to the limited availability of data, estimates might be presented instead (with a footnote indicating that
the piece of data is an estimate). The chapter shall not exceed 10 pages.
Task 18: Draft an annex with statistical information on the ERF 2011-2013 annual programmes.
Present statistical information on the ERF 2011-2013 annual programmes. The information shall include financial data on the ERF 2011-2013 annual
programmes retrieved from the Commission's SFC2007 database (ERF programmed amounts; ERF
Final contribution amounts; implementation rates; all provided per Member States and/or per priorities, in the format agreed with the steering group) and
data on output indicators. The data shall be presented in the form of graphs, tables and charts,
accompanied by comments highlighting the most
199
important patterns and trends. The annex shall not exceed 20 pages.
Task 19: Draft answers to the evaluation questions specified in section 6. The replies to these must be
based on evidence acquired during the implementation of tasks 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16. Each answer must include a definition of key terms of the
question, based on the output of task 3, identify output, result and impact indicators and information
sources used for answering it and fully disclose the reasoning followed in the analysis and judgment. Different types of evaluation methods (quantitative
and qualitative) and data sources must be combined to formulate the answers. The replies to the
evaluation questions shall be structured by the evaluation themes (relevance; effectiveness; efficiency; sustainability; coherence and
complementarity; EU added value). The chapter with the evaluation findings / replies to the evaluation
questions shall not exceed 50 pages.
Task 20: Collect and analyse additional data on the
ERF 2008-2010 Community actions. The contractor shall propose the appropriate tools for
the data collection and analysis in the offer and provide in the offer as much quantification as possible (for example, minimum number of
interviews to be carried out etc.).
Task 21: Draft a descriptive chapter summarising the implementation of the ERF 2008-2010 Community actions and their main results and
impacts, on the basis of the outputs of task 20. The description shall present presentation of the
number of projects supported under the Community actions and the corresponding amounts
planned and paid; and quantified aggregated information on the main types of projects supported as well on the priorities covered. If a
precise quantification is not possible due to the limited availability of data, estimates might be
200
presented instead (with a footnote indicating that the piece of data is an estimate). The chapter shall
not exceed 3 pages.
Task 22: Draft answers to the evaluation questions
specified in section 6. The replies to these must be based on evidence acquired during the implementation of the task 20. Each answer must
include a definition of key terms of the question, based on the output of task 7, identify output,
result and impact indicators and information sources used for answering it and fully disclose the reasoning followed in the analysis and judgment.
The replies to the evaluation questions shall be structured by the evaluation themes (relevance;
effectiveness; efficiency; sustainability; coherence and complementarity; EU added value). The chapter with the evaluation findings / replies to the
evaluation questions shall not exceed 5 pages.
Task 23: Draft an overview of the progress of the evaluation and the methodology used. Separately for PART I and
PART II, the overview shall describe the methodological approach actually applied for the evaluation and provide information on the evaluation process. The description shall include the outputs of tasks 4 and 8, revised in line with
the actual situation. Any limitations on the reliability of the data shall be disclosed and mitigating measures presented. Any difficulties encountered in carrying out the evaluation (including deviations from the planning as elaborated under task 9) and solutions proposed to solve them shall be presented.
Task 24: Compile the interim report comprising the outputs of tasks:
and submit it to the Commission. The outputs of tasks 15 and 18 shall be submitted as separate
201
annexes.
Task 25: Revise the interim report in line with the comments provided by the Commission / the Steering Group and re-
submit it to the Commission (if relevant).
Stage 3 (1 month)
Task 26: Compile and analyse the answers received in the open public consultation, which will be launched by the Commission. The consultation will be targeted to different stakeholders, such as authorities in the Member
States, non-governmental organisations and beneficiaries (max. 5 pages).
Task 27: Draft conclusions. The contractor shall provide an overall judgement on the relevance, effectiveness,
efficiency, sustainability, coherence and complementarity and the EU added value of the ERF 2011-2013 actions, based on and logically
derived from the outputs of task 19. The conclusions should contain clear statements on the
robustness and reliability of the data and analysis which form the basis of the evaluation. The conclusions shall not exceed 4 pages.
Task 28: Draft recommendations. The recommendations must correspond to and be logically derived from
the conclusions (output of task 27) and be logically based on the analysis carried out under task 19. The recommendations shall not exceed 3 pages.
Task 29: Prepare an abstract of no more than 200 words.
Task 30: Draft conclusions. The contractor shall provide an overall judgement on the relevance, effectiveness,
efficiency, sustainability, coherence and complementarity and the EU added value of the Community Actions under the Annual Work
Programmes 2008-2010, based on and logically derived from the outputs of task 22. The conclusions
shall not exceed 2 pages.
Task 31: Prepare an executive summary of maximum 6 pages. The executive summary shall include a very brief
202
presentation of the evaluation work and the methods used, together with a summary of the conclusions and recommendations arising from the exercise. The executive summary should contain clear statements on the
robustness and reliability of the data and analysis which form the basis of the evaluation.
Task 32: Compile the final report for review and submit the report to the Commission.
The final report has to include:
- The following standard disclaimer:
“The document has been prepared for the European Commission however it reflects the views only of the
authors, and the Commission cannot be held responsible for any use which may be made of the information contained therein".
- Table of contents; - Executive summary and the abstract (outputs of tasks 31 and 29 max. 6 pages); - Introduction (output of task 1 – max. 1 page);
- Chapter presenting the evaluation questions (output of task 2 – max. 2 pages); - Chapter on the evaluation methodology and process (output of task 23 – max. 4 pages);
PART I
- Descriptive chapter on the background of the ERF 2011-2013 actions (output of task 6 – max. 6 pages); - Descriptive chapter on the implementation of the ERF 2011-2013 actions (output of task 17 – max. 10
pages); - Chapter presenting the evaluation findings / answers to the evaluation questions (output of task 19 – max.
50 pages); - Conclusions (output of task 27 – max. 4 pages)
- Recommendations (output of task 28 – max. 3 pages); PART II
- Descriptive chapter on the implementation of the ERF 2008-2010 Community actions (output of task 21 –
max. 3 pages); - Chapter presenting the evaluation findings / answers to the evaluation questions (output of task 22 – max. 5
pages); - Conclusions (output of task 30 – max. 2 pages)
203
ANNEXES (for PART I)
- Separate Annex with the case studies (output of task 15 – max. 40 pages);
- Separate Annex with statistical information on the ERF 2011-2013 annual programmes (output of task 18 – max. 20 pages).
- Separate Annex on the analysis and results from the public consultation (output of task 26 – max. 5 pages).
The report shall respect the requirements specified in the annexed template for the evaluation final reports, with
the exception of the evaluation themes in chapter 7 of the report (Answers to the Evaluation Questions). The answers to the evaluation questions shall be structured according to the following evaluation themes: 1.
Effectiveness; 2. Efficiency; 3. Sustainability; 4. Relevance; 5. Coherence (including complementarity); 6. EU Added Value. The graphic requirements of the template (including the cover page) must be respected.
The report must be drafted in a clear and easily understandable language. The presentation of the text, tables
and graphs has to be clear and complete and correspond to commonly recognised standards for publication.
The report (without annexes) shall not exceed 100 pages.
Statistical and background information shall be presented in the annexes of the report, but the main report must not contain any references to the annexes.
Task 33: Revise the final report in line with the comments provided by the Commission / the Steering Group and re-
submit it to the Commission (if relevant).
Stage 4 (1 month)
Task 34: Prepare the abstract (output of task 29, relevant to PART I, revised in line with the comments of the Commission/ the Steering Group, if relevant) as a stand-alone document in English, German and French.
Task 35: Prepare the executive summary (output of task 31, revised in line with the comments of the Commission/ the Steering Group, if relevant) as a stand-alone document in English, German and French.
Task 36: Compile the final deliverable and submit it to the Commission.
The final deliverable shall consist of:
1) The final report with annexes structured exactly in the same way as in task 32, but it shall incorporate
changes agreed with the steering group. When the content of the final report is accepted by the Commission,
204
the contractor shall submit the report printed on paper (one copy in colour) and in electronic version (both in Word and PDF).
2) An abstract in English, German and French (output of task 34).
3) An executive summary in English, German and French (output of task 35).
205
7. RISKS
The programming of the ERF annual programmes was not based on a set of mandatory common output, result and impact indicators. The annual
programmes included targets for indicators which were defined on a national basis. In some cases, the indicators were primarily defined for the output level which makes it more difficult to evaluate the results and impacts as some data
was not collected and/or is difficult to be obtained post factum. In order to facilitate the evaluation, the Commission requested the Member States to report
against a set of common indicators established ex-post and included in a template for the national ERF 2011-2013 ex-post evaluation reports. However, there is a considerable risk that some Member States will not provide all
requested data in case it is not available.
The contractor is expected to propose evaluation methods which would
satisfactorily address these gaps and risks. In particular, the contractor is expected to propose a methodology which would allow, despite the mentioned gaps, to analyse and to conclude on the results and impacts, as well as to
satisfactorily respond to the evaluation questions.
Moreover, there are considerable time constraints and very tight deadlines that
will need to be respected in the most absolute terms.
8. ORGANISATION AND WORK PLAN
8.1. Overall management of the contract
Responsibility and management of the evaluation remain with the European
Commission (Directorate General for Migration and Home Affairs). A steering group will monitor the evaluation and it will be the main interlocutor of the contractor. The steering group will follow the evaluation process, assess and
decide on acceptance or rejection of the different reports that the selected contractor will have to submit. It will also be instrumental in the provision of
information to the selected contractor. The contractor should take into account the comments and recommendations of the steering group as much as possible and keep it regularly informed on the progress of the work.
The contractor will be required, and should be prepared, to attend four (4) meetings with the steering group at the Commission's premises in Brussels in
order to monitor the evaluation exercise, in accordance with the timetable described in section 9.3 below. Four additional ad hoc technical meetings in Brussels with the project manager will be called by the Commission, with at least
5 working days advance notice, and when considered necessary during the period of validity of the contract.
8.2. Timetable for the work and deliverables
The work must be completed within 6 months from the signature of the
contract. The contractor is expected to start the work immediately after the contract has been signed. The stages and the reports mentioned in the table
below are those detailed under Section 7 Evaluation Tasks and Methodology.
206
Indicative timetable
DATE MILESTONES CONTENT
T-Day
zero
Signature of the
contract
Inceptio
n Report
T+15
days
1st /kick-off meeting
and inception report for review
The contractor presents the
inception report and raises specific questions or needs
for complementary information. The meeting is used to discuss and clarify
the tasks and the approach from the start, including the
proposed working plan.
T+Week
4
Inception report for
acceptance
The contractor sends the
inception report after integrating /taking into account /addressing all
corrections and comments received
Interim
Report
T+Week
14
Interim report for
review
The contractor sends the
interim report.
2rd meeting The interim report is
presented by the contractor and discussed. The
Commission provides preliminary comments.
COM feedback on the
interim report
The commission provides
additional comments on the interim report.
T+Week 19
Interim report for acceptance
Within 20 days the contractor sends the interim
report after integrating /taking into account
/addressing all corrections and comments received.
207
Final
Report
T-Week
20
3th meeting The reviewed interim report
is presented by the contractors and discussed in view of drawing the
conclusions and recommendations for the
Final report.
T+Week
21
Final report for review The contractor sends the
final report.
4th meeting The final report is presented
by the contractors and discussed.
COM feedback on the final report
The commission provides additional comments on the final report.
T+Week 26
Final report for acceptance
Within 20 days the contractor sends the final
report after integrating/taking into
account /addressing all corrections and comments received.
Physical location at which services have to be performed
The place of work will be at the contractor’s premises. The contractor is also expected to carry out field work in the Member States, where relevant (for
example, for the case studies The meetings with the Steering Group will take place at the designated Commission offices in Brussels.
9. DELIVERABLES
The timing and the contents of the deliverables to be submitted by the
contractor are described in Sections 7 and 9.2.
Each deliverable will be examined by the steering group, which may ask for additional information or propose changes in order to redirect and/or deepen the
work if necessary.
Deliverables must be accepted by the Commission. This is of particular
importance for the deliverables to which a payment is linked.
10. BUDGET
11. QUALITY ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
208
The overall quality of the evaluation will be assessed by the European Commission on the basis of the following criteria:
Relevance; Appropriate methods;
Reliable data; Sound analysis; Credible findings;
Valid conclusions; Useful recommendations;
Clarity.
12. INFORMATION SOURCES
The documents referred to under task 12 which are not publicly available will be
provided to the Framework Contract HOME/2015/EVAL/02 contractor upon the signature of the contract.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
1
Webinar of 19 April 2023
on the key elements of the mid-term evaluation and
evaluation plans
Home Affairs Programmes 2021-2027
Revised Background Note – May 2023
CONTENTS
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 2
Aim and structure of the note .................................................................................................. 2
Overview of the upcoming evaluations ................................................................................... 2
Policy background and rationale ............................................................................................. 3
Legal basis ............................................................................................................................... 4
1. Mid-Term Evaluation of the 2021-2027 Programmes ............................................................. 5
1.1. Rationale and contextualisation .................................................................................... 5
1.2. Scope of the evaluation ................................................................................................. 6
1.2.1. Objective scope, timeframe and granularity .................................................. 6
1.2.2. Evaluation Questions and indicative judgement criteria ............................... 6
1.3. Who does what ............................................................................................................ 12
1.4. Recommended methods and approaches .................................................................... 13
1.4.1. Reconstruction of the intervention logic ...................................................... 13
1.4.2. Evaluation matrix ......................................................................................... 14
1.4.3. Needs assessment, stakeholders mapping and consultation strategy ........... 15
1.4.4. Analysis of financial and physical progress ................................................ 16
1.4.5. Summing up and research limitations .......................................................... 17
1.5. Format and recommended structure ............................................................................ 17
1.6. Terms of Reference ..................................................................................................... 18
1.7. Procedural aspects and next steps ............................................................................... 19
2. Evaluation Plan of the 2021-2027 programmes .................................................................... 20
2.1. Rationale ..................................................................................................................... 20
2.2. Scope ........................................................................................................................... 20
2.3. Structure ...................................................................................................................... 21
2.4. Who does what ............................................................................................................ 23
2.5. Process and suggested approach to the first submission of the evaluation plan ......... 24
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
2
This background note was prepared by the DG Home and does not commit the European
Commission. Only the Court of Justice of the European Union is competent to authoritatively
interpret Union law.
INTRODUCTION
Aim and structure of the note
This revised background note is intended to present and discuss with the Managing Authorities the key
elements of the mid-term evaluation and of the evaluation plans for their 2021-2027 Home Affairs Funds.
In particular, it aims to outline a general framework of evaluation questions to be addressed as well as to
provide methodological advice on the design of the evaluation activities, with a view to ensuring a sufficient
harmonisation of the evaluation findings and their underlying methodological approaches at the Member
State level.
Once consolidated, this note will be another block in the overall Common Monitoring and Evaluation
Framework 2021-2027.
The note discusses, in the introductory section, the overall requirements and planning for the mid-term
evaluation and the evaluation plans laid out in the legal basis, as well as the overarching principles of the
better regulation that should apply across the entire process.
In section 1, the note focuses on the upcoming mid-term evaluations, including the purpose of the exercise,
the recommended evaluation questions and judgement criteria as well as providing methodological advice on
how to carry the studies out.
Section 2 provides some methodological advice on the structure and contents of the evaluation plans, the
role of the different actors, the next steps towards the submission of the plan and its specificities in light of
the context.
In tailoring their evaluation plans and studies to the information needs at the Member State and programme
level, Managing Authorities are invited to seek the maximum possible alignment to the core elements of the
common evaluation framework described in this note.
It is worth recalling that in the 2021-2027 programming period, the mid-term review1 and the evaluation
process are two separate and different exercises. Therefore, this note does not concern the mid-term
review.
Overview of the upcoming evaluations
Figure 1 below provides a first graphic illustration of the overall evaluation framework.
The detailed steps and their underlying methods and arrangements are discussed individually in the relevant
sections of the note below. Although technical advice on the ex-post evaluations of the 2014-2020
programming cycle is not addressed directly in this document, the ex-post evaluations are included in the
illustration below (upper part of the chart) as part of the overall framework while discussing the 21-27 mid-
term evaluations, and because the two exercises are interlinked, in line with the legal basis.
1 As per Article 17 of the AMIF Regulation (EU) 2021/1147, Article 14 of the BMVI Regulation (EU) 2021/1148 and Article 14 of
the ISF Regulation (EU) 2021/1149.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
3
Figure 1 – Overview of the upcoming evaluations for the Home Affairs Programmes
Source: COM elaboration based on the legal basis and the state of play.
EPE stands for Ex-Post evaluation, Ev.P stands for Evaluation Plan. MTE stands for Mid-Term Evaluation, SWD stands for Staff Working Document.
ToR stands for Terms of Reference.
As shown in the figure above, the ‘21-27 mid-term evaluation and ‘14-20 ex-post evaluation exercises
largely overlap as a result of the amendment of the horizontal regulation2 and are interlinked, in line with the
fund specific regulations indicating that “the mid-term evaluation should take into account the results of the
retrospective evaluation of the effects of the Asylum Migration and Integration Fund [likewise for BMVI
and ISF] for the 2014-2020 period”. Whilst this requirement applies explicitly to the EU-level evaluation, it
has implications also for the MS-level evaluations, which should feed into the EU-level assessment. Besides
the legal requirements, evidence from the ex-post evaluation provides the most relevant background for a
comparative assessment of the new regulatory framework, which is the focus of the mid-term evaluation ‘21-
27. Hence the importance of making sure that the two evaluation exercises are carried out in a sufficiently
synergic manner, so that early evidence from the ex-post assessment of the 14-20 programmes can feed as
much as possible into the mid-term evaluations.
Policy background and rationale
It is important to recall from the outset the rationale for this work.
Prior to the preparation of the current Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF), the European Court of
Auditors and the European Parliament requested to improve the quality of the monitoring and evaluations of
the MFF programmes and funds. This conclusion was also reached by the Commission’s own spending
review.
In this line, specific monitoring and evaluation clauses, including on the performance framework, have been
provided in the Common Provisions Regulation3 (hereafter also CPR) and the Fund-specific regulations,
which lay down the overarching principles for the evaluation of the Home Affairs programmes. To make
sure that these basic arrangements are fit for purpose, the Fund-Specific Regulations empower the
Commission to adopt delegated acts to reinforce or amend the current requirements.
2 Regulation (EU) No 514/2014, as revised based on Regulation (EU) 2022/585 of 6 April 2022 3 Regulation (EU) 2021/1060
2014-
2020
2021-
2027
Submission of the EV.P
Guidance
MTE and
Ev.P
Guidance
EPE
Mar
24 Dec
24
Jun
25
Adoption of
the
programmes
Dec
22
Sept
22
Dec
23
ToR and
selection
SWD (EC)
Feedback on the EV. P
MTE (external study) ToR and
selection
ToR and
selection
ToR and
selection
Mid-Term evaluation
SWD (EC)
Final evaluation (external study)
Final evaluation
Fine tuning EV. Plan?
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
4
In order to minimise the administrative burden and with the purpose of gradually developing and
harmonising monitoring and evaluation practices across the Member States in the area of the Home
Affairs Funds, it was chosen not to adopt a delegated act reinforcing or amending the current
requirements on monitoring and the mid-term evaluation. However, the quality and coherence of the
evidence produced by the mid-term evaluations will be gauged with a view to understanding whether more is
required to make sure that the impacts of the funds can be assessed in the ex-post evaluation to be carried out
by 2031.
Importantly, in addition to the requirements directly embedded in the funds regulations and in line with the
Interinstitutional Agreement between the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the
European Commission on Better Law-Making,4 it is for the Better Regulation Guidelines and Toolbox to
define the standards for the evaluation of programmes funded by the EU budget.
Accordingly, this note makes reference to both the legal basis and the better regulation framework in
delineating the key elements to be covered by the mid-term evaluations and evaluation plans. It also calls for
the cooperation of all actors involved in this exercises in following the methodological advice offered below.
Legal basis
According to Article 44 of the Common Provisions Regulation,5 the Member State or the Managing
Authority should prepare and submit to the Monitoring Committee an evaluation plan within one year of the
decision approving the programme. For the AMIF, BMVI and ISF, the evaluation plan should include a mid-
term evaluation to be delivered by 31 March 2024.
Article 44 also identifies the criteria to be covered within the different evaluations identified in the
evaluation plan, namely one or more among effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence and EU added
value,6 as well as inclusiveness, non-discrimination and visibility as relevant.
The legal basis also clarifies that evaluations should be entrusted to external or internal experts who are
functionally independent, and that the responsibility to make sure that adequate data is available lies on the
Member States/ Managing Authorities.
The requirements in the CPR for the Member States should be further read in conjunction with the obligation
to produce consistent EU-level findings on the five mandatory evaluation criteria identified by the CPR, i.e.
effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence and EU added value. This is in line with article 128 of the
Financial Regulation7, according to which, when carrying out the evaluation, the Commission should use to
the extent possible information available within the relevant institutions including at the level of the
Managing Authorities. In addition, the Fund-specific regulations8 go beyond the simple identification of the
evaluation criteria and pinpoint relevant aspects to be targeted by the mid-term and ex-post evaluations,
notably:
- progress towards the achievement of the milestones and targets of the performance framework, and
the annual performance reports;
- the efficiency of the management and control system;
- the continued relevance and appropriateness of the implementation measures;
- the coordination, coherence and complementarity between the actions supported under the Fund and
support provided by other Union funds;
4 OJ L 123, 12.5.2016, p. 1–14
5 Regulation (EU) 2021/1060
6 In line with the better regulation guidelines and the Fund-specific Regulations, effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence and
EU added value are normally the minimum set of evaluation criteria to be covered. 7 Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2018/1046
8 Article 34 of Regulation (EU) 2021/1147, Article 28 of Regulation (EU) 2021/1148, Article 29 of Regulation (EU) 2021/1149
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
5
- the Union added value of actions implemented under the Fund;
- the evaluation of actions implemented with, in or in relation to third countries in accordance with
Article 7, Article 16(11) and Article 24; and
- the findings of the ex-post evaluations of the 2014-2020 programming period.
The regulations specifically stress the importance of concluding the evaluations on time, so that they can
properly feed the policy cycle. Article 44(1) also sets out that all evaluations should be published on the
relevant programme websites (MS level) and Commission portal (EU level).
In addition to the specific articles in the legal basis which focus on the evaluations and evaluation plans,
other important requirements are included in both the CPR and the Fund-specific regulations.
For instance, in defining the role of the monitoring committee, Article 40(1)(e) CPR, states that the
monitoring committee “shall examine the progress made in carrying out evaluations, syntheses of
evaluations and any follow-up given to findings”. In addition, the monitoring committee should approve the
evaluation plan and its future amendments (Art. 40(2)(c) CPR).
In addition, as per Article 8(2) CPR, Member States/ Managing Authorities shall involve partners across the
different stages of the programming cycle, including during the evaluation of the programmes. It is therefore
good practice that partners are involved already at the design stage of the evaluation, and not only as actors
providing info and data to the independent evaluators. They can play an important role, as described further
below, in the supervision of the follow up of the recommendations, as part of the monitoring committee of
the programme. The CPR also provides that the European code of conduct on partnership (ECCP)9 extends
its application to the 2021-2027 period. In article 16 and 17, the ECCP stresses the importance of the
involvement of the partners in the evaluation process – including their follow up – and the possibility to use
capacity building to ensure their correct participation.
Article 9 of the CPR also lays down some requirements that extend to evaluation, such as the need to take
into account and promote gender mainstreaming, as well as taking appropriate steps to prevent
discrimination on all grounds across all stages of the programming cycle, including evaluations.
Article 36(1) clarifies that at the initiative of the Member State, the funds for the technical assistance may be
used for the evaluations. This includes also training activities or technical support for the actors involved in
the design of the evaluation.
The progress in the evaluation plan and studies carried out will also be subject of the performance review
meetings in line with Article 41 of the CPR.
1. MID-TERM EVALUATION OF THE 2021-2027 PROGRAMMES
1.1. Rationale and contextualisation
The main purpose of the mid-term evaluation is to make sure that the regulatory framework, and the
approved programmes thereof, are fit for purpose and will provide:
- contribution to the achievement of the stated objectives, at a reasonable cost;
- appropriate support to tackle evolving needs;
- EU added value, in coherence with other funding sources or modalities.
The mid-term evaluation is particularly concerned with the identification of issues which may affect
the programmes and of ways to redress them. As per Article 44 of the CPR, they should be carried out
“with the aim to improve the quality of the design and implementation of programmes”.
9 Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 240/2014 of 7 January 2014 on the European code of conduct on partnership in the
framework of the European Structural and Investment Funds - here
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
6
Given the early stage of the programme implementation, the mid-term evaluation will necessarily
focus on procedural aspects, on the continuing relevance of the funds and of ways to simplify or
streamline the implementation. Evidence on the progress of the operations will inevitably be insufficient
for a sound investigation on the net effects or impacts of the funds. Therefore, the focus is on whether the
current programming and implementation arrangements appear conducive to effectiveness as the programme
implementation unfolds.
Nevertheless, it is also for the mid-term evaluation to pave the way for the ex-post evaluation, in particular
by reviewing whether the current monitoring and evaluation arrangements will allow generating sufficient
evidence to measure the impacts of the programmes by June 2029.
The ultimate goal of the mid-term evaluation is thus to provide evidence-based inputs and recommendations
with a view to informing the policy cycle and considering the future multiannual financial framework.
For this exercise to fulfil its purpose it is key that any lessons learned and suggestions/ recommendations
stemming from the analysis:
- are clearly underpinned by supporting evidence, adequately triangulated based on traceable methods;
- are fully rooted into an assessment of the principles enshrined in the EU Treaties, and particularly on
the proportionality and subsidiarity principles,10 acknowledging what is (not) possible within the
remit of the funds;
- are realistic and take into account to the extent possible the external constraints; and
- are formulated in a way that identifies the addresses of the recommendations (who can and should
take action, when and how).
1.2. Scope of the evaluation
1.2.1. Objective scope, timeframe and granularity
To properly inform the overall evaluation exercise and based on the rationale described above, the MS-level
evaluations should:
- cover the entirety of the programme, including any specific actions/ top-ups from the thematic
facility;
- cover the five mandatory evaluation criteria identified by the better regulation guidelines;
- encompass programming and implementation activities from the beginning of the programming
period until December 2023 thus including monitoring data recorded until the cut-off of 31
December 2023 and transmitted to the COM by 31 January 2024;
- provide analysis and related findings at an adequate level of granularity, i.e. as far as possible by
specific objective;
- do not limit themselves to “yes or no” judgements or replies to the evaluation questions, but offer a
critical analysis of the underlying evidence, and include a description of “how” a certain result has
been achieved, its enabling or hampering factors, etc.
1.2.2. Evaluation Questions and indicative judgement criteria
As indicated above, the mid-term evaluations are concerned with the following evaluation criteria:
- relevance: this is a key criterion for this mid-term evaluation, as it focuses on whether the priority
needs identified during the programming phase are still the most relevant and whether the
programmes are sufficiently able to adapt to newly emerging or evolving needs. This analysis
involves reconstructing the intervention logic, reviewing the key issues identified and their drivers
10 Article 5(3) of the Treaty on European Union (TEU) and Protocol (No 2) on the application of the principles of subsidiarity and
proportionality. See also here
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
7
and can also call into question the continued relevance of the objectives identified in the legal basis.
In fact, as per the legal basis11 it is for the evaluations to contribute to the decision-making process
“including, where appropriate, to the revision of the Regulation”;
- effectiveness: under this criterion, the independent evaluators will gauge the extent to which the
programmes have progressed towards their objectives, and whether their design is likely to be
conducive to their achievement by the end of the programming period. In this regard, factors
affecting the implementation and any unexpected or unintended outcomes should be assessed. This
criterion looks not only into the progress towards the specific objectives of the funds, but also any
horizontal objective or principle established in the legal basis, including the effectiveness of the
communication strategy and of the monitoring system, as well as any specific objective of the
programme, beyond those set at EU level;
- efficiency: efficiency assesses the relationship between the resources used by an intervention and the
changes generated by it. In the context of this evaluation exercise, the focus will lie on the extent to
which the design of the programme is conducive to an efficient use of resources, and whether there
is room for further economies or simplification. Early comparative evidence stemming from
operation-level data will provide an indication of the state of play at the beginning of the
programming period;
- coherence: under coherence, the evaluators will assess how well different interventions work
together, both within the same domain or programme (internal coherence), as well as with other
instruments and funds (external coherence). At this stage of the programming period, it will focuses
in particular on the existence and initial, effective use of procedure and arrangements for the
cooperation of the relevant actors entrusted with the policy design and implementation, including the
complementarities with the work of the relevant agencies;
- EU Added Value: under EU added value, the focus will be on the “additionality” of the support
offered via the programmes compared to what could have been achieved at the national or local
level, to make sure the EU budget is spent in areas where it can provide the widest benefits.
Table 1 below further breaks down and operationalise the criteria above into evaluation questions and
indicative judgement criteria, taking into account the timeline of this exercise as well as the expected
progress of the programmes until the end of 2023.
More specifically:
- Evaluation questions: define the information needs, the elements that the managing authorities and
the Commission will need to know in order to evaluate the programme. They largely influence the
way in which evidence should be collected and assessed. They should always be formulated in a way
that avoids simple “yes or no” answers;
- Judgement criteria: clarify the logical underlying framework for the evaluation questions, outlining
the assumptions to be demonstrated in order for the assessment to be positive, or statements to be
confirmed by the analysis. Importantly, whilst the indicative judgement criteria should help define
the scope of the evaluation and the main analytical goals, they do not cover the full extent of the
evaluation design. In fact, the descriptive component (focusing on HOW rather than IF or TO
WHAT EXTENT certain things have occurred) should be fully considered. For example, in
describing the extent to which a certain measure is effective or efficient, the evaluation should
always pay attention to the features which made it possible (or not). Judgement criteria are not
compulsory, but highly recommended tools. The Managing Authority may develop additional
judgement criteria, adapted to the specific features of the programmes, but it is recommended to
keep the total number limited and proportional.
11 See e.g. Article 34(3) of the AMIF Regulation (EU) 2021/1147.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
8
Table 1 – Evaluation questions and indicative judgement criteria for the mid-term evaluations
EV. Criterion Evaluation Question Indicative Judgement Criteria (to be customised by the evaluators)
Relevance
To what extent does the
programme address the
evolving needs?
- The programme stakeholders12 are correctly identified in line with the objectives established in the legal basis
- The needs analysis13 that led to the definition of the programme and related distribution of resources is in line
with relevant current and prospect needs of the relevant stakeholders
- The strategy developed to address such needs, which is translated into concrete milestones and targets, aims to
address the most relevant needs with proportionate resources
- The list of implementation measures included in the legal basis and planned within the programme is suitable to
address current and prospect needs of the target groups
- …
To what extent can the
programme adapt to the
evolving needs?
- A needs assessment is performed and updated on a regular basis or whenever there are relevant contextual
changes
- The partnership / monitoring committee is able to provide timely input on evolving needs and relevant
developments on the ground
- There is an adequate degree of flexibility in the design of the operations
- Where necessary, non-substantial changes to the programme strategy can be applied swiftly
- There are rules and procedures in place that ensure that the substantial adjustments of the programme can be
implemented in due time if new needs arise
- If there have been changes in the needs after the programme adoption, the programme strategy or operations
have been adapted in due time or, alternatively, the new needs have been duly addressed via the thematic
facility
- …
Effectiveness
To what extent is the
programme on track to
achieving its objectives?
- Implementation has started with operations selected for support of the programme under all relevant specific
objectives and types of intervention, except where a delayed start was planned by design
- The early progress towards the achievement of the milestone and target values, account taken of the timing for
the adoption of the programme, is in line with the expectations
- Challenges that affect implementation and the progress towards the objectives of the programme14 are duly
identified and linked with effective remedy strategies
- The programme supports types of interventions and types of actions that are known to be effective as per the
12 Stakeholders typically include actors involved in the design and implementation of the programme, potential and actual beneficiaries as well as end-users/ recipients/
beneficiaries among the population. Within the range of the different stakeholders and in line with the legal basis, the needs assessment should normally identify the needs
that receive highest priority as well as the related target groups. Target groups are not necessarily or solely the end-users, as based on the intervention logic of the programme
it may be that priority is given to the strengthening of a specific body, service, system etc. Whilst the general population is inevitably indirectly affected by the intervention, it
may not represent its specific target group.
13 Needs should always be intended as relevant needs within the remit of the programme, in line with the EU treaties and the principles of proportionality and subsidiarity.
14 In line with section 1.2 of the templates for the annual performance report of the Home Affairs Funds 2021-2027 and the related categorisation of issues affecting performance.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
9
EV. Criterion Evaluation Question Indicative Judgement Criteria (to be customised by the evaluators)
available evidence (including, e.g., relevant academic literature, the ex-post evaluation of the previous
programme, etc.)
- The programme makes use of available good practices where relevant and possible
- ….
To what extent is the
monitoring and
evaluation framework
suitable to inform on the
progress towards the
achievement of the
objectives of the
programme?
- A reliable electronic data exchange system (especially between Managing Authorities/ Intermediate Bodies and
beneficiaries) for recording and storing data for monitoring and evaluation is in place
- Monitoring requirements are duly understood by the actors involved in the data supply process and training or
info-sessions are organised where relevant
- The reporting on output and result indicators correctly reflects the level of implementation on the ground (no
over/under-reporting)
- The common indicators capture the main achievements of the programme in line with the intervention logic of
the programme
- Programme specific indicators are used to fill any substantial gap in the common indicators based on the
intervention logic of the programme
- The overall set of data recorded generates sufficient evidence to be used as a basis to estimate the impacts of the
funds (i.e. impacts attributable to the programme with a clear causal link), thus paving the way for the ex-post
evaluation
- ….
How was the involvement
of the relevant partners
ensured across all stages
of the programming,
implementation,
monitoring and
evaluation?
- There is a strategy in place to identify, inform and reach the most relevant partners and which aims to ensure
their balanced representation in the monitoring committee
- Relevant partners have been identified and involved at the programming stage
- Relevant partners participate in the monitoring committee in line with their role as defined by the relevant rules
of procedure
- Actions are put in place to enable the participation of the partners across all stages of the programme cycle
- …
To what extent does the
programme respect or
promote in its
implementation the
horizontal principles?
- There are suitable organisational and procedural arrangements in place to ensure the respect of the charter of
fundamental rights of the EU in the programme implementation - Art. 9(1)
- There are suitable organisational and procedural arrangements in place which ensure that appropriate steps are
taken to take into account and promote gender equality and gender mainstreaming across all stages of the
preparation, implementation, monitoring, reporting and evaluation of the programme - Art. 9(2)
- There are suitable organisational and procedural arrangements in place that allow taking appropriate steps to
prevent discrimination on all grounds and across all stages of the programming cycle - Art. 9(3)
- The programme has suitable arrangements that ensure that implementation is aligned with the objective
promoting sustainable development, as set out in Article 11 TFEU, taking into account the UN Sustainable
Development Goals, the Paris Agreement and the "do no significant harm" principle - Art. 9(4)
- …
To what extent is the
programme effective in
- There is a communication strategy in place, with correctly identified target groups as well as relevant
monitoring arrangements, including appropriate and measurable targets for the communication activities
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
10
EV. Criterion Evaluation Question Indicative Judgement Criteria (to be customised by the evaluators)
communicating and
disseminating on its
opportunities as well as
achievements?
- Dissemination activities reach the target audience and are carried out through an appropriate mix of
communication channels and platforms, including social media, and generate interactions
- Funding opportunities are adequately advertised and reach the identified target group of potential beneficiaries
- …
Efficiency
To what extent does the
programme support cost-
effective measures?
- The programme supports types of interventions and types of actions that are known to be cost-effective, based
on available evidence, including relevant literature or the ex-post evaluation of the previous programme
- The early evidence coming from the operations indicates that the cost per unit is in line or below existing
benchmarks and estimates
- The differences in the cost per unit among similar operations within the same programme can be explained and
justified (e.g. by differences in the intensity or quality of the support offered, innovativeness, etc.)
- …
To what extent is the
management and control
system efficient?
- The management and control system, described as per the legal basis, aims to ensure efficiency in the selection
of operations, management tasks, work of the monitoring committee, fulfilment of accounting function and
recording and storing of data on each operation
- The administrative burden is proportionate for all implementing actors (Managing Authorities, Intermediate
Bodies), compared to the previous programming period/ similar services offered to comparable target groups
without the support of the programme
- The administrative burden is proportionate for all beneficiaries, compared to the previous programming period/
similar services offered to comparable target groups without the support of the programme
- The administrative burden is proportionate for all end-users, e.g. compared to the previous programming period/
similar services offered to comparable target groups without the support of the programme
- Absence of ‘gold-plating’ at the national level (e.g. from Managing Authorities, Intermediate Bodies, national
Audit Authorities), i.e. requirements are not interpreted more restrictively than the legal basis or relevant
documents providing methodological advice to the Member States and unless a justified reason exists
- Absence of ‘gold-plating’ at the EU level, i.e. requirements are not interpreted more restrictively then in the
legal basis and unless a justified reason exists
- Simplified cost options used create simplification on the ground
- Technical assistance is used to strengthen the management and control system when necessary
..
To what extent is further
simplification achievable?
How?
- There is evidence of legal requirements, rules of procedures or practices that create disproportionate
administrative burden at the EU or MS level, and concrete alternatives exist
- There is room for additional use of simplified cost options and financing not linked to costs options
- There is evidence of lack of coordination between the actors involved in the implementation of the programme,
resulting in e.g. lack of coherence, increased administrative burden, etc.
- There are issues with the electronic data exchange systems that create delays and can and should be addressed
- …
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
11
EV. Criterion Evaluation Question Indicative Judgement Criteria (to be customised by the evaluators)
Coherence
To what extent is the
programme coherent with
initiatives supported
under its policy domain,
in particular with support
under the thematic
facility across the
different management
modes?
- Structures, organisational arrangements or coordination mechanisms are in place which ensure coordination,
complementarities and, where relevant, synergies across the different management modes of the same
programme
- Coordination mechanisms and arrangements are used regularly and to good effect
- Alleged overlaps are in fact justified on objective grounds (e.g. same target group but different type of measure/
different need addressed/ different readiness of the type of funding support chosen)
- The programme is coherent with the current policy agendas at EU and national level
- There is evidence of inter-agency cooperation15
- …
To what extent is the
programme coherent with
other EU funds (including
other Home Affairs
funds), and in particular
with EU’s external
action?
- Structures, organisational arrangements or coordination mechanisms are in place which ensure coordination,
complementarities and, where relevant, synergies across other EU funds, in particular cohesion policy and EU’s
external action16
- Coordination mechanisms and arrangements are used regularly and to good effect
- Alleged overlaps are in fact justified on objective grounds (e.g. same target group but different type of measure/
different need addressed/ different readiness of the type of funding support chosen)
- The programme offers support to cross cutting policy agendas by complementing the support offered by other
EU funds
- …
EU Added
Value
To what extent is the
programme generating
EU added value?
- The programme focuses on areas, interventions and target groups where the results at the EU level can go
beyond what can be achieved by the Member States acting on their own. Amongst others:
o There is evidence of scope effects, i.e. of additional target groups addressed or additional types of
intervention offered
o There is evidence of scale effects, i.e. of a higher volume of services offered/end-users addressed
o There is evidence of function effects, i.e. of learning and increased capacity to manage the provision of
public support within the administrations involved
- There is no evidence of dependency, i.e. of systematic lack of investment based on national resources for
relevant services that are provided entirely through support from EU funds.
- …
15 Such as cooperation at EU level between the Member States, and between Member States and relevant EU bodies, offices and agencies, as well as cooperation at national level
among the competent authorities within each Member State. Cfr also section 2(.1) of the annual performance reports 16 In particular, e.g. the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument (NDICI) – Global Europe and the Instrument for Pre-accession assistance (IPA).
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
12
As explained further below, the evaluation questions and indicative judgement criteria cover a part of the
so called “evaluation matrix”, which is the core of the evaluation exercise.
Further tailoring is expected by the Managing Authorities and independent evaluators in order to:
- reflect the policy context and intervention logic of each programme and policy domain;
- add any programme-specific aspects, in line with the evaluation plans and needs of the Managing
Authority;
- match the indicative judgement criteria to the specific analytical methods, sources and
indicators/descriptors identified.
An example of an evaluation matrix is presented in section 1.4.2 below.
1.3. Who does what
As per the legal basis, the mid-term evaluation should be either carried out by external or internal experts
that are functionally independent. So it is pivotal that the independence requirement is respected, i.e. that:
- evaluators are impartial and unbiased, as they are neither concerned with the implementation of
the programme nor benefit from it, and are therefore able to draft the report based on a free and
evidence-based assessment; and
- evaluators are functionally independent from the actors involved in the implementation of the
programme.
In addition to the Managing Authority, several stakeholders are directly and indirectly involved in the
evaluation process. In the table below, a standard and indicative distribution of roles is presented, across
the different stages of the evaluation process. Whatever the specific arrangements at the Member State
level, it is important that a balanced representation17 of the different stakeholders is ensured by design
across the evaluation process.
Table 2 – overview of main actors and their role across the different phases of the mid-term evaluation
Actors/
Phases
Planning
(Jan – Sept 2023)
Implementation
(Sept 23 – Mar 24)
Follow up
(mid ‘24 – mid ‘25)
European
Commission
Provide methodological
support on the definition of
the general framework
Follow up and methodological
advice
Ensure that the finding of the
MS level evaluations feed into
the EU level mid-term
evaluation and future Impact
Assessment
Monitor on the follow up on the
recommendations at the MS
level
17 The possibility for partners, especially small organisations, to take an active role in the evaluation process may be
limited by external constraints. It is however good practice to try to support them in this process.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
13
Actors/
Phases
Planning
(Jan – Sept 2023)
Implementation
(Sept 23 – Mar 24)
Follow up
(mid ‘24 – mid ‘25)
Managing
Authorities18
Prepare the terms of
reference
Select the independent
evaluators
Ensure the involvement of
the partner in the design of
the evaluation
Validate the intervention logic
Provide data and feedback
Monitor that the requirements of
the Terms of Reference are
fulfilled
Take into account any
recommendation stemming
from the evaluations and report
to the monitoring committee on
the programme
implementation, or substantiate
the reasons not to do so
Monitoring
Committee/
Partners
Provide input and
suggestions into the
evaluation design
Highlight their evaluation
needs
Offer information or provide
feedback to the independent
evaluators as necessary
Provide an opinion of the
deliverables produced by the
evaluation
As part of the monitoring
committee, remain vigilant on
the follow up of the
recommendations
Independent
evaluators
Prepare a methodological
approach to the evaluation
and submit it to the
Managing Authority
Carry out the evaluation in line
with the quality standards
defined in the Terms of
Reference and any requests for
clarification from the Managing
Authority
May be asked to disseminate
the findings or clarify aspects
(within the scope of their
assignment and the timeframe
of the contract).
Beneficiaries
Should be included in the
consultation strategy and provide
feedback (e.g. questionnaires,
request for operation level data
where necessary)
Carry out their data provider role
as per the legal obligations
Should be involved in the
dissemination activities as
relevant.
May be a target group of a
recommendation (e.g. capacity
building)
Other
stakeholders
Should be included in the
consultation strategy, according
to their different roles
Are involved in dissemination
activities
As described further below in section 2.3, the evaluation plan will also clarify the roles and
responsibilities of the different actors across the evaluation process. It may be that the leading role on the
mid-term evaluation is assigned to a Steering Group/ Committee, normally chaired by the Managing
Authority but which can also include other members of the Monitoring Committee by virtue of their role
or expertise.
1.4. Recommended methods and approaches
1.4.1. Reconstruction of the intervention logic
In line with the better regulation tool #46, section 2.3, the starting point for an evaluation is the
reconstruction of the ‘log frame’ or ‘intervention logic’ of the programmes. An intervention logic is
18 As described below this table and in section 2.3, this role may be played by a dedicated steering group/ committee
tasked with evaluation activities within the Monitoring Committee.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
14
typically illustrated in the form of a diagram outlining the links between the needs identified, the support
offered, its output and results and the policy objectives.19 It should therefore delineate the key “causal
pathways” which characterise the programme. It is also normally accompanied with a narrative adding
any necessary explanations for the chart, describing for instance the actors that are expected to involved,
the sequence of certain strands which may or may not run in parallel, alert on possible unintended effects
or the nature and relevance of external factors.
In essence, the intervention logic aims to illustrate how the intervention is expected to work, including
identifying possible external factors which may help or hinder the achievement of the objectives.
The intervention logic not only is a communication and analytical tool that helps discuss with
stakeholders about the relationships between all relevant aspects of the policy intervention. But it also
allows to identify key interdependencies, assumptions and factors that may have an impact on the
implementation and achievement of the expected outcomes. In particular, the intervention logic is:
- a starting point for the definition and fine tuning of the evaluation questions and evaluation
matrix;
- an analytical tool that can help logically identify:
o any drivers of the problems to be tackled by the programmes that are not addressed by the
current set of inputs/ supported interventions;
o any factors that may have a bearing on the implementation of the programme, and
whether these are accounted for by the programme strategy;
o related policy interventions which may concur to the achievement of the same policy
objective or simply insist on the same/ similar target groups;
o any gaps in the monitoring system.
In connection to the last point, in the context of the mid-term evaluation, it is recommended that the
intervention logic is also used to identify possible areas where more or different data may be needed to
measure the progress towards the specific objectives of the programme, including possibly indicators
complementary to those in the performance framework defined in the legal basis. For instance, the
intervention logic may identify expected outcomes/ results that should result from the activities supported
by the interventions and would contribute to the achievement of the objectives, but are not measured by
the monitoring system. This is likely in the context of the 21-27 Home Affair Funds as certain result
indicators (e.g. on training of staff) are not meant to capture a change that can allow to directly conclude
on the progress towards the achievement of the related policy objective, but rather the direct and
immediate outcome of the support offered on those who receive it (i.e. not the society as a whole).
1.4.2. Evaluation matrix
The core component of any methodological approach to an evaluation is the evaluation matrix. An
evaluation matrix clarifies the link between the questions, the judgement criteria, the supporting
indicators or descriptors to be used, the sources to be used and the related methodological approach.
A theoretical example of an evaluation matrix is outlined below, based on one of the evaluation questions
presented above.
19 There is no mandatory structure for it, but a good practice is to consider the following: needs, objectives, inputs,
activities, expected outputs, results, impacts, external factors, other relevant policies in the field
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
15
Table 3 – theoretical example of an evaluation matrix
Eval.
Criteria
Evaluation
question
Judgement
Criteria
Descriptor or
Indicator
Methodological
Approach Sources
Effective
ness
How was the
involvement of
the relevant
partners ensured
across all stages
of the
programming,
implementation,
monitoring and
evaluation?
There is a strategy
in place to
identify, inform
and reach the
most relevant
partners and
which aims to
ensure their
balanced
representation in
the monitoring
committee
Relevant partners
have been
identified and
involved at the
programming
stage
Relevant partners
participate in the
monitoring
committee in line
with their role as
defined by the
relevant rules of
procedure
…
Existence of a
strategy with
dedicated
outreach activities
Number and types
of stakeholders
included in the list
of MC members
Attendance of
partners to the
MC meetings
Normative
judgements from
potential and
actual partners
Share of relevant
organisations
responding to the
survey that they
were aware of the
possibility to be
part of the MC
….
Mixed approach
covering
documentary
evidence and
normative
judgements
from
stakeholders.
Based on the
intervention
logic and legal
basis, a range of
potential
partners will be
identified.
A survey/ ad-
hoc interviews/
a focus group
will be carried
out to gather the
feedback from
the relevant
actors.
…..
Primary sources
Interviews/ Survey/
focus group with
potential and actual
partners, or relevant
experts
Interview with the MA
Secondary sources
MS programme
MA website (list of
committee members)
Annual performance
report submitted in
2023 and 2024, section
1.1
Documentation from
the monitoring
committee
….
A preliminary or partial evaluation matrix may be included by the Managing Authorities in the Terms of
Reference for this assignment, in order to define in more concrete terms the expectations for the
evaluation. It remains, of course, for the independent evaluators to complete/ complement and finalise the
evaluation matrix. In any event, this tool will allow the Managing Authority to gauge any methodological
choices made by the evaluators and thereby the quality of the evidence-base for the conclusions and
recommendations.
1.4.3. Needs assessment, stakeholders mapping and consultation strategy
The mid-term evaluation occurs at a time where most of the effects generated by the programme are yet to
materialise. However, it can and should be a convenient opportunity to verify whether the strategy
defined during the programme design and negotiations is still fit for purpose.
The starting point to assess the adequacy of the strategy is the reconstruction of the intervention logic.
In turn, the intervention logic is rooted in a review of the most important needs that the programme
should address, as well as their root causes.
Whilst a needs assessment entails a combination of different sources and analytical techniques, it is
inherently interlinked with the identification of any third parties that may or should be directly or
indirectly concerned by the programme, given their role or condition in the policy domain that is covered
by the programme.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
16
A stakeholders mapping is thus essential to the proper review of the needs that the programme is set to
address, but it is equally important to make sure that those who could contribute to the success of the
policy intervention (as well as its failure) are correctly accounted for and involved as necessary. Within
the pool of relevant stakeholders, the programme strategy normally also identifies the groups that should
be addressed with highest priority, i.e. the so called “target groups”.
For the purpose of the mid-term evaluation study, the stakeholder mapping and a critical review of their
needs and motives is also instrumental to the definition of a consultation strategy, and should notably
allow:
- sorting the stakeholders by their level of interest, influence, and expertise on the subject;
- a correct triangulation of the normative judgements. Different actors may respond strategically to
questions on the programme (i.e. have vested interests), or simply present the same matter from
complementary or opposing angles;
- reducing the risk of omitting ‘underserved’ groups; and
- the identification of existing networks, existing stakeholders lists, expert groups, to enrich the
evidence basis.
Thus, mapping and consulting the stakeholders is an integral component of a needs assessment, together
with a review of the relevant literature and available evidence on the theme, socio-economic indicators,
etc. Specialised techniques can be considered by the independent evaluators where relevant (e.g. social
network analysis methods). Further methodological advice on the stakeholder consultation can be found
in the better regulation toolbox, especially the tool #52, section three. Some inspiration could also be
drawn from tool #53 and #54.
1.4.4. Analysis of financial and physical progress
In addition to the review of any relevant evidence generated outside of the programme implementation
(e.g. academic and grey20 literature, normative judgements from the relevant stakeholders), all evaluations
should fully leverage on the data that is generated by the monitoring system of the Home Affairs Funds,
in line with the requirements laid down in the legal basis. These sources include, as a minimum:
- information on financial progress21, as stored in the monitoring system of the Managing
Authorities and reported in SFC2021;
- information from the common output and result indicators (also referred to as indicators on
“physical progress”) laid out in Annex VIII of the fund specific regulations and reported in
SFC2021;
- information from any programme-specific output and result indicators stored in the monitoring
system of the Managing Authority;
- information included in the annual performance reports; and
- any thematic study, survey or research activity carried out in the context of the programme
implementation.
When assessing quantitative data and information on the progress of the programme measured by the
standard monitoring system, it is critical that such a review be fully informed by knowledge on the
functioning of the monitoring systems, its rules, practices and, particularly, any related limitations.
Amongst others, it is worth recalling:
20 Research and materials developed and published outside of peer-reviewed journals, e.g. by institutions, practictioners, non-
governalmental organisations etc.
21 This includes the total eligible cost of the operation selected for support, the total eligible expenditure declared by beneficiaries
and paid but also data coming from the payment applications and accounts.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
17
- the importance of contextualising the information on performance based on qualitative
information on the programme implementation;
- the need to take into account the time lag between the start of the operations, the generation of
outputs and results and the materialisation of effects; 22
- the need to critically assess the quality of the information generated by the monitoring system,
including e.g. due to the fact that the categorisation by type of intervention is based on the logic
that only the “dominant code” is used23;and
- need to look at the progress towards the milestones but more broadly at the adequacy of the target
setting to make sure that the picture coming from the data reflects reality and can inform policy
making24 .
The annual performance reports and any discussions held during monitoring committees can be used to
contextualise the analysis of quantitative data. Triangulation with qualitative information, especially from
actors directly involved in the implementation of the operations traced by the monitoring system, should
always be ensured.
1.4.5. Summing up and research limitations
In coming to the studies’ conclusions, the independent evaluators should always aim to produce a
balanced assessment highlighting:
- the main findings, rooted in the intervention logic of the programme and stemming from a full
triangulation of qualitative and quantitative evidence, as well as a critical review of the normative
judgements from the consultation activities. The evaluators should also account for the impact of
non-response on the possibility to draw representative conclusions;
- any caveats and limitations to the findings based on a critical review of the methodological
approach, e.g. sources that are not available on time or not fully reliable, any missing information
that would be necessary to draw certain conclusions; etc.
- lessons learned, based on the critical reflections above.
It is also recommended that the mid-term evaluations are used to identify good practices,
particularly so if these are connected to any policy suggestion/ recommendation/ lessons learned, to make
the evaluation more informative and offer tangible examples of what could be done.
1.5. Format and recommended structure
A degree of standardisation in the presentation of the evaluation reports is highly recommended, to allow
the use and comparison of the evidence generated by the studies (e.g. in the context of meta-analyses).
Therefore, even though the evaluation module in SFC2021 will be unstructured25, it is recommended that
the final evaluation reports for the mid-term evaluations follow the structure presented below:
22 Any attempt to calculate unit costs or success rates of the interventions should be done by making reference to a comparable
reference population. For instance, if the 100% of the operation has been funded and only 50% of its outputs or results have
been recorded until now, a simple comparison between the total costs and the total output and results would be misleading
and should be avoided. 23 More granular information in possession of the Managing Authority may be used to account for this.
24 The achievement ratio (or target achievement) of milestone and targets can be a key indicator of the progress of the operations
towards the objectives of the programmes. However, the information is only helpful if the assumptions and methodology
used to calculate the milestone or target values are of good quality. Therefore, any analysis of target achievement should be
backed by consideration to the quality of the milestone and target values.
25 As per the case of the submission of the annual performance reports
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
18
- executive summary, by evaluation criteria, covering key findings and suggestions/
recommendations;
- background, including:
o policy background (literature review, needs assessment and description of the fund);
o summary of the methodological approach, delineating the main features of the
consultation strategy, analytical methods used and main limitations (the full
methodological approach, evaluation matrix, bibliography etc. should normally be placed
in an Annex);
- reconstruction and description of the intervention logic;
- state of play (progress of operations, from a procedural, financial and physical point of view);
- evaluation findings, by criteria, question and Specific Objective;
- conclusions, covering lessons learned and related policy suggestions/ recommendations; and
- examples of good practices.
Since evaluation studies normally collect, review and assess an extensive amount of information, it is
paramount that the independent evaluators make their best efforts to:
- draft a report that is clear, well structured and concise (the body of the report should not exceed
100 pages. More detailed information should be included in the Annexes, if relevant);
- cross-reference any policy suggestions/ recommendations with the related evaluation findings, to
help the reader gauge the type, quality and coverage of the underlying evidence;
- draft a concise and decision-oriented executive summary, covering any lessons learned and their
supporting evidence; and
- avoid the use of jargon and acronyms to the extent possible, particularly in the executive
summary.
1.6. Terms of Reference
The Terms of Reference (ToR, but also ‘Task Specifications’) are a key document defining all aspects of
how an evaluation will be conducted. ToR are developed during the planning phase of the evaluation
process and are used to hire the evaluator on a competitive basis. Ensuring a high quality evaluation
depends on how accurate and well-specified the ToR are.
They should normally stay within a length of 10-15 pages and cover:
- the background, objectives and audience of the evaluation, explaining the links among them;
- the evaluation questions (and indicative judgement criteria, for further customisation);
- any required or recommended methodological approach, also specifying, where relevant26, what
are the main tasks expected from the evaluators (e.g. reconstruction of the intervention logic,
focus groups, interview or surveys, dissemination webinars, data mining/ analysis, social network
analysis, etc.) and the main deliverables;
- the available sources (e.g. monitoring data, annual performance reports, documents of the
monitoring committees, previous evaluations or studies, ad-hoc surveys etc.);
26 The Managing Authority is free to decide whether to draft a rather prescriptive or more open section on the required tasks and
methodological approach, hence relying on the judgement of the independent evaluators for the identification of the most
appropriate mix of analytical tools and sources necessary to respond to the evaluation questions. Whatever the choice, the
Managing Authority should always have an sound understanding of the reasonable methodological approaches which could
be used to generate good quality evidence to address the evaluation questions. This is necessary not least for a proper
assessment of the technical offers received by the candidate independent evaluators.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
19
- the timeline for the main tasks, deliverables27 and meetings;
- the management arrangements (e.g. role and responsibilities of the evaluator and evaluation
client, the role and involvement of other parties);
- composition of the evaluation team and required competencies; and
- the resources available to conduct the evaluation and the arrangements for the payment.
In order to provide an additional safety net and ensure that the contractors' final report is of high editorial
quality, it is recommended to consider including the following clause in the ToR: "In view of its
publication, the final report by the contractors must be of high editorial quality. If the contractor does not
manage to produce a final report of high editorial quality within the timeframe defined by the contract,
the contracting authority can decide to have the final report professionally edited at the expense of the
contractor (e.g. by deducting these costs from the final payment)."
1.7. Procedural aspects and next steps
As per Figure 1 at the beginning of this note, the Managing Authorities are invited to:
- provide feedback to this draft note during and/ or as a follow up to the webinar;
- take note of any revisions included in this document as a result of the discussions and shared with
the Home Affairs Funds committee;
- work on the Terms of Reference of the mid-term evaluations, leveraging upon the methodological
advice contained in this note and its forthcoming consolidation;
- refer to their Geographical Desk Officers across all phases of the preparation and implementation
of their mid-term evaluations in case of doubts or need for clarification;
- assess their internal needs also in terms of administrative capacity and expertise to manage the
evaluation studies as well as the possible need to rely on technical assistance for training or
methodological support.
The Commission will follow up with the Managing Authorities on a forthcoming webinar on the ex-post
evaluations ‘14-20, on which occasion further doubts can be shared and a state of play on the preparatory
works will be gathered.
As per the legal basis, the formal deadline for the submission of the mid-term evaluation is March 2024.
If, due to the specific situation of certain programmes or objective difficulties in the contracting out of the
study in the early stages of the programme implementation, Managing Authorities were unable to meet
such deadline for the final report, ad-hoc exchanges with the Commission should be launched to assess
the possibility of a revised schedule as well as the sharing of any intermediate deliverables by the legal
deadline.
The transmission of the mid-term evaluations will occur via SFC2021. An unstructured module is planned
– hence the Managing Authorities should be able to upload the report and any relevant annexes directly
into the SFC2021 system. Further communications will follow on this subject, to cover any additional
practical instructions on the upload of the evaluations.
27 It is always recommended to plan intermediate deliverables such as: (i) an inception report, presenting a fine-tuning of the
methodological approach and a consolidated reconstruction of the intervention logic/ assessment of possible information
gaps and remedy strategies (ii) an interim and/ or a draft final report, where the intermediate findings can be reviewed with
those responsible for the evaluation in due time.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
20
2. EVALUATION PLAN OF THE 2021-2027 PROGRAMMES
2.1. Rationale
The main purpose of an evaluation plan is to make sure that adequate evidence for the policy makers and
programme managers is available to them in time to make well informed policy and management
decisions. In essence, the evaluation plans aims to make sure that there is information available on what
works well or less well, and recommendations on how to improve on that, by the time this information
can be used to good effect.
The evaluation plan is a strategic document, outlining the “evidence gathering” strategy in line with the
intervention logic of the programme, which evolves along with the new knowledge generated by the
monitoring and evaluation activities progressively being carried out.
The evaluation plan is also meant to increase the quality and standardisation in the evidence produced
across programmes and Member States, so that it is possible to run meta-analyses28, comparing and
contrasting findings coming from different policy and implementation context, identifying patterns and
devising evidence-based proposal for improvements.
It is worth mentioning that, over recent years, the Home Affairs Funds have seen a substantial revision
and strengthening of their monitoring arrangements, with increasing efforts on data collection, data
quality and the performance-orientation of the funds. This followed the recommendations included in the
interim evaluations ‘14-20 and subsequent reports, including from the European Court of Auditors, as
well as the inclusion into the framework of the Common Provisions Regulation.
In this context, the evaluation plan comes as a novelty for the Home Affairs Funds. This can require,
amongst others, to follow a gradual and iterative approach to the planning of the evaluations, as the
knowledge on evaluation methods, questions, techniques and data availability is likely to evolve with the
finalisation of the set-up of the monitoring systems and, especially, the mid-term evaluations. Therefore,
in presenting the structure and contents of the evaluation plan in the sections below, attention is also paid
to areas where Managing Authorities may need to wait until the mid-term evaluation to finalise their
overall evaluation strategy.
2.2. Scope
To fulfil its purpose, an evaluation plan should:
- include a conceptualisation of the evaluation strategy, as good quality evaluation can only be
done based on:
o a sound review of the intervention logic of the programme and the related existing
evidence, to identify areas where knowledge gaps may exist;
o relevant and timely data, which, in turn, needs to be identified and gathered via
monitoring activities according to the specific methods envisaged to address specific
evaluation needs;
o adequate techniques, tailored to the evaluation questions and data availability. To name
but one, the ex-post evaluation 21-27 will require an assessment of the impact of the
programmes. Impact evaluation may require the application of experimental or quasi-
experimental techniques that aim to identify a control group and reconstruct a
hypothetical situation – the so called ‘counterfactual’ scenario, i.e. a fictitious
representation of what would have happened had the intervention not taken place. These
28 A meta-analysis is essentially a study that uses other studies as its unit of observation. It is a comparative review that aims to
generalise context-specific findings with a view to drawing common lessons.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
21
techniques may need to rely on micro-data or other quantitative and econometric
approaches that, in turn, are based on specific assumptions and require advance planning;
o adequate resources and expertise: time constraints and market conditions can affect the
generation of evidence that is of good quality and can really provide input in the policy
cycle. Data protection issues may also impact the possibility to apply certain techniques,
therefore support may be planned also to tackle such issues.
- be updated as new needs are identified and / or gaps appear, as informing the policy cycle is
an iterative process and research carried out can identify gaps to be filled in subsequent studies;
- clarify the distribution of roles and responsibilities, to make sure that all the actors involved in
the evaluation process are aware of their respective roles and can plan their activities accordingly;
- pay heed to the follow up and dissemination of the evaluation findings, as knowledge
generated via evaluation is only useful if it contributes to better awareness and improved decision
making.
In terms of the objective scope of the evaluation plan, as per the legal basis:
- it can cover more than one programme;
- it should cover at least the mid-term evaluation and retrospective impact evaluation (and the
entire timeframe of the programme);
- it can cover additional elements, such as:
o dedicated thematic studies (e.g., the evaluation of communication and visibility activities,
studies on simplification measures, studies on the implementation of horizontal
principles, ad-hoc surveys; etc.);
o sampling methods to fill in the data for the result indicators collected 3 months after the
exit from the operation;
- for each evaluation or study included in the evaluation plan, it should provide adequate
information on the aim and scope of the study, methods and data requirements, duration and
tentative date, estimated budget etc., as per section 2.3 below.
As already anticipated, and further explained in section 2.3 and 2.5 below, it is not expected that the
evaluation plans will cover impact evaluations in great detail at the time of their first submission.
The focus will thus lie on the organisational arrangements and evaluation framework and, in terms of the
planned studies, the mid-term evaluation, any thematic or ad-hoc studies, as well as methods to collect
data for the “longer-term” result indicators (i.e. those collected three months after the participants left the
operations) or surveys to fill in gaps in the standard monitoring systems29.
2.3. Structure
Therefore, and in line with the practice in the other programmes covered by the CPR, an evaluation plan
should typically be organised around three main elements:
- Objectives, coverage and coordination. This section should normally describe:
o the purpose of the plan, so that all the involved stakeholders are aware of it;
29 It may be that, based on the review of the intervention logic, certain relevant outcomes are not fully measured by the
monitoring system of the programmes (e.g. placement outcomes of migrants in integration measures, user satisfaction for
system developed, trainings offered etc.). It is natural that not all the relevant data can be collected on a systematic basis due
to the cost and burden related to systematic data collection activities. This is where ad-hoc surveys (e.g. once or twice during
the programming period) may help generate relevant knowledge on important outcomes of the programme, at a
proportionate cost.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
22
o its coverage, thus specifying which programmes and studies it covers, what are the
evaluation criteria to be addressed, what are the priority areas of research. This is an
important element as it implies reviewing the currently existing evidence (e.g. from
previous evaluations or relevant studies) and focus the plan on any existing gaps;
o coordination and exchange with other managing authorities on planning of evaluations,
methods, exchange of findings. Coordination with relevant partners such as universities
and research centres should also be considered in this context.
- Evaluation Framework:
o responsibilities and governance: to clarify who is in charge of the implementation of
the plan,30 whether specific sub-groups tasked with evaluation activities exist within the
monitoring committee, what is the involvement of the partners (including in the sub-
groups concerned with evaluation activities, and in line with Article 16 of the European
Code of Conduct on partnerships31), what is the source of evaluation expertise.
o overall budget and timetable: this is to identify appropriate resources as well as the
timeliness of the information, including in the case of dedicated data-collection exercises.
o criteria to select the independent evaluators or technical assistance: this is to clarify
the arrangements used to make sure that the evaluators are functionally independent from
the authority responsible for the implementation of the programme and that there is no
bias, i.e. that they are free to present their results without undue interference while still
taking into account the comments from the steering group leading the evaluation; it
should also serve to outline any quality requirement for the individuals or companies
contracted out for this exercise;
o other: whether a training programme for those involved in the evaluation work is
foreseen, communication and dissemination activities, a quality management strategy.
- planned evaluations, studies and data collection activities: this section should list the planned
evaluation, studies and data collection activities and provide more detail into them. As a
minimum, the list will cover the mid-term evaluation and the retrospective/ex-post evaluation, but
thematic studies and other ad-hoc research activities can be included (and should be included
whenever they are planned). For each study/ evaluation/ related activity, this section should
clarify:
o The rationale, scope and evaluation/research questions
o Methods and data requirements: particular heed should be paid to the area of impact
evaluation, to identify possible data gaps (e.g. micro-data on participants or on a valid
control group)
o Duration and tentative date
o Estimated Budged
30 It is good practice to nominate a responsible of the evaluation within the Managing Authority and a back-up in order to ensure
the continuity of the service. It is also good practice to include a steering group for the evaluation work, which could be a
sub-group of the monitoring committee. The SG should normally be balanced in terms of the technical expertise as well as
the different stakeholders that may be represented within it. 31 As per Article 16 (1) of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 240/2014 of 7 January 2014 on the European code of
conduct on partnership in the framework of the European Structural and Investment Funds “Managing authorities shall
involve the relevant partners in the evaluation of programmes within the framework of the monitoring committees and,
where appropriate, specific working groups established by the monitoring committees for this purpose”
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
23
There is no minimum or maximum length for an evaluation plan. Practice shows that it can normally
range from 5 to over 50 pages, including annexes. In any event, the evaluation plan should be intended as
a sufficiently flexible tool, that can and should be updated as new needs arise.
In addition, the extent to which certain evaluation questions or methods for evaluations that
happen at a distance in the future can be detailed should be proportionate to the status of the
programmes and level of knowledge on the evaluation needs. See in particular section 2.5 for a
description of the expectations on the first submission of the evaluation plan.
However, to ensure good quality evaluations planning is pivotal. Evaluation is only useful to policy
making if it focuses on the main knowledge needs but, to do so, it requires adequate arrangements to
collect systematically data from the ground, or plan in advance specific research strategies.
The drafting of the evaluation plan is the opportunity to reflect on the needs and necessary steps to
address them, with the support of the monitoring committee, partners and the European Commission.
2.4. Who does what
The different actors involved in the drafting, assessment, implementation and review of the evaluation
plan are summarised in the table below.
Table 4 – overview of main actors and roles across the different phases of an evaluation plan
Actors/
Phases
Preparation
(Up to 12 months
from the decision
approving the
programme)
Review and Acceptance
(From 2 months before
the presentation of the
EV.P to the MC for
approval)
Implementation and follow up
(From the approval of the MC, until the end of
the programming period)
European
Commission
Provide
methodological
support and define
the structure
Provide comments on
drafts
Monitor implementation of the plan at the
performance review meetings
Can request or recommend reviews according
in case of substantial contextual changes
Managing
Authority
Draft the plan, with
the help of
technical assistance
if necessary
Submit the plan to the
EC via SFC and adjust
where necessary
Monitor the implementation, report on it at
Monitoring committees and performance
review meetings
Draft action plans if necessary
Independent
evaluators/
Technical
assistance
May support the
drafting or review
of the evaluation
plan
May assist MAs in the
review of the evaluation
plan
Carry out the evaluations/ thematic studies/ data
collection activities
Monitoring
Committee
May provide inputs
and comments on
drafts
Approve the first version
and any subsequent
revisions of the
evaluation plan
Monitor that the evaluation plan is advancing
according to plans, in the context of the
monitoring committee meetings and
performance review meetings, in line with the
European Code of Conduct on Partnership32
Can contribute to the drafting of action plans
that are based on the findings/recommendations
from the evaluations
32 https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/93c4192d-aa07-43f6-b78e-f1d236b54cb8
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
24
Actors/
Phases
Preparation
(Up to 12 months
from the decision
approving the
programme)
Review and Acceptance
(From 2 months before
the presentation of the
EV.P to the MC for
approval)
Implementation and follow up
(From the approval of the MC, until the end of
the programming period)
Stakeholders
May be consulted
ad-hoc to gather
feedback on
evaluation needs.
Provide ad-hoc input in the evaluation activities
Are informed about the conclusions and follow
up of the evaluations
Should be able to consult or download the latest
approved evaluation plan on the Managing
Authority website.
2.5. Process and suggested approach to the first submission of the evaluation plan
The evaluation plans need to be submitted to the Monitoring Committee within one year of the decision
approving the programme.
The Commission services do not formally approve the plan. However, in order to allow the COM to carry
out its advisory role and provide suggestions on the plan, Managing Authorities are kindly invited to
submit, whenever possible, a draft version of the plan via SFC2021 in the dedicated module under
Evaluation/ Evaluation Plan33 two months before the planned Monitoring Committee for its approval. The
module in SFC is unstructured, and allows uploading files in different formats. Managing Authorities
should upload a word version of the document for the review of Commission Services.
Whilst there are no strict deadlines as there is no formal procedure for the review of the plan by the
Commission, the Commission should provide feedback within one month to allow the Managing
Authority to take into account the comments and to send a version for approval to the Monitoring
Committee according to the dedicated rules of procedure.
If, due to time constraints, it is not possible for the Managing Authority to upload the evaluation plan in
SFC2021 two months ahead of its submission to the Monitoring Committee, the plan will be submitted to
the Monitoring Committee and uploaded in SFC2021 concurrently. The Commission should normally
provide suggestions within one month.34
The evaluation plan should already formally cover the impact evaluation to be carried out by June 2029.
However, the specific features of an impact evaluation35 mean that further work may be necessary to
develop a standard framework for such purpose, including based on the findings of the mid-term
33 The document type to be selected is “Evaluation Plan – Article 44”. The document created by the Managing
Authorities should be “sent” to the Commission for it to be visible, otherwise it will only be visible to the
Managing Authority. As the module is unstructured, there is no versioning applied (e.g. 1.0, 1.1 etc.). The fields
“Version approved by MC” and “Approval date” should remain blank for the versions that have not been yet
approved.
34 The Managing Authority and Commission services should normally liaise to agree on a suitable schedule for the
drafting of any suggestions, as well as submission of any revised evaluation plan for the approval of the
Monitoring Committee.
35 For example, the need for an assessment of the funds contribution to the policy objectives35 and an investigation into the
“attribution” question, i.e. to what extent the observed changed can be ascribed to the programme and not to external factors.
It is worth recalling that Contribution analysis is a typology of evaluation that focuses on the theory of change, investigating
the logical links between the different elements of an intervention logic and should respond to the question of “why” certain
changes have happened with the contribution of the programme. It relies mostly on qualitative evidence and cannot precisely
disentangle the extent to which the observed changed can be ascribed to the intervention or to contextual factors.
Webinar on the key elements for the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plan – Background Note
25
evaluations 21-27 and the review of the monitoring systems. Notably, one of the questions of the mid-
term evaluation refers to the suitability of the current monitoring arrangements to generate adequate
evidence for an assessment of the impacts by the end of the programming period. The evaluation findings
are expected to provide input into the design of the impact evaluation. Important experience on the
assessment of the impact of the programmes will also be gained in the context of the ex-post evaluations
14-20, to be submitted by the end of 2024.
Therefore, Managing Authority are suggested to use the opportunity of the first version of the evaluation
plan to start reflecting on their overall evaluation needs, framework and dissemination strategy. The
detailed list of evaluations will include the ex-post evaluations as per the legal basis, but will cover in
greater detail: (i) the mid-term evaluation; (ii) any thematic or ad-hoc studies; as well as (iii) dedicated
data collection activities (e.g. in the case of result indicators to be collected three months after leaving an
operation). Managing Authorities are invited to wait until methodological advice on the impact evaluation
is produced by the Commission, also based on the evidence stemming from the mid-term evaluation,
before detailing their full methodological approach to it in the evaluation plan.
Finally, Managing Authorities are invited to upload the consolidated and approved version of the plan in
SFC2021, ticking the box “Version approved by MC” and indicating the approval date.
Electronically signed on 22/05/2023 21:00 (UTC+02) in accordance with Article 11 of Commission Decision (EU) 2021/2121
Hankeleping {regNumber}
{regDateTime}
Siseministeerium, keda esindab kantsleri 11. juuli 2022. a käskkirja nr 1-5/62 „Volituste andmine varade valdkonna eest vastutavale asekantslerile“ punkti 1 alusel varade asekantsler Piret Lillevä li
(edaspidi tellija) ühelt poolt
ja
……………., kelle esindajaks on ……… alusel ……………………(edaspidi täitja) teiselt poolt,
edaspidi ka pool või ühiselt pooled, sõlmisid järgmise hankelepingu (edaspidi leping).
1. LEPINGU SÕLMIMISE ALUS JA LEPINGU ESE
1.1. Leping sõlmitakse riigihangete seaduse (edaspidi RHS) § 15 lõike 2 ja § 48 lõike 1 alusel läbi
viidud avatud hankemenetlusega riigihanke „Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga- , Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi (AMIF), Sisejulgeolekufondi (ISF) ning Piirihalduse ja
viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI) vahehindamine“ (viitenumber 270392) (edaspidi riigihange) tulemusel täitjaga kui riigihankes edukaks tunnistatud pakkumuse esitanud pakkujaga.
1.2. Tellija sõlmib lepingu täitjaga, tuginedes täitja poolt riigihankele esitatud pakkumusele
(edaspidi pakkumus), lepingus fikseeritud täitja avaldustele ja kinnitustele ning eeldades heas usus täitja professionaalsust ja võimekust lepingut nõuetekohaselt täita.
1.3. Lepingu esemeks on riigihanke tingimustele vastav ning käesolevas lepingus ja selle lahutamatutes osades sätestatud tingimustel ja korras perioodi 2021–2027 Euroopa Liidu siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide: Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi (AMIF),
Sisejulgeolekufondi (ISF) ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI) vahehindamine (edaspidi nimetatud ka vahehindamine) ning kolme hindamisaruande koostamine (edaspidi töö)
lähteülesandes toodud ja riigihankes sätestatud tingimustel. Eeltoodud 3 (kolm) rakenduskava kiitis Euroopa Komisjon heaks septembris ja oktoobris 2022. Rakenduskavade elluviimine toimub aastatel 2021-2029.
1.4. Lepingut rahastatakse Euroopa Liidu Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi tehnilise abi eelarvest.
2. LEPINGU OSAD
2.1. Lepingu lahutamatuteks osadeks on riigihanke alusdokumendid, sh alusdokumentide osaks
olev tehniline kirjeldus, täitja pakkumus, täitja poolt RHS § 30 lõike 3 alusel tellijale esitatud pakkumuse täpsustused, pooltevahelised kirjalikud teated ning kõik sõlmitavad lepingu
muudatused ja lisad.
2.2. Kõik lepingu muudatused sõlmitakse kirjalikult lepingu lisadena, mis jõustuvad pärast nende allkirjastamist poolte poolt või poolte määratud tähtajal.
2.3. Lepingu osaks ei loeta poolte varasemaid tahteavaldusi ega kokkuleppeid, mis ei sisaldu lepingus või lepingu lahutamatuteks osadeks olevates dokumentides. Samuti ei oma lepingu
suhtes tähendust poolte varasem käitumine.
2.4. Lepinguga samaaegselt allkirjastatavaks lisaks on üleandmise-vastuvõtmise akti vorm (lisa 1).
3. LEPINGU TÄITMINE
3.1. Töö peab olema valmis, ehk kolm lõpparuannet koos kõigi asjakohaste dokumentidega, peab
tellijale vastuvõtmiseks olema esitatud hiljemalt 15.03.2024.
3.2. Tööd antakse üle kahes etapis, millest esimene osa on lähtearuande esitamine ja teine osa on kolme vahehindamise lõpparuande (eraldi AMIF, ISF ja BMVI rakenduskava kohta) esitamine.
3.2.1. Juhul, kui lepingu täitmise käigus selgub, et planeeritud ajakavas või tegevustes on
vajalik teha muudatusi, siis on see poolte vahel kooskõlastatult lubatud, tingimusel, et sellest ei muutu lepingu olulised tingimused, sh ei tohi pikeneda lõpparuande üleandmise
tähtaeg ega punktis 5.1 nimetatud lepingu hind. 3.3. Tellijal on õigus anda täitjale lepingu täitmisel juhiseid, kutsuda kokku koosolekuid, samuti on
pooltel õigus esitada ettepanekuid, mis ei välju lepingus kokkulepitu raamest ega moonuta
lepingu sisu, on mõistlikud ja vajalikud lepingu eesmärgi nõuetekohaseks saavutamiseks.
3.4. Täitja on kohustatud töö teostama kvaliteetselt ning vastavalt lepingus ja lepingu osades
sätestatud tingimustele. Lepingu alusel koostatavad dokumendid koostatakse eesti keeles (koos eesti ja ingliskeelse kokkuvõttega) ning esitatakse tellijale kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis.
3.5. Tellijal on õigus igal ajal saada informatsiooni töö teostamise kohta ning kontrollida lepingu täitmise käiku.
3.6. Pool on kohustatud informeerima teist poolt probleemidest, mis takistavad või tõenäolise lt võivad takistada lepingu nõuetekohast täitmist.
3.7. Täitja on kohustatud teavitama sihtrühma ning avalikkust, et tegevusi viiakse ellu
siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide abil, tähistama kõik toetuse kasutamise raames tekkivad autoriõiguse objektid ning lepingu alusel valminud dokumendid asja- ja nõuetekohaste
logodega vastavalt Vabariigi Valitsuse 12. mai 2022. a määrusele nr 54 „Perioodi 2021–2027 ühtekuuluvus- ja siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide vahendite andmisest avalikkuse teavitamine“ lisale 2.
3.8. Täitja peab 6 (kuue) kuu jooksul lõpparuande tellija poolt vastuvõtmisest arvates olema tellija le kättesaadav täiendavate kirjalike ja suuliste selgituste andmiseks.
3.9. Täitja kohustub kasutama töö teostamisel meeskonnaliikmeid, kelle ta on esitanud lepingu sõlmimise aluseks olevas riigihanke pakkumuses. Juhul, kui lepingu täitmisel tekib vajadus meeskonnaliikmete asendamiseks, peab asendatava isiku kogemuse ja pädevus olema vähemalt
samaväärne. Meeskonnaliikmete asendamine või täiendava meeskonnaliikme lisamine võib toimuda ainult tellija kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis antud nõusolekul.
4. ÜLEANDMINE-VASTUVÕTMINE
4.1. Täitja esitab tellijale vastuvõtmiseks punktis 3.2 nimetatud valmis lähtearuande ja
lõpparuanded:
4.1.1. Lähtearuandes peavad olema kajastatud vahehindamise eesmärk ja lähteülesanne, kõik
lepingu raames läbiviidavad tegevused ja väljundid, tööde täpsustatud ajakava ja tähtajad, hindamisprotsessi ning andmestiku kättesaadavuse ja usaldusväärsuse analüüsil põhinev metoodika üksikasjalik kirjeldus, sh intervjuude ja/või küsitlus te
teemad ja küsitletavate/intervjueeritavate nimekiri, riskide analüüs, hindamisaruande struktuur ja muu tellijaga kokkulepitud asjakohane teave.
4.1.2. Iga lõpparuanne koosneb vastava rakenduskava (AMIF, ISF ja BMVI), selle meetmete, tegevuste ja projektide elluviimisega seotud tähelepanekutest, leidudest, järeldustest ning soovitustest (iga fondi kohta eraldi ja samuti horisontaalsed). Lõpparuanded tuleb
esitada eesti keeles koos eesti- ja ingliskeelse kokkuvõttega (executive summary). Lõpparuannetega koos tuleb tellijale üle anda ka kõik taustamaterja lid
(intervjuuankeedid, küsitluste küsimustikud, andmebaasid jne). 4.1.3. Töö teostaja tutvustab hindamise tulemusi kahe kuu jooksul lõpparuannete üleandmise-
vastuvõtmise akti allkirjastamisest tellija poolt korraldataval seminaril. Kolm esitlusfa i li
hindamistulemuste kokkuvõtetega valmistab ette töö teostaja ja annab hankijale üle pärast esitluste tegemist.
4.2. Dokumendid esitatakse tellijale vastuvõtmiseks koos vastava üleandmise-vastuvõtmise aktiga. Kui tellijal puuduvad vastuvõtmiseks esitatud dokumentide osas märkused, allkirjastab tellija üleandmise-vastuvõtmise akti, millega loetakse vastavalt kas vahearuanne või lõpparuanne
vastu võetuks.
4.2.1. Juhul kui tellija ei pea vastuvõtmiseks esitatud töid või dokumente lepingu nõuetele
vastavaks, määrab ta täitjale tähtaja puuduste kõrvaldamiseks. 4.2.2. Juhul kui täitja ei nõustu puudusi kõrvaldama või ei kõrvalda neid tellija määratud
tähtaja jooksul, on tellijal, sõltuvalt esinevatest puudustest, õigus tööd mitte vastu võtta,
võtta see vastu puudustega ja vajadusel alandada töö teostamise eest makstavat tasu. Samuti on tellijal sellisel juhul õigus võtta puuduste kõrvaldamise vastutus endale ning
nõuda tellijalt puuduste kõrvaldamiseks tehtud kulutuste hüvitamist. 4.3. Üleandmise-vastuvõtmise aktid valmistab ette täitja ja esitab omapoolse allkirjaga tellija le
allkirjastamiseks koos üleantavate dokumentidega. Aktid tuleb allkirjastada digitaalselt või kui
see ei ole võimalik, siis paberil 2 (kahes) eksemplaris, millest 1 (üks) allkirjastatud eksemplar jääb täitjale ja teine tellijale. Üleandmise-vastuvõtmise akte on volitatud allkirjastama punktis
12 nimetatud poolte kontaktisikud.
4.3.1. Juhul, kui tellija ei allkirjasta talle allkirjastamiseks esitatud üleandmise-vastuvõtmise akti ega määra täitjale 10 (kümne) tööpäeva jooksul lähtearuande või lõpparuande
vastuvõtmiseks saamisest tähtaega puuduste kõrvaldamiseks, on täitjal õigus lugeda üleandmise-vastuvõtmise aktiga üle antavad dokumendid tellija poolt vastu võetuks.
5. LEPINGU MAKSUMUS JA TASUMISE TINGIMUSED
5.1. Tellija tasub täitjale nõuetekohaselt teostatud ja tellija poolt vastu võetud tööde eest kokku
………… (……………………) eurot, millele lisandub käibemaks vastavalt Eesti Vabariigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele (edaspidi lepingu hind). Lepingu hind on tellija jaoks lõplik ega kuulu
tõstmisele inflatsiooni või mistahes muu põhjuse tõttu.
5.2. Tellija tasub täitjale lepingu hinna kahes osas, millest esimene osa tasutakse pärast lähtearuande esitamist ja teine osa pärast punktis 3.2 nimetatud kõigi kolme vahehindamise lõpparuande
(eraldi AMIF, ISF ja BMVI rakenduskava kohta) esitamist iga rakenduskava kohta:
5.2.1. esimese osa makse 25 % lepingu hinnast ehk ………….. (……………………..) eurot
(ilma käibemaksuta) tasub tellija täitjale pärast seda kui poolte kontaktisikud on allkirjastanud lähtearuande üleandmise-vastuvõtmise akti;
5.2.2. teise osa makse 75 % lepingu hinnast ehk ………… (………………………) eurot
(ilma käibemaksuta) tasub tellija täitjale pärast seda kui poolte kontaktisikud on allkirjastanud kolme lõpparuande üleandmise-vastuvõtmise aktid.
5.3. Täitjale makstava tasu arvelt loetakse kaetuks kõik lepingu tingimuste nõuetekohaseks täitmiseks vajalikud kulutused.
5.4. Täitja esitab tellijale Eesti e-arve standardile vastavad e-arved1.
5.4.1. Täitja poolt esitatavatel arvetel peab lisaks standardis nimetatud andmetele olema viide riigihanke viitenumbrile 270392, lepingu numbrile, arve peab sisaldama informatsiooni
tellija kontaktisiku kohta (kontaktisiku ees- ja perekonnanimi) ning vastama kehtiva le käibemaksuseaduse nõuetele. Tellijal on õigus lepingu tingimustele mittevastavat arvet mitte tasuda ja nõuda arve lepingu tingimustega vastavusse viimist.
1 Kui müüja on e-arvete operaatori klient, tuleb tal e-arve edastada oma e-arvete operaatorile, kelle kaudu see jõuab
tellijani. Kui müüja ei ole e-arvete operaatori klient, on tal võimalik e-arvet tellijale saata tasuta, kasutades piiramatult ja
tähtajatult riigi poolt loodud e-arveldaja infosüsteemi (https://www.rik.ee/et/e-arveldaja) või kuni 5 (viis) e-arvet kuus
võib saata tasuta ka Fitek AS infosüsteemi kaudu (https://www.arved.ee), milleks on vaja avada viidatud aadressil
kasutaja konto ja sisestada konkreetne ostjale suunatud müügiarve antud infosüsteemi tellija e -arvete operaatorile
edastamiseks.
5.5. Tellija tasub arve 21 (kahekümne ühe) kalendripäeva jooksul nõuetekohase arve saamisest arvates. Arvel märgitud summa laekumise kohaks on täitja poolt arvel märgitud täitja arvelduskonto number.
5.6. Arve tasumise kuupäevaks loetakse vastava maksekorralduse riigikassale esitamise kuupäev.
6. KONFIDENTSIAALSUS
6.1. Pooled kohustuvad mitte avalikustama kolmandatele isikutele lepingu alusel saadud konfidentsiaalset informatsiooni, v.a seaduses sätestatud juhtudel.
6.2. Pooled täidavad kõiki kehtivaid andmekaitsealaseid, sh isikuandmete kaitse ja infoturvet puudutavaid õigusakte. Pooled edastavad konfidentsiaalset informatsiooni ainult nendele
isikutele, kes on lepingu täitmisega otseselt seotud ja kindlustavad, et need isikud on teadlikud ja täidavad konfidentsiaalsuse nõuet.
6.3. Konfidentsiaalse informatsiooni all mõistavad pooled lepingu täitmisel teatavaks saanud
isikuandmeid (sh poolte esindajate isikuandmed, oskusteave), turvaandmeid, informatsiooni, millele on kehtestatud juurdepääsupiirang ning muud teavet, mille avalikuks tulek võiks
kahjustada poolte huve.
6.4. Pooled tagavad lepingu täitmise ajal ja pärast lepingu lõppemist määramata tähtaja jooksul lepingujärgsete kohustuste täitmise käigus teineteiselt saadud teabe, mis on kas kirjalikus või
digitaalses vormis varustatud märkega "konfidentsiaalne" või millel on märge juurdepääsupiirangu kohta (eelkõige, kuid mitte ainult AvTS alusel), konfidentsiaalsuse ja ei
anna seda edasi ega võimalda sellele teabele juurdepääsu kolmandatele isikutele ilma teise poole sellekohase kirjaliku nõusolekuta. Vastavasisulise informatsiooni müümist, pakkumist või levitamist töövõtja või töövõtjaga seotud isiku poolt käsitletakse kui lepingu olulist
rikkumist. Lepingu alusel konfidentsiaalseteks andmeteks loetakse ka vahetult töö teostamisega tellija kohta ja struktuuritoetuste registri kasutamisel töövõtjale teatavaks saanud teave.
Töövõtjal ei ole õigust nimetatud teavet avaldada ega muul viisil töödelda.
6.5. Vastutus konfidentsiaalsuskohustuse täitmise eest lasub poolel kõigi isikute eest, kes on tema poolt lepingu täitmisele kaasatud.
6.6. Konfidentsiaalsusnõue kehtib tähtajatult. Tulenevalt konfidentsiaalse informatsiooni laadist on tellijal õigus seada täiendavaid nõuded ja/või juhised isikuandmete töötlemiseks.
6.7. Täitja ei avalikusta kolmandatele osapooltele töö tulemusi ega lepingu täitmisel loodud dokumente või lepingu täitmisel teatavaks saanud informatsiooni ilma tellija eelneva kirjaliku nõusolekuta isegi juhul, kui tegemist ei ole konfidentsiaalse informatsiooniga.
7. AUTORIÕIGUSED
7.1. Autoriõigused lepingu alusel teostatud töö tulemitele kuuluvad tellijale lepingus sätestatud tingimustel. Tasu autoriõiguste üleandmise ja litsentsimise eest sisaldub lepingu hinnas.
7.2. Tellijale kuuluvad töö tulemite osas kõik autori varalised õigused ja ainulitsents, kaasa arvatud
õigus lepingu täitmisel täitja poolt koostatud dokumente reprodutseerida, töödelda, levitada ja üldsusele kättesaadavaks teha mistahes vormis ja kandjal, ilma geograafiliste piiranguteta ning
tähtajatult. Varalised õigused ja ainulitsents loetakse tellijale üleläinuks üleandmise - vastuvõtmise akti allkirjastamisega poolte poolt.
7.3. Tellijal on õigus teha ise või tellida kolmandalt isikult töö tulemitele täiendusi ja muudatus i
täitjalt täiendavat luba taotlemata ja täitjat teavitamata tingimusel, et selliste täienduste ja muudatuste puhul on selgelt aru saada, et nende autoriks ei ole täitja. Kui see ei ole selge, peab
tellija täitjat eelnevalt teavitama ning andma täitjale võimaluse nõuda oma nime eemaldamist töö tulemitelt.
7.4. Tellijal on õigus lepingu alusel väljatöötatut vabalt kasutada, sh õigus anda lepingu alusel
loodut kolmandatele isikutele kasutamiseks.
8. POOLTE VASTUTUS
8.1. Pooled vastutavad lepingust tulenevate kohustuste rikkumise eest. Poole vastutus lepingu
rikkumisega tekitatud kahju eest on piiratud ühekordse lepingu hinnaga. Vastutuse piirangut ei kohaldata lepingu tahtliku rikkumise korral.
8.2. Täitja kannab kõik lepingu täitmise ning töö tellijale üleandmisega seotud riskid ja kulud kuni hetkeni, mil poolte kontaktisikud on allkirjastanud lõpparuande üleandmise-vastuvõtmise akti.
8.3. Täitja vastutab oma alltöövõtjate ja nende esindajate või töötajate tegevuse ja rikkumiste eest,
nagu enda tegude eest. Mis tahes lepingu osa alltöövõtu korras täitmise või alltöövõtja poolt lepingu mis tahes osa täitmise heakskiitmine tellija poolt ei vabasta täitjat ühestki tema
lepingujärgsest kohustusest. Täitja ei või oma lepingujärgseid kohustusi anda üle kolmanda le isikule ega kaasata oma lepingujärgsete kohustuste täitmiseks kolmandat isikut ilma tellija sellekohase kirjaliku nõusolekuta.
8.4. Juhul, kui tellija viivitab täitjale nõuetekohaselt esitatud arve alusel tasu maksmisega üle lepingus määratud tähtaja, on täitjal õigus nõuda ja tellijal kohustus tasuda viivist kuni 0,2 %
(null koma kaks protsenti) tasumisega viivitatud summast iga tasumisega viivitatud kalendripäeva eest.
8.5. Juhul, kui täitja viivitab lähtearuande või lõpparuande üleandmisega üle kokkulepitud tähtaja ,
on tellijal õigus nõuda ja täitjal kohustus tasuda leppetrahvi kuni 0,2% (null koma kaks protsenti) lepingu hinnast iga üleandmisega viivitatud kalendripäeva eest. Täitja ei vastuta
üleandmisega viivitamise eest juhul, kui viivitus tulenes vaid tellijast sõltuvatest asjaoludest. Lepingu muude sätete rikkumise tuvastamisel on tellijal õigus nõuda ning täitjal kohustus tasuda iga vastava rikkumise eest leppetrahvi kuni 2000 (kaks tuhat) eurot.
8.6. Konfidentsiaalsusklausli rikkumise tuvastamise korral on kahjustatud poolel õigus nõuda ja kohustust rikkunud poolel kohustus tasuda iga vastava rikkumise eest leppetrahvi kuni 10 000
(kümme tuhat) eurot. Leppetrahvi suuruse määratlemise õigus on leppetrahvinõuet esitaval poolel.
8.7. Leppetrahvid ja viivised tasutakse 21 (kahekümne ühe) kalendripäeva jooksul vastava nõude
saamisest arvates. Leppetrahvide ja viiviste nõudeõigus on 3 (kolm) kuud vastava rikkumise avastamisest arvates.
8.8. Lepingust tulenevate leppetrahvide maksmine, samuti tekitatud kahju hüvitamine, ei vabasta lepingut rikkunud poolt mistahes lepingust tulenevate kohustuste täitmisest.
8.9. Lepinguga võetud kohustuste mittetäitmise või mittenõuetekohase täitmisega tellijale või
kolmandatele isikutele tekitatud kahju korral kohustub täitja taastama kahju tekitamise le eelnenud olukorra või hüvitama kahju kandja poolt olukorra taastamiseks kantud kulud.
8.10. Pooled võivad kokkuleppel leppetrahvi, viivise või kahjuhüvitamise nõuet vähendada ja nõude asemel leppida kokku täiendavalt tehtavates muudes kohustustes tingimusel, et vastav kokkulepe on kooskõlas RHS §-ga 123. Poolel on õigus oma nõue teise poole nõudega
tasaarvestada.
8.11. Piiramata teisi lepingu sätteid, astub kumbki pool mõistlikke samme vähendamaks kahju, mis
on või võib olla aluseks mistahes lepingujärgsele kahju hüvitamise nõudele.
9. VÄÄRAMATU JÕUD
9.1. Pool ei vastuta lepingus sätestatud kohustuse täitmata jätmise või mittenõuetekohase täitmise eest juhul kui see on tingitud vääramatuks jõuks olevast asjaolust.
9.2. Vääramatuks jõuks lepingu tähenduses on igasugune poole tahtest sõltumatu ja sellele mitte alluv sündmus või asjaolu nagu näiteks tulekahju, sõjalise iseloomuga tegevus, korratus, üleujutus või muu loetletud tunnustele vastav sündmus või asjaolu, mis takistab või teeb
võimatuks poole lepingust tulenevate kohustuste nõuetekohase täitmise. Vääramatu jõud ei
hõlma sündmusi, mis on põhjustatud poole või tema töötajate hooletusest või tahtlikust tegevusest.
9.3. Vääramatu jõu asjaolude ilmnemisest peab pool, kes tahab oma kohustuste mittetäitmisel või
mittenõuetekohasel täitmisel vääramatu jõu asjaoludele tugineda, teatama sellest esimesel võimalusel teisele poolele.
9.4. Vääramatu jõu asjaolude toimest mõjutatud poole kohustuste täitmise tähtaeg pikeneb vääramatu jõu toime tähtaja võrra.
9.5. Juhul kui vääramatu jõud esineb või vääramatu jõu asjaolude ilmnemisel on tõenäoline, et
vääramatu jõud võib esineda kauem kui 30 (kolmkümmend) päeva, on pooltel õigus otsustada vääramatu jõu ilmnemise hetkeks täitja poolt teostatud töö tellijale üle anda. Selleks koostab
täitja vastava vaheülevaate või lõpparuande mahus, mis on vääramatu jõu ilmnemise hetkeks täitja poolt teostatud töödest tulenevalt võimalik. Tellijale esitatud dokumentide pinnalt hindavad pooled teostatud töö mahtu ning tellija saab sellisel juhul teha vastu võetud töö mahule
vastava väljamakse. Teostamata ja üle andmata tööde osas jätkub tegevuste elluviimine pärast vääramatu jõu asjaolude möödumist.
9.6. Poolel on õigus leping üles öelda juhul kui vääramatu jõud esineb kauem kui 120 (ükssada kakskümmend) päeva.
10. TEATED
10.1. Üks pool edastab lepinguga seotud teated teise poole lepingus märgitud aadressile. Aadressi
muutumisest on pool kohustatud koheselt informeerima teist poolt kirjalikult või kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis.
10.2. Pooltevahelised lepinguga seotud teated peavad olema esitatud kirjalikult, välja arvatud
juhtudel, kui sellised teated on informatsioonilise iseloomuga, mille edastamisel teisele poolele ei ole õiguslikke tagajärgi.
10.3. Poole kirjalik teade loetakse teise poole poolt kättesaaduks kui teade on üle antud allkirja vastu või kui teade on edastatud tähitud kirjana poole postiaadressil ja teate postitamisest on möödunud 5 (viis) kalendripäeva. Poole elektrooniline teade, mis on edastatud teise poole
kontaktisiku e-posti aadressile, loetakse poole poolt kättesaaduks samal päeval, kui elektrooniline kiri on saadetud enne kella 17:00. Pärast kella 17:00 saadetud elektrooniline kiri
loetakse kättesaaduks järgmisel tööpäeval.
11. LEPINGU KEHTIVUS
11.1. Leping jõustub selle sõlmimisel. Leping loetakse sõlmituks hilisemast allakirjuta mise kuupäevast ja kehtib kuni pooled on oma kohustused nõuetekohaselt täitnud või lõppemiseni
muul ettenähtud alusel.
11.2. Tellija võib lepingu igal ajal põhjendatud vajaduse korral üles öelda, teatades sellest täitjale vähemalt 2 (kaks) nädalat ette ning sellisel juhul on tellija kohustatud tasuma täitjale lepingu
ülesütlemise momendiks nõuetekohaselt teostatud töö eest, mis tellijale üle antakse.
11.3. Juhul, kui täitja ei ole lõpparuannet tellijale vastuvõtmiseks esitanud hiljemalt 3 (kolme) nädala
möödumisel vastavalt lepingu punktis 3.1 sätestatud tähtajale, on tellijal õigus lepingust ühepoolselt taganeda ja nõuda täitjalt sisse sellest tulenev kahju.
11.4. Tellijal on õigus leping etteteatamistähtajata üles öelda, kui täitja rikub lepingust ja/või
kehtivatest õigusaktidest tulenevaid kohustusi niivõrd, et lepingu jätkamine on tellija jaoks seotud oluliste lisakulutuste või riskidega või lepingu jätkamist tellija poolt ei saa mõistlikkuse
põhimõttest tulenevalt eeldada.
12. POOLTE KONTAKTISIKUD
12.1. Tellija kontaktisik lepingu täitmisel, sh kvaliteedi kontrollimisel ja üleandmise-vastuvõtmise aktide allakirjutamisel on …………….(tel ………………e-post: ………………….).
12.2. Täitja kontaktisik lepingu täitmisega seotud teabevahetuses ja üleandmise-vastuvõtmise aktide allakirjutamisel on …………….(tel ………………e-post: ………………….).
12.3. Kontaktisiku muutumisest tuleb teist poolt koheselt teavitada kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis. Nimetatud teade lisatakse lepingule ja ei käsitleta lepingu muudatusena.
13. LÕPPSÄTTED
13.1. Täitja võib oma lepingust tulenevaid õigusi ja kohustusi (sh nõudeid) üle anda kolmanda le
isikule ainult tellija eelneval kirjalikul nõusolekul. Tellija vastav nõusolek ei vabasta täitjat tema kohustustest.
13.2. Lepingu täitmisel ja tõlgendamisel juhinduvad pooled Eesti Vabariigis ja Euroopa Liidus
kehtivatest õigusaktidest.
13.3. Lepingust tulenevad vaidlused, mida ei õnnestu lahendada poolte kokkuleppel, lahendatakse
Harju Maakohtus.
13.4. Leping allkirjastatakse digitaalselt.
14. POOLTE ALLKIRJAD JA REKVISIIDID
Tellija: Täitja:
Siseministeerium …….
Registrikood: 70000562 Registrikood: ………
Pikk 61, 15065 Tallinn ………….
Tel: 612 5008 Tel: ……
E-post: [email protected] E-post: ……..
(allkirjastatud digitaalselt) (allkirjastatud digitaalselt)
Lisa 1
Üleandmise-vastuvõtmise akti vorm (indikatiivne)
Hankelepingu nr … üleandmise-vastuvõtmise akt nr … (akti järjekorra number)
Tellija:
Täitja:
Tehtud tööde kirjeldus / üle antavate dokumentide loetelu:
…
… …
Muu info: … (vajadusel)
Tööd on teostatud nõuetekohaselt: … (jah/ei)
Esinevad puudused: … ei kohaldu kui töö on teostatud nõuetekohaselt
Tasumisele kuuluv
summa: arve esitamise aluseks
… EUR km-ta
… EUR km-ga
Tellija: Täitja:
… (kontaktisiku nimi) … (kontaktisiku nimi)
… (kuupäev ja allkiri) või
(allkirjastatud digitaalselt)
… (kuupäev ja allkiri) või
(allkirjastatud digitaalselt)
OTSUS
04.10.2023 nr 1-24/147
Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021–2027
Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi,
Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Piirihalduse ja
viisapoliitika rahastu vahehindamiseks
riigihanke komisjoni koosseisu ja riigihanke
alusdokumentide kinnitamine
Kantsleri 11. juuli 2022. a käskkirja nr 1-5/62 „Volituste andmine varade valdkonna eest vastutavale asekantslerile“ punkti 1 ja kantsleri 30. märtsi 2021. a käskkirja nr 1-5/29
„Siseministeeriumi riigihangete läbiviimise kord“ punkti 6.2 alusel ning kooskõlas riigihange te seaduse § 15 lõikega 2 ja § 48 lõikega 1
ja tagamaks Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021–2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifond i (AMIF), Sisejulgeolekufondi (ISF) ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI)
vahehindamine ning eeltoodud teenuse hankimisega seotud avatud menetlusega riigihanke (edaspidi riigihange) läbiviimine, sealhulgas riigihanke käigus vajalike hankija otsuste tegemine.
1. Moodustan riigihanke hankekomisjoni (edaspidi komisjon) koosseisus:
Komisjoni esimees:
Tairi Pallas välisvahendite osakonna juhataja Komisjoni liikmed:
Kai Raja välisvahendite osakonna nõunik
Aivi Kuivonen välisvahendite osakonna nõunik
Kristi Lillemägi välisvahendite osakonna nõunik
2. Komisjoni esimeest asendab tema äraolekul komisjoni liige Kai Raja. 3. Komisjoni esimehel on õigus kaasata komisjoni töösse täiendavaid spetsialiste ja eksperte.
4. Määran tehnilise kirjelduse eest vastutavaks isikuks komisjoni liikme Kai Raja.
2 (2)
5. Määran riigihanke läbiviimise eest vastutavaks isikuks õigusosakonna riigihangete nõunik Anu Rebase.
6. Kinnitan riigihanke alusdokumendid, välja arvatud hanketeate. Hanketeate koostab riigihanke eest vastutav isik riigihangete registris, võttes aluseks käesoleva otsusega
kinnitatud dokumentides sisalduvad tingimused. 7. Volitan riigihanke alusdokumentide muutmise õiguse komisjonile.
(allkirjastatud digitaalselt)
Piret Lilleväli
varade asekantsler
Lisa. Riigihanke alusdokumendid (v.a hanketeade)
KINNITATUD 04.10.2023 otsusega nr 1-24/147
„Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021–2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi, Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu vahehindamiseks riigihanke komisjoni koosseisu ja
riigihanke alusdokumentide kinnitamine “
Riigihange Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja
Integratsioonifondi, Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu
vahehindamine (viitenumber 270392)
Riigihanke alusdokumentide üldosa
1. Üldteave
1.1. Siseministeerium (edaspidi ka hankija) kuulutab riigihangete seaduse (edaspidi RHS) § 15 lõike 2 ja § 48 lõike 1 alusel välja avatud hankemenetlusega riigihanke Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi (AMIF),
Sisejulgeolekufondi (ISF) ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI) vahehindamisteenuse hankimiseks.
1.2. Riigihange viiakse läbi e-menetlusena, mis tähendab, et kogu riigihankega seotud hankija ja ettevõtjate vaheline teabevahetus, samuti riigihankele pakkumuse esitamine toimub elektroonilises riigihangete registris (https://riigihanked.riik.ee, edaspidi e-RHR).
Riigihankega seotud teabevahetus toimub eesti keeles. 1.2.1. Teabevahetuses osalemiseks, sh riigihankele pakkumuse esitamiseks tuleb
riigihankest huvitatud ettevõtjal registreeruda e-RHR-is hanke juurde, avaldades hankijale oma kontaktandmed. Üksnes sellisel juhul käsitletakse ettevõtjat riigihanke alusdokumendid (edaspidi RHAD) saanud isikuna, keda saab RHAD
muutmise korral sellest teavitada, jagada selgitusi jms. Ükskõik missugus te negatiivsete tagajärgede saabumise riski, mis võivad ettevõtjale kaasneda hankija
antud selgituste ja/või RHAD muutmisest mitte teada saamisega, kannab ettevõtja, kes jättis end riigihanke juurde registreerimata.
1.2.2. Riigihanke juurde registreerumine ei too ettevõtjale kaasa kohustust pakkumuse
esitamiseks. 1.3. Hankija ei ole riigihanget osadeks jaganud kuna tegu on tervikteenusega, mille osadeks
jaotamine ei ole teenuse sisu arvesse võttes otstarbekas, põhjusel, et tegemist on valdkondlikult seotud fondidega, mille rakendamine toimub üheaegselt, kõikide fondide rakendamine on samas faasis ja kõigi kolme fondi rakenduskava vahehindamise aruanne
tuleb esitada Euroopa Komisjonile samaaegselt, 31. märtsiks 2024.a. 1.4. Sõlmitavat hankelepingut rahastatakse Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja
Integratsioonifondi tehnilise abi eelarvest.
2. Riigihanke alusdokumendid ja alusdokumentide kohta selgituste küsimine
2.1. RHAD-iks loetakse hanketeadet (edaspidi HT), käesolevat RHAD üldosa, kõiki e-RHR-is riigihanke alamlehel „Dokumendid“ avaldatud käesoleva riigihankega seotud andmeid ja
dokumente ning RHAD sisu kohta hankija poolt e-RHR-i vahendusel ettevõtjatele antud selgitusi, mis kõik täiendavad üksteist ja moodustavad ettevõtjale tervikliku aluse pakkumuse koostamiseks.
2.2. RHAD sisu kohta saab selgitusi küsida ainult läbi e-RHR-i. 2.2.1. Hankija vastab esitatud küsimusele 3 (kolme) tööpäeva jooksul vastava küsimuse
saamisest arvates, lisades vastuse e-RHR-i. Vastuse lisamisel saadab e-RHR
kõigile riigihanke juurde registreerunud ettevõtjatele e-posti teel vastava teavituse.
2.2.2. Hankijalt selgituste küsimisel tuleb arvestada, et juhul, kui hankijale küsimuse laekumise ja pakkumuste esitamise tähtpäeva vahele ei jää vähemalt 6 (kuus) päeva, ei ole hankija kohustatud küsimusele vastama. Eeltoodu tähendab, et
küsimused RHAD kohta on soovitatav esitada aegsasti.
3. Riigihanke objekt
3.1. Riigihanke objektiks on perioodi 2021–2027 Euroopa Liidu siseturvalisuspoliit ika fondide, sh Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi (AMIF), Sisejulgeolekufond i
(ISF) ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI) rakenduskava vahehindamise läbiviimine ning kolme hindamisaruande koostamine (edaspidi teenus/lepingus töö).
3.2. Riigihanke lähteülesanne (tehniline kirjeldus) on eraldi failina e-RHR-i keskkonnas hanke alamlehel „Dokumendid“.
4. Pakkumuse minimaalne jõusoleku tähtaeg
Pakkumus peab olema jõus 4 (nelja) kuu vältel pakkumuste esitamise tähtajast arvates.
Pakkumuse jõusoleku tähtaja pikendamine toimub vajadusel, vastavalt RHS §-le 112.
5. Nõuded pakkumuse vormistamisele ja esitamisele
5.1. Pakkumus tuleb esitada e-RHR-i kaudu hiljemalt HT-s määratud tähtajaks. 5.2. Ettevõtja kannab kõik riigihankes osalemise, sh pakkumuse ettevalmistamise ning
esitamisega seotud riisiko ja kulud ning need ei kuulu hankija poolt hüvitamisele.
5.3. Tuginedes varasemale kogemusele, soovitab hankija alustada pakkumuse koostamisega e-RHR-is, sh dokumentide e-RHR-i laadimisega jms toimingutega piisava ajavaruga ning
mitte jätta pakkumuse sisestamist ja esitamist viimasele hetkele. 5.4. Hankija ei vastuta võimalike viivituste, tõrgete või katkestuste eest, mida põhjustavad
e-RHR-is hankija kontrolli alt väljas olevad asjaolud nagu force major,
elektrikatkestused, häired ettevõtja, hankija või kolmandate isikute (sh e-RHR-i kasutajatoe) telefoni või interneti ühenduses või muude elektrooniliste seadmete ja
vahendite, sealhulgas tarkvara, töös. Hankija ei vastuta e-RHR-i kasutamisest või mittekasutamisest tekkinud kahjude või saamatajäänud tulu eest.
5.5. Pakkuja ei või esitada tingimuslikku pakkumust ning siduda pakkumust muude
asjaoludega, mis ei tulene RHAD-st. Alternatiivsete lahenduste esitamine ei ole lubatud. 5.6. Pakkumuse koostamisel tuleb lähtuda RHAD-st ja Eesti Vabariigis kehtivatest
riigihangete teostamist reguleerivatest õigusaktidest. 5.7. Pakkumus tuleb esitada eesti keeles. Võõrkeelsed dokumendid esitada koos eestikeelse
tõlkega (v.a. kui dokument on inglise keeles). Tõlke õigsuse eest vastutab pakkuja.
5.8. Hankija aktsepteerib e-RHR-i kaudu esitatavate dokumentide osas kõiki üldlevinud dokumentide formaate (nagu näiteks .pdf, .odt ning MS Office’ga avatavaid formaate).
5.9. Pakkumuse dokumente mitte krüpteerida kuna e-RHR-is on tagatud pakkumuste konfidentsiaalsus.
5.10. Juhul, kui pakkumuse koosseisus on dokumente, mis on originaalina väljastatud paberil,
esitada e-RHR-is nende dokumentide skaneeritud koopiad. Hankija jätab endale õiguse nõuda originaaldokumendi esitamist ning pakkuja peab olema valmis nende esitamiseks
5 (viie) tööpäeva jooksul hankija vastava nõude saamisest arvates. 5.11. Iga viidet, mille hankija teeb hanke alusdokumentides mõnele RHS-i § 88 lõikes 2
nimetatud alusele (standardile, tehnilisele tunnustusele, tehnilisele kontrollisüsteemile,
märgisele vms), tuleb lugeda selliselt, et see on täiendatud märkega „või sellega samaväärne“. Iga viidet, mille hankija teeb hanke alusdokumentides ostuallika le,
protsessile, kaubamärgile, patendile, tüübile, päritolule, märgisele või tootmisviis i le,
tuleb lugeda selliselt, et see on täiendatud märkega „või sellega samaväärne“. Samaväärsus tähendab täpselt samu kasutusomadusi ja funktsionaalsusi. Samaväärsuse
korral tuleb pakkujal pakkumuses esitada seda tõendavad dokumendid. Pakkumuse samaväärsust kontrollivad ja hindavad hankija vastavate erialateadmistega töötajad.
6. Kõikide pakkumuste tagasilükkamise õigus
6.1. Hankijal on õigus teha kõikide riigihankele esitatud pakkumuste tagasilükkamise otsus
igal ajal enne hankelepingu sõlmimist kui hankemenetluse toimumise ajal on ilmnenud objektiivsed või muud hankijast mitteolenevad asjaolud (sh nt muudatused õigusaktides või nendele antud tõlgendustes), mis välistavad või muudavad hankemenetluse lõpule
viimise või hankelepingu sõlmimise RHAD-s ja/või pakkumustes esitatud tingimuste l võimatuks või hankijale ebaotstarbekaks.
6.2. Hankijal on õigus teha kõikide riigihankele esitatud pakkumuste tagasilükkamise otsus igal ajal enne hankelepingu sõlmimist kui riigihankele esitatakse ainult üks pakkumus.
7. Pakkujate kõrvaldamise aluste kontrollimine
7.1. Hankija kontrollib pakkujatel kõrvaldamise aluste puudumist vastavalt RHS 2. peatüki 3.
jaos sätestatule. 7.2. Esialgse tõendina kõrvaldamise aluste puudumise vastavuse kohta esitab ettevõtja koos
pakkumusega nõuetekohaselt täidetud hankepassi e-RHR-is antud vormi kohaselt.
7.3. Hankija teeb hankepassis esitatud kinnituste ja teabe alusel esialgse otsuse pakkuja kõrvaldamise kohta, v.a juhul, kui hankija otsustab RHS § 52 lõike 3 alusel kasutada pööratud menetlust. Hankijal on lubatud otsustada pööratud menetluse kasutamine
ükskõik missugusel hetkel hankemenetluse käigus. 7.4. Hiljemalt enne hankelepingu sõlmimist teostab hankija edukaks tunnistatud pakkumuse
esitanud pakkuja osas sisulise kontrolli kõrvaldamise aluste puudumise osas, nõudes selleks pakkujalt vajalike dokumentide esitamist (vajadusel, s.t kui need andmed ei ole hankijale andmekogus olevate andmete alusel tasuta kättesaadavad või hankijal eelneva lt
olemasolevate andmete või dokumentide alusel olemas ja need on hankija hinnangul jätkuvalt asjakohased).
7.5. Eduka pakkuja osas teeb hankija kõrvaldamise või kõrvaldamata jätmise otsuse. 7.6. RHS § 7 lõike 3 alusel on riigihankes lubatud osaleda ainult pakkujatel, kelle elu- või
asukoht on riigihangete seaduse § 3 punktis 2 nimetatud riigis (Eesti, mõni muu Euroopa
Liidu liikmesriik, muu Euroopa Majanduspiirkonna lepinguriik või Maailma Kaubandusorganisatsiooni riigihankelepinguga ühinenud riik). Pakkumus, mille on
esitanud pakkuja, kelle asukoht on mõnes muus riigis, kui RHS § 3 punktis 2 nimetatud, kõrvaldatakse riigihankest RHS § 95 lõike 4 punkti 12 alusel. Sama kehtib juhul, kui pakkuja tugineb sellise isiku näitajatele, kelle elu- või asukoht on muus kui RHS § 3
punktis 2 nimetatud riigis, sõltumata õiguslikust suhtest pakkuja ja tuginetava isiku vahel. 7.7. Riigihankes ei ole lubatud osaleda ettevõtjatel, kelle elu- või asukoht on Venemaa
Föderatsioonis või Valgevene Vabariigis. 8. Pakkumuste vastavuse kontrollimine
8.1. Hankija kontrollib pakkumuste vastavust RHAD-s esitatud tingimustele vastavalt RHS
§-le 114. 8.2. Hankija lükkab muuhulgas tagasi pakkumuse, kui hankelepingu sõlmimine selle
pakkumuse alusel rikuks rahvusvahelist sanktsiooni rahvusvahelise sanktsiooni seaduse tähenduses või Vabariigi Valitsuse sanktsiooni rahvusvahelise sanktsiooni seaduse tähenduses.
9. Pakkumuste hindamismetoodika
9.1. Hankija hindab kõiki vastavaks tunnistatud pakkumusi, võttes majanduslikult soodsaima
pakkumuse väljaselgitamiseks aluseks alljärgnevad pakkumuste hindamise kriteeriumid.
9.2. Parimale pakkumusele on võimalik omistada kokku 100 (ükssada) väärtuspunkti. Hankija hindab pakkumusi järgmiste kriteeriumite ja osakaalude alusel:
Hindamiskriteeriumi nimetus Väärtuspunktide
maksimaalne arv
1. Pakutava teenuse sisu kvaliteet: 65 punkti, millest
1.1. arusaam hindamise lähteülesandest 15 punkti
1.2. hindamismetoodika asjakohasus ja põhjendatus 25 punkti
1.3. riskide hindamine 5 punkti
1.4. tegevus- ja ajakava 20 punkti
2. Pakutava teenuse kogumaksumus 35 punkti
9.3. Kriteeriumi „Pakutava teenuse sisu kvaliteet“ hindamisel saab enim punkte käesoleva punkti alampunktides esitatud hindamiskriteeriumite suhtes parima ehk sisukama ja
kvaliteetsema sisuga pakkumus (kokku on võimalik saada kuni 65 punkti). Ülejäänud pakkumused saavad vastavalt alltoodud kriteeriumitele punkte proportsionaalselt vähem.
Lisaks alltoodud hindamiskriteeriumites kirjeldatud maksimaalsetele hinnetele on hankijal õigus anda vajadusel ka madalamaid või kõrgemaid hindeid, kui see on pakkumuste objektiivseks hindamiseks vajalik ja annab konkreetsele pakkumusele
õiglasema hinnangu (nt pakkumus ei ole täpselt selline nagu on kirjeldatud kriteeriumis ja vääriks seetõttu pisut madalamat/kõrgemat hinnet). Eelkirjeldatud hindepunk tide
andmisel on sammuks 1 punkt. Hinnatavate näitajate täpne jaotus ja hulk sõltub alltoodud kriteeriumitest ja esitatud pakkumuste tegelikust sisust selliselt, et igale konkreetsele pakkumusele, võrreldes parima pakkumusega, oleks tagatud õiglase hinnangu andmine .
Kõiki pakkumusi hinnatakse võrdsetel alustel. Hankijal on õigus pakkumuste hindamise läbiviimisse kaasata ka sõltumatuid eksperte.
9.3.1. Pakkuja arusaam hindamise lähteülesandest, selle eesmärkidest, oodatud tulemustest ja hindamisküsimustele vastamiseks vajalikest tegevustest. Maksimaalselt 15 punkti,
millest:
1) 15 punkti – Riigihanke alusdokumentidest lähtuvalt on pakutava teenuse sisu tervikuna väga põhjalikult ja selgelt lahti kirjutatud ning väga hästi läbi mõeldud, argumenteer itud
ja asjakohane. Pakutud lahendus võimaldab saavutada riigihankes seatud eesmärgid ja oodatavad tulemused parimal võimalikul moel. Pakutud on riigihankes seatud eesmärke kõige enam toetavat teenust. Hindamise eesmärgid ja nende saavutamiseks vajalikud
tulemused on pakkuja poolt väljendatud selgelt ning põhjendatult, need vastavad hankija ootustele (s.t pakkuja ja hankija mõistavad eesmärke ühtemood i).
Hindamisküsimused on pakkuja poolt lahti mõtestatud (vt tehnilise kirjelduse punkt 3.2) ning nendele vastamine kirjeldatud nii, et hankijal on võimalik aru saada, et pakkuja on täielikult mõistnud hindamisküsimuste sisu ja on läbi mõelnud, missuguseid teadmisi
antud küsimuste raames on võimalik saavutada, mis tulemusteni on selleks vaja jõuda ja vajadusel lisanud hindamisküsimuste raames sobivaid alaküsimusi või ettepankuid,
mis hõlbustavad lahendusteni jõudmist. Pakkuja on kirjeldanud asjakohaseid ettepanekuid, tulemusi või tegevusi, mis otseselt tehnilises kirjelduses ei sisaldu, kuid võivad oluliselt hindamise eesmärkide saavutamisele kaasa aidata. Ettepanekud on
põhjendatud, teostatavad ja annavad olulist lisandväärtust parima lõpptulemuse saavutamisele. Võrdluses teiste pakkumustega on tegemist väga hea pakkumusega.
2) 10 punkti – Riigihanke alusdokumentidest lähtuvalt on pakutava teenuse sisu läbimõeldud ja asjakohane ning võimaldab saavutada riigihankes seatud eesmärgid ja oodatavad tulemused heal tasemel. Hindamise eesmärgid ja nende saavutamiseks
vajalikud tulemused on pakkuja poolt väljendatud selgelt, need vastavad hankija ootustele (pakkuja ja hankija mõistavad eesmärke ühtemoodi). Pakkuja on üldjoontes
mõistnud hindamisküsimuste sisu ja on läbi mõelnud, missuguseid teadmisi antud küsimuste raames on võimalik saavutada ning mis tulemusteni on selleks vaja jõuda. Esinevad üksikud küsitavused või puudused hindamise oodatavate tulemuste ja selleks
vajalike tegevuste mõtestamisel, kuid need ei ohusta eesmärkide saavutamist. Võrdluses parima pakkumusega on tegemist hea pakkumusega.
3) 5 punkti - Hindamise eesmärgid ja nende saavutamiseks vajalikud tegevused on pakkuja poolt lahti kirjutatud, kuid võrdluses parima pakkumusega võimaldavad saavutada riigihankes seatud eesmärke ja oodatavad tulemused rahuldaval tasemel.
Võrduses parimate pakkumusega esinevad küsitavused hindamise oodatavate tulemustes ja selleks vajalikes tegevustes. Võrdluses parima pakkumusega on tegemist
sisult rahuldava pakkumusega.
9.3.2. Pakutava hindamismetoodika asjakohasus ja põhjendatus. Maksimaalselt 25 punkti,
millest:
1) 25 punkti - Läbiviidava töö hindamismetoodika kirjeldus on põhjalik ja läbi mõeldud, kavandatavad tegevused on asjakohased ja põhjendatud. Väljapakutud meetodite valik on hästi põhjendatud (sh on toodud võrdlus alternatiivsete meetoditega). Tehnilises
kirjelduses nõutud eesmärkide saavutamiseks pakutavate tegevuste (alauuringud jm) sobivus ning kooskõla hanke eesmärkidega on ilmne. Info kogumise, analüüsi ja
ettepanekute välja töötamise meetodid on asjakohased ja põhjendatud ning nende teaduslik tase on kõrge. Välja on toodud tõenäolised uuringu käigus ette tulla võivad metoodika alased probleemid ning on leitud realistlikud viisid probleemide
lahendamiseks. Pakkumuses on ammendavalt selgitatud, kuidas valitud hindamismetoodika on võimalik täita püstitatud eesmärgid ja vastata kõigile
hindamisküsimustele. Võrdluses teiste pakkumustega on tegemist suurepärase pakkumusega.
2) 20 punkti - Läbiviidava töö hindamismetoodika kirjeldus on põhjalik ja läbi mõeldud,
kavandatavad tegevused on asjakohased. Väljapakutud meetodite valik on põhjendatud, hanke eesmärkide saavutamiseks pakutavad tegevused (alauuringud jm) on kooskõlas
hanke eesmärkidega. Info kogumise, analüüsi ja ettepanekute välja töötamise meetodid on asjakohased ja põhjendatud. Välja on toodud tõenäolised uuringu käigus ette tulla võivad metoodika alased probleemid ning on pakutud viisid nende lahendamiseks.
Pakkumuses on selgitatud, kuidas valitud hindamisprotsessiga ja meetoditega on võimalik täita püstitatud eesmärgid ja vastata kõigile hindamisküsimustele. Võrdluses
parima pakkumusega on tegemist pisut nõrgema, kuid siiski väga hea pakkumusega. 3) 15 punkti - Läbiviidava töö hindamismetoodika kirjeldus on üldjoontes läbi mõeldud
ja tegevused on asjakohased. Väljapakutud meetodite valik on põhjendatud. Välja on
toodud võimalikud uuringu käigus ette tulla võivad probleemid, kuid ei ole leitud teostatavat lahendust kõigile probleemidele. Pakkumuses on rahuldavalt selgitatud,
kuidas valitud hindamismetoodikaga on võimalik täita püstitatud eesmärgid ja vastata kõigile hindamisküsimustele. Võrdluses parima pakkumusega on tegemist hea pakkumusega.
4) 10 punkti - Läbiviidava töö pakutavas hindamismetoodikas esineb küsitavus i. Kavandatavad tegevused on osaliselt asjakohased antud teema käsitlemiseks.
Hindamismetoodika ei ole läbinisti loogiline ja/või põhjendatud, meetodeid on
kirjeldatud, kuid mitte põhjendatud. Võimalikke metoodika alaseid probleeme on
kirjeldatud puudlikult või ei ole neile leitud lahendusi. Võrdluses parima pakkumusega on tegemist rahuldava pakkumusega.
9.3.3. Hindamise läbiviimisega seotud riskide hindamine. Maksimaalselt 5 punkti, millest:
9.3.3.1.hindamise läbiviimisega seotud riskid ja nende mõju (maksimaalselt 3 punkti): 1) 3 punkt – on kirjeldatud täies mahus ning põhjalikult;
2) 1 punkt – on kirjeldatud osaliselt ja/või pealiskaudselt, on olulisi riske või nende mõjusid, mis on jäänud kirjeldamata.
9.3.3.2.Riskide maandamiseks välja pakutud tegevused (maksimaalselt 2 punkti):
1) 2 punkt – on realistlikud ja ammendavad; 1 punkt – on realistlikud või ammendavad.
9.3.4. Hindamisprojekti töökorraldus ja ajakava. Maksimaalselt 20 punkti, millest:
1) 20 punkti - Pakutav tegevus- ja ajakava (ülevaade erinevate tegevuste ja etappide sisust, eeldatavast töötundide mahust) on läbimõeldud, veenev ja realistlikult teostav. Pakutava
teenuse maht on arusaadav, läbimõeldud ja põhjendatud. Põhjalikult ja selgelt on kirjeldatud lõpptulemuseni jõudmine läbi erinevate töö etappide. Töö efektiivseks
teostamiseks vajalikud kompetentsid on meeskonnaliikmetega väga hästi kaetud. Meeskonna suurus on pakkumuse sisu ja tööde mahtu arvesse võttes läbimõeldud ja põhjendatud, ülesannete jaotamisel on arvestatud meeskonnaliikmete tugevusi ja
seniseid kogemusi sarnaste ülesannete täitmisel. Selgelt on ära näidatud ülesanne te jaotus meeskonnas, tegevuskava on kavandatud töid ja meeskonda arvestades realist lik
ning põhjendatud. Projekti koordineerimine ja ekspertide erinevad rollid on hästi läbi mõeldud, pidades silmas seda, et ekspertiisiga oleks kaetud lähteülesande kõik hindamisküsimused ja metoodikad ning sellega tagatud hindamise maksimaa lne
kvaliteet. Lahti on kirjutatud aruandluse ja kohtumiste ajakava, on põhjendatud ja selgitatud, miks aruandlus just soovitatud etappideks on jaotatud. Võrdluses teiste
pakkumustega on tegemist väga hea pakkumusega. 2) 15 punkti – Tegevus- ja ajakava on läbi mõeldud ja lahti kirjutatud, iga tegevuse juures
on märgitud läbiviijad. Ajakava on kavandatud töid ja meeskonda arvestades realist lik
ning põhjendatud. Projekti koordineerimine ja ekspertide rollid on läbi mõeldud. Lahti on kirjutatud aruandluse ja kohtumiste ajakava. Esineb mõningaid küsitavusi ja/või
puudujääke, kuid need ei ohusta tööde nõuetekohast teostamist ja tähtaegadest kinnipidamist. Meeskonna suurus ja ülesannete jaotus on läbimõeldud, kuid mitte sedavõrd põhjalikult ja veenvalt, kui parimal pakkumusel. Võrdluses parima
pakkumusega on tegemist hea pakkumusega. 3) 10 punkti – Tegevus-ja ajakavas esineb ebakõlasid (nt mõne töö jaoks on planeeritud
põhjendamatult pikk või lühike periood). Meeskonnaliikmete rollid ei ole piisava lt lahti kirjutatud ja/või läbi mõeldud, et teenust oleks võimalik kvaliteetselt pakkuda. Esineb küsitavusi ja/või puudujääke, mis võivad ohustada tööde nõuetekohast
teostamist ja tähtaegadest kinnipidamist. Võrdluses parima pakkumusega on tegemist rahuldava pakkumusega.
9.4. Pakkumuse kogumaksumuse hindamiskriteeriumi hindamisel võetakse aluseks kogumaksumus eurodes, käibemaksuta.
9.4.1. Väärtuspunktide arvutamine: kõige madalama kogumaksumusega pakkumusele
omistatakse kriteeriumile määratud maksimaalne arv väärtuspunkte, teised pakkumused saavad riigihangete registrisse (RHR) sisestatud automaatse valemi alusel punkte
proportsionaalselt vähem. RHR valem on järgmine: madalaima väärtusega pakkumus saab maksimaalse arvu punkte. Teised pakkumused saavad punkte arvutades valemiga : "osakaal" - ("pakkumuse väärtus" - madalaim väärtus") / "suurim väärtus" * "osakaal".
9.4.2. Pakkumuse kogumaksumuseks (EUR ilma km-ta) loetakse teenuse osutamise kogumaksumust, mis sisaldab kõiki lepingu nõuetekohaseks täitmiseks vajalikke
kulusid ja olema lõplik. Pakkumuse kogumaksumus tuleb esitada e-RHRi töölehel toodud vormi kohaselt.
9.5. Hankija tunnistab edukaks ja sõlmib hankelepingu majanduslikult soodsaima pakkumuse esitanud pakkujaga (edaspidi edukas pakkuja). Majanduslikult soodsaim on pakkumus, millele on kokku omistatud enim väärtuspunkte (hindamise kriteeriumite eest omistatud
väärtuspunktide summa).
9.6. Võrdsete hindamistulemuste korral eelistab hankija pakkumust, millele omistat i
pakkumuse sisu kvaliteedi kriteeriumi eest suurem väärtuspunktide arv.
10. Hankelepingu sõlmimine
10.4. Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi (AMIF), Sisejulgeolekufondi (ISF) ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI) rakenduskava vahehindamine tuleb teostada
ja kolm vahehindamise aruannet (iga fondi/rakenduskava kohta) esitada 15. märtsiks 2024, kuna Siseministeerium peab esitama Euroopa Komisjonile vastavalt Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) 2021/1060 artiklis 44 lõige 5 sätestatule
31. märtsiks 2024.
10.5. Hankeleping sõlmitakse edukaks tunnistatud pakkumuse esitanud pakkujaga, kellel ei
esine RHS § 95 sätestatud riigihankest kõrvaldamise aluseid.
10.6. Hankeleping sõlmitakse hankelepingu projektis toodud tingimustel (lepingu projekt on eraldi failina e-RHR-i keskkonnas hanke alamlehel „Dokumendid“).
10.7. Hankija ei või anda nõustumust hankelepingu sõlmimiseks enne 14 päeva möödumist teate esitamisest otsuse kohta, millele järgneb hankelepingu sõlmimine (edaspidi ooteaeg). Ooteaega ei pea kohaldama hilisema hankelepingu sõlmimise korral
raamlepingu alusel või juhul, kui riigihanke menetluses on eeltoodud otsuse tegemise ajal vaid üks riigihankes osalev pakkuja.
10.8. Edukas pakkuja on kohustatud hankelepingu omalt poolt allkirjastama hiljemalt 5 (viie) tööpäeva jooksul selle hankijalt allkirjastamiseks saamisest arvates. Kui edukas pakkuja ei allkirjasta lepingut nimetatud tähtaja jooksul, on hankijal õigus lugeda, et edukas
pakkuja loobus lepingu allkirjastamisest ja tunnistada edukaks hindamiskriteeriumite kohaselt paremusjärjestuses järgmise pakkuja pakkumus (sh kui järgmine pakkumus on
hinnalt kallim, nõuda vastava hinnavahe kompenseerimist).
10.9. Rahvusvahelise sanktsiooni seaduse § 7 lõike 1 kohaselt on rahvusvahelist sanktsiooni rikkuv tehing tühine.
Lisa. Tehniline kirjeldus
Riigihanke "Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja
Integratsioonifondi , Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu
vahehindamine" tehniline kirjeldus
1. Taust
1.1. Alusdokumendid ja õigusaktid
Euroopa Liidu (edaspidi ka EL) siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide planeerimise ning rakendamise eest Eestis vastutab Siseministeerium (SiM). Perioodi 2021-2027 Eestis rakendatavad EL siseturvalisuspoliitika fondid hõlmavad kolme fondi: Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifond
[ingl. k. Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund (AMIF)], Sisejulgeolekufond [ingl. k. Internal Security Fund (ISF)] ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu [ingl. k. Border Management and
Visa Policy Instrument (BMVI)] (edaspidi koos fondid). Fondidest rahastatakse rakenduskavades kokku lepitud tegevusi. Et Euroopa Komisjon (edaspidi EK) saaks liikmesriike ootamatuste ja uute rahaliste vajaduste korral toetada, on osa AMIFi, ISFi ja BMVI vahenditest liikmesriikide vahel
ära jaotamata – seda osa fondidest nimetatakse temaatiliste rahastute erimeetmeteks ja erakorraliseks abiks, kust toimub vahendite taotlemine liikmesriikide omavahelises konkurents is
EK seatud tingimustel.
Kõigi kolme fondi vahendeid kasutatakse eraldi rakenduskava alusel lähtudes fondide erimäärustest1, Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrusest (EL) 2021/1060, millega kehtestatakse
ühissätted Euroopa Regionaalarengu Fondi, Euroopa Sotsiaalfond+, Ühtekuuluvusfondi, Õiglase Ülemineku Fondi ja Euroopa Merendus-, Kalandus- ja Vesiviljelusfondi kohta ning nende ja
Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi, Sisejulgeolekufondi ning piirihalduse ja viisapoliit ika rahastu suhtes kohaldatavad finantsreeglid (edaspidi: ÜSM), ning perioodi 2021–2027 Euroopa Liidu ühtekuuluvus- ja siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide rakendamise seadusest (edaspidi ÜSS) ja
selle alusel kehtestatud rakendusaktidest2.
Euroopa Komisjon kiitis BMVI rakenduskava heaks 05.09.2022 (EK otsus nr C(2022)6298),
AMIF-i rakenduskava 10.10.2022 (EK otsus nr C(2022)7201) ja ISFi rakenduskava 27.10.2022 (EK otsus nr C(2022) 7920). Heakskiidetud rakenduskavad on avaldatud Siseministeer iumi kodulehel3 ja nende vahehindamise tähtaja sätestab ÜSM-i artikkel 44 lõige 5.
AMIF-ist toetatakse kolmandate riikide kodanike rändevoogude juhtimist. Muu hulgas edendatakse varjupaiga valdkonda ja toetatakse lõimumistegevusi. Samuti toetatakse
jätkusuutlikku tagasisaatmis- ja tagasivõtmispoliitikat ning tegevusi ebaseadusliku rände vähendamiseks. ISF-i vahenditega võideldakse terrorismi, radikaliseerumise, organiseer itud
1 Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu 7. juuli 2021. aasta määrused (EL) 2021/1147, (EL) 2021/1148, (EL) 2021/1149 2 Vabariigi Valitsuse 12.05.2022 määrus nr 54 „Perioodi 2021–2027 ühtekuuluvus- ja siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide
vahendite andmisest avalikkuse teavitamine“ ja Vabariigi Valitsuse 12.05.2022 määrus nr 55 „Perioodi 2021–2027
Euroopa Liidu ühtekuuluvus - ja siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide rakenduskavade vahendite andmise ja kasutamise
üldised tingimused“ 3 Leitavad siit: https://siseministeerium.ee/periood-2021-2027-0
kuritegevuse ja küberkuritegevuse vastu ning aidatakse kuriteoohvreid. Samuti toetatakse liikmesriikide õiguskaitseasutuste vahelist teabevahetust ja koostööd. BMVIst toetatakse Euroopa integreeritud piirihalduse arendamist ja viisapoliitikat, et tagada ühtne ja kvaliteetne EL
välispiiride kontroll ning lihtsustada EL välispiiride seaduslikku ületamist.
Rakenduskavad põhinevad EL poliitikaeesmärkidel, riigisisese katusstrateegia „Eesti 2035“
arengusuundadel, „Siseturvalisuse arengukavas 2020–2030“ seatud alaeesmärkidel ning riigieelarve strateegia 2022–2025 planeerimise protsessis esitatud vajadustel.
Võrreldes EL eelarveperioodi 2014–2020 kavandamise ajaga on riiklikus strateegilises
planeerimises toimunud oluline muutus. Riiklike vajaduste ja nende rahastamise strateegili se planeerimise käigus kavandatakse üheaegselt nii riigieelarvelised vahendid kui EL jm välistoe tus.
Riigieelarve koostatakse allikaneutraalselt ja rahastamine otsustatakse iga-aastase eelarve koostamise käigus.
Iga konkreetse fondi rahastamiskavas4 on toodud fondimääruses sätestatud ning rakenduskava
koostamise ja muutmise käigus kogutud andmed. Koos rakenduskavaga on EK-le esitatud ka seireraamistik, kus on kirjeldatud näitajate mõisted ja kogumismetoodika.
Direktiivi 2001/42/EÜ (nn SEA-direktiiv) ja keskkonnamõju hindamise ja keskkonnajuhtimissüsteemi seaduse kohaselt on iga fondi rahastamiskava suhtes läbi viidud ka keskkonnamõjude eelhindamine, mille tulemused on leitavad SiM kodulehel5.
EL siseturvalisuspoliitika fondidele kohalduvas ÜSMis sätestatud liikmesriigi ja korraldusasutuse ülesandeid täidab Eestis ÜSS § 48 kohaselt Siseministeerium.
EL siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide rakendamise jälgimiseks on moodustatud seirekomisjon. Lisaks valdkonnaekspertidele on seirekomisjoni töösse kaasatud sotsiaalse kaasatuse, põhiõigus te, puuetega inimeste õiguste, soolise võrdõiguslikkuse ja mittediskrimineerimise edendamise ga
seotud asutused. Fondide seirekomisjon kinnitab rahastatavate projektide üldised valikukriteeriumid, rakenduskavade hindamiskava ja iga-aastased tulemusaruanded ning
kontrollib rakenduskavade eesmärkide saavutamist. Seirekomisjoni tööd juhib SiM varade asekantsler. Kõik seirekomisjoni tööd ja koosseisu puudutavad materjalid on leitavad Siseministeeriumi veebilehelt6.
Kõigi kolme fondi perioodi 2021-2027 toetuse kasutamiseks kehtestatud toetuse andmise tingimuste (TAT) õigusaktid on leitavad SiMi kodulehel7:
Samuti on SiMi kodulehel8 avaldatud Euroopa Komisjonile esitatud aruanded kõigi kolme fondi kohta.
1.2. Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifond (AMIF)
1.2.1 Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrusega (EL) nr 2021/1147 loodud AMIF-i poliitikaeesmärk on aidata tõhusalt hallata rändevoogusid ning rakendada, tugevdada ja
arendada ühist varjupaiga- ja rändepoliitikat, järgides ELi acquis’d ning ELi ja liikmesriikide rahvusvahelisi kohustusi.
4 Siseministri 12.12.2022 käskkiri nr 1-3/96 "Perioodi 2021-2027 Sisejulgeolekufondi, piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika
rahastu, Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi rahastamiskavade kinnitamine" muutmine leitav:
https://adr.siseministeerium.ee/sisemin/dokument/1125626 5 Leitavad: https://www.siseministeerium.ee/amif21-27, https://www.siseministeerium.ee/isf21-27 ja
https://www.siseministeerium.ee/bmvi21-27 6 Leitav: https://www.siseministeerium.ee/seirekomisjon 7 Leitav: https://siseministeerium.ee/periood-2021-2027-0 8 Leitav: https://siseministeerium.ee/aruandlus -euroopa-komisjonile?view_instance=0¤t_page=1
1.2.2 2019. aasta detsembris edastas EK positsioonipaberi ELi jaoks oluliste valdkondade kohta, mille rahastamist AMIFist pidi Eesti kaaluma. Varjupaigapoliitika valdkonna prioriteetidena toodi välja vastuvõtu- ja majutustingimuste parandamine, varjupaigataotlejatele ja
rahvusvahelise kaitse saajatele tugiteenuste pakkumine, isikute kinnipidamise vähendamine ning ümberasustamine ja ümberpaigutamine. Integratsioonivaldkonna prioriteetidena
nimetati kolmandate riikide kodanikele teenuste pakkumist (sh keeleõpe, tugiisikuteenus ja kohanemiskoolitused), kolmandate riikide kodanike ja kohaliku elanikkonna kontaktide tõhustamist, koostöö edendamist sidusrühmade vahel jm. Tagasipöördumisvaldkonna
prioriteetidena toodi esile vabatahtliku tagasipöördumise ja taasintegreerumise toetamine, tagasipöördumise tõhustamine, õigus- ja tõlketeenuste pakkumine, kinnipidamise
alternatiivide pakkumine, tagasisaatmise vaatlemine jm. AMIFi rakenduskavas on arvestatud EK positsiooniga niivõrd, kuivõrd see sobib kokku riikliku katusstrateegia, valdkondlike arengukavade ning riigi eelarvestrateegia protsessis 2022–2025
identifitseeritud vajadustega.
1.2.3 AMIFi rakenduskava eesmärgid ja asjakohased meetmed põhinevad peamiselt pikaajalise l
riiklikul katusstrateegial „Eesti 2035“ ja „Siseturvalisuse arengukaval 2021–2030“ (edaspidi STAK). Integratsiooni erieesmärgil on kõige olulisem seos „Sidusa Eesti arengukavaga 2021–2030“ (edaspidi sidusa Eesti arengukava). AMIFi rakenduskava kavandamisel võeti
arvesse ka „Eesti keele arengukava aastateks 2021–2035“ ja „Heaolu arengukava 2016– 2023“.
1.2.4 Eesti täidab järgmisi AMIFi määruses nimetatud erieesmärke ja liikmesriikide ühiseid kohustuslikke näitajaid:
Erieesmärk 1. Tugevdada ja arendada kõiki Euroopa ühise varjupaigasüsteemi aspekte,
sealhulgas selle välismõõdet. Erieesmärk 2. Tugevdada ja arendada seaduslikku rännet liikmesriikidesse vastavalt nende
majanduslikele ja sotsiaalsetele vajadustele ning edendada kolmandate riikide kodanike tõhusat integratsiooni ja sotsiaalset kaasamist ja aidata sellele kaasa.
Erieesmärk 3. Aidata võidelda ebaseadusliku rände vastu, edendada tõhusat, turvalist ja
väärikat tagasisaatmist ja tagasivõtmist ning edendada ja toetada tulemuslikku esialgset taasintegreerumist kolmandates riikides.
1.2.5 Kavandatud meetmed toetavad peamiselt ligipääsu rahvusvahelise kaitse menetluse le, kvaliteetsete vastuvõtutingimuste tagamist, kohanemise ja kultuurilise lõimumise tegevuste jätkamist ning nii vabatahtliku kui ka sunniviisilise tagasisaatmisega seotud tegevusi.
Tegevuste kavandamisel võeti arvesse muutuvat olukorda maailmas, sh 2022. aastal alanud sõda Ukrainas.
1.2.6 Eestis vastutab rände- ja varjupaigapoliitika eest Siseministeerium, rakendades seda Politsei- ja Piirivalveameti projektide kaudu. Sotsiaalministeerium vastutab Sotsiaalkindlustusameti kaudu rahvusvahelise kaitse taotlejate vastuvõtu korraldamise, neile teenuste kavandamise
ja osutamise eest ning rahvusvahelise kaitse saajate vastuvõtutingimuste ja nende lõimumisteenuse eest. Lõimumis-, sh kohanemispoliitika arendamise eest vastutab
Kultuuriministeerium ja kodanikuühiskonna poliitika eest Siseministeerium. Eesti keele poliitikat koordineerib Haridus- ja Teadusministeerium.
1.2.7 Aastatel 2021–2027 saab Eesti AMIFi eesmärkide täimiseks EL toetust esialgu 21 141 906
eurot, millele riik lisab omapoolse kohustusliku kaasfinantseeringu 6 648 398 eurot. Rakenduskava maht võib suureneda, kui lisatakse temaatilisest rahastust jaotatava
erakorralise abi või erimeetme eelarve. AMIF-ist saavad toetust nii ametiasutused kui ka vabaühendused ja rahvusvahelised organisatsioonid.
1.2.8 AMIFi rahastamiskavas on hanke väljakuulutamise ajal kokku planeeritud 30 tegevust, neist 11 varjupaigavaldkonna, üheksa (9) seadusliku rände ja integratsioonivaldkonna ning kümme (10) tagasisaatmise valdkonnas. Jõustunud TAT õigusaktide kohaselt viiakse ellu
kümme (10) varjupaigavaldkonna projekti, üks (1) seadusliku rände valdkonna projekt, üks (1) integratsioonivaldkonna projekt ning viis (5) tagasisaatmisvaldkonna projekti.
Kinnitamisel või kavandamisel on veel neli (4) TAT õigusakti (integratsiooni ja tagasisaatmise valdkonnas).
30.09.2023 seisuga on Eestile AMIFis ette nähtud toetuse kogumahust kohustustega kaetud
83%. Väljamakseid veel tehtud ei ole.
1.3 Sisejulgeolekufond (ISF)
1.3.1 Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrusega (EL) 2021/1149 loodud ISFi poliitikaeesmärk on aidata tagada kõrget julgeolekutaset EL-is, eelkõige ennetades terrorismi, radikaliseerumist, rasket ja organiseeritud kuritegevust ja küberkuritegevust ning võideldes
nende vastu, abistades ja kaitstes kuritegevuse ohvreid ning valmistudes ISFi määruse kohaldamisalasse kuuluvateks julgeolekuintsidentideks, -riskideks ja -kriisideks, tagades
nendevastase kaitse ja neid tõhusalt juhtides.
1.3.2 2019. aasta detsembris edastas EK positsioonipaberi ELi jaoks oluliste valdkondade kohta, mille rahastamist ISFist pidi Eesti kaaluma. Prioriteetidena toodi välja rahapesu, küber- ja
organiseeritud kuritegevuse vastane võitlus, politseikoostöö, IKT-süsteemid (reisijate broneeringuinfosüsteem ja Schengeni infosüsteem II) ning radikaliseerumise ja laste
seksuaalse ärakasutamise ennetusmeetmed.
1.3.3 ISFi rakenduskava alus on eelkõige STAK, mille koostamisel said kõik asjaomased sidusrühmad võimaluse anda panuse Eesti praeguste ja võimalike tulevaste siseturvalisuse
katsumuste lahendamisse, sealhulgas raske ja organiseeritud kuritegevuse vastase poliit ika kujundamisse. STAK koostati omakorda käsikäes pikaajalise riikliku katusstrateegiaga
„Eesti 2035“.
1.3.4 Eesti täidab järgmisi ISF-i määruses nimetatud kolme erieesmärki ja liikmesriikide le kohustuslikke ühiseid näitajaid :
Erieesmärk 1. Tõhustada ja hõlbustada teabevahetust pädevates asutustes ja asjaomastes liidu organites, ametites ja asutustes ning nende vahel ning asjakohasel juhul kolmandate
riikide ja rahvusvaheliste organisatsioonidega;
Erieesmärk 2. Parandada ja tõhustada piiriülest koostööd, sealhulgas ühisoperatsioone pädevate asutuste vahel seoses terrorismi ning raske ja organiseeritud kuritegevusega, millel on piiriülene mõõde; ning
Erieesmärk 3. toetada liikmesriikide suutlikkuse suurendamist kuritegevuse, terrorismi ja radikaliseerumise ennetamisel ja nende vastu võitlemisel ning julgeolekuintsidentide, riskide ja kriiside juhtimisel, muu hulgas eri liikmesriikide avaliku sektori asutuste,
asjaomaste liidu organite, ametite või asutuste, kodanikuühiskonna ja erasektori partnerite tihedama koostöö kaudu.
1.3.5 ISFi kogueelarve koos rakenduskavasse lisatud erimeetme projektidega on 37 367 684,54 eurot, millest EL toetus moodustab 28 574 447,14 eurot ja riiklik kaasfinantseer ing
8 793 237,4 eurot.
1.3.6 ISFst saavad toetust Politsei- ja Piirivalveamet, Siseministeeriumi infotehnoloogia- ja
arenduskeskus, Maksu- ja Tolliamet, Rahapesu Andmebüroo, Kaitsepolitseiamet, Sisekaitseakadeemia, Päästeamet, Justiitsministeerium ja Keskkonnaamet.
1.3.7 ISFi rahastamiskavas on kokku 35 tegevust (sh kolm (3) erimeetme projekti, mille suhtes on EK langetanud positiivse rahastamisotsuse ja mille arv võib hindamise jooksul kasvada). Jõustunud TAT õigusaktide kohaselt viiakse ellu 26 projekti (9 on veel
kinnitamisel). 31.07.2023 seisuga oli Eestile ette nähtud toetuse kogumahust kohustustega kaetud 69%. Väljamakseid veel tehtud ei olnud.
1.4 Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI)
1.4.1 Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 2021/1148 kohaselt on BMVI poliitikaeesmärk tagada tugev ja tõhus välispiiride valve ja piirikontroll, tagades samal ajal
täielikus kooskõlas ELi põhiõiguste hartas sätestatud kohustustega inimestele võimaluse ELi piires vabalt liikuda.
1.4.2 2019. aasta detsembris edastas EK positsioonipaberi ELi jaoks oluliste valdkondade kohta, mille rahastamist BMVIst pidi Eesti kaaluma. Prioriteetidena toodi välja Euroopa integreeritud piirihalduse elluviimisega seotud tegevused, eelkõige panustamine Frontexi
töösse, Euroopa piiride valvamise süsteemi (edaspidi EUROSUR) ning ELi-üleste piirikontrolli IT-süsteemide ja koostalitlusvõime arendamisse. ELi viisapoliitikas peeti
oluliseks konsulaarametnike koolitamist ja viisamenetluse digitaliseerimist.
1.4.3 BMVI rakenduskava alus on eelkõige STAK, mille koostamisel said kõik asjaomased sidusrühmad võimaluse anda panuse Eesti praeguste ja võimalike tulevaste siseturvalisuse
katsumuste lahendamisse, sealhulgas välispiiride ja viisapoliitika rakendamisel. STAK koostati omakorda käsikäes pikaajalise riikliku katusstrateegiaga „Eesti 2035“. STAKis
2020–2030 arvestatakse valdkondliku ELi poliitika ja eesmärkidega ning seda täiendavad
näiteks “Eesti välispoliitika arengukava 2030”, “Eesti digiühiskond 2030”.
1.4.4 Eesti täidab järgmisi BMVI määruses nimetatud erieesmärke ja liikmesriikide le kohustuslikke ühiseid näitajaid :
Erieesmärk 1. Toetada Euroopa piiri- ja rannikuvalve poolt välispiiridel rakendatavat tõhusat Euroopa integreeritud piirihaldust, mille eest jagavad vastutust Euroopa Piiri- ja
Rannikuvalve Amet ning piirihalduse eest vastutavad riiklikud asutused, et hõlbustada seaduslikku piiriületust, ennetada ja avastada ebaseaduslikku sisserännet ja piiriülest kuritegevust ning hallata tõhusalt rändevooge.
Erieesmärk 2. Toetada ühist viisapoliitikat, et tagada ühtlustatud lähenemisviis viisade väljastamisele ja hõlbustada õiguspärast reisimist, aidates samal ajal ennetada rände- ja
julgeolekuriske.
1.4.5 Aastatel 2021–2027 saab Eesti piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu eesmärkide täimiseks
esialgu 33 949 505 eurot, millele riik lisab kaasfinantseeringuna 10 362 717 eurot. Koos kohustusliku kaasfinantseeringuga on BMVI rakenduskava maht 44 587 017,68 eurot. Lisaks korraldab EK temaatilisi voore, kust on võimalik sihtotstarbelist lisarahastust
taotleda.
1.4.6 Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rakendamine on riigi pädevuses, mistõttu saavad BMVI-st
toetust Politsei- ja Piirivalveamet, Siseministeeriumi infotehnoloogia- ja arenduskeskus, Välisministeerium ning Maksu- ja Tolliamet.
1.4.7 BMVIs on praegu kokku planeeritud 29 tegevust, neist 23 piirihalduse ja kuus (6)
viisapoliitika valdkonnas. 23 piirihalduse tegevusest on neli (4) erimeetme projektid, mille rahastamisotsuse on teinud EK ja nende arv võib hindamise ajal kasvada. TAT õigusaktid on jõustunud 22 projekti rahastamiseks.
Kuuest viisapoliitika projektist on TAT-iga kinnitatud kolm (3) projekti, neist üks on käimas ja kaks algavad hiljem. 31.09.2023 seisuga on Eestile ette nähtud toetuse kogumahust
kohustustega kaetud 96,52%. Väljamakseid veel tehtud ei olnud.
2. Hankelepingu ja hindamise eesmärk
2.1 Hankelepingu esemeks on EL perioodi 2021-2027 siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide AMIF, ISF
ja BMVI vahehindamine (edaspidi nimetatud ka vahehindamine) ning kolme hindamisaruande (iga fondi/rakenduskava (AMIF, ISF ja BMVI) kohta eraldi) koostamine
(edaspidi töö) hanke alusdokumentides sätestatud tingimustel ja korras.
2.2 Käesoleva vahehindamise eesmärk on:
Kooskõlas ÜSM artikliga 44, lõige 1 viia läbi perioodi 2021–2027 vahehindamine, et hinnata iga rakenduskava tulemuslikkust, tõhusust, asjakohasust, sidusust ja Euroopa Liidu
lisandväärtust programmitöö perioodi algusest (1. jaanuar 2021) kuni 31. detsembrini
2023, et parandada programmide kavandamise ja rakendamise kvaliteeti;
vahehindamise käigus vaadatakse eelkõige läbi iga fondi rakendamine, et saada tõenditel põhinevad vastused kõigile hindamisküsimustele iga konkreetse rakenduskava lõikes ja teha kindlaks rakendamist mõjutada võivad probleemid ning võimalikud viisid nende lahendamiseks;
analüüsida iga rakenduskava elluviimisel tehtud edusamme ja hinnata, kas rakenduskava eesmärkide saavutamiseks on vaja võtta kasutusele parandusmeetmeid, et tulemusi kasutada
poliitikakujundamise käigus ja järgmise EL eelarveperioodi ettevalmistamisel;
saada selgeid ja konkreetseid soovitusi rakendusperioodiks 2021–2027 ja järgmise EL eelarveperioodi planeerimiseks, et tõsta toetuste rakendamise tulemuslikkust;
hindamise tulemusena oodatakse sõltumatutelt hindamisekspertidelt rakendatavaid soovitus i poliitikakujundajatele (SiM) ja projektide elluviijatele;
saada soovitusi ja metoodikaid meetmete/tegevuste rakendamisega seotud riskide jooksvaks hindamiseks ja ennetamiseks;
saada soovitusi, et paremini toetada võrdseid võimalusi toetusmeetmetele juurdepääsuks ja tegevustes osalemiseks (sh edendada soolist võrdõiguslikkust toetusmeetmete kasutamise l).
3. Hindamise ulatus ja hindamisküsimused
3.1 Hindamise ulatus
3.1.1 Hindamise ulatus hõlmab EL perioodi 2021–2027 kolme siseturvalisuspoliitika fondi
AMIF, ISF ja BMVI rakenduskavasid, sealhulgas kolme ISF rakenduskavasse lisatud erimeetme projekti ja nelja BMVI rakenduskavasse lisatud erimeetme projekti. Iga rakenduskava hinnatakse lähtuvalt alltoodud hindamisküsimustest, samuti hinnatakse
rakenduskavade koosmõju. Hindamine keskendub eelkõige rakenduskava tasandile ja projektide tasandil vaadeldakse eelkõige nende õigeaegset käivitumist.
3.1.2 Tellija hinnangul on käesoleva vahehindamise peamiseks piiranguks rakenduskavade elluviimise progressi andmestiku piiratus, arvestades asjaolu, et kõik kolm rakenduskava kiideti heaks 2022.a. septembris-oktoobris ja enamiku tegevustega alustati 2023.a alguses.
Siseministeerium esitab iga-aastased rakenduskavade tulemusaruanded Euroopa Komisjonile 31. jaanuariks, sh 31.01.2023 ja järgmise korral 31.01.2024, milles esitatud
andmed kuuluvad samuti hindamise ulatusse ja saavad kättesaadavaks 31.01.2024.
3.2 Hindamisküsimused
1. Mis ulatuses vastab (iga) rakenduskava muutuvatele vajadustele?
2. Mis ulatuses on rakenduskava võimalik kohandada seoses uute tekkivate vajadustega? 3. Kas fondi rakendamine on ajagraafikus, et püstitatud eesmärgid saavutada?
4. Kuivõrd asjakohane on seire- ja hindamisraamistik rakenduskava eesmärkide saavutamise edusammudest aruandmiseks?
5. Kuidas on tagatud asjaomaste sidusrühmade kaasamine programmitöö perioodi kõigis erinevates etappides, sh planeerimise, rakendamise, järelevalve ja hindamise käigus?
6. Kuidas rakenduskava elluviimisel arvestatakse ja edendatakse horisontaalse id
põhimõtteid? 7. Kuivõrd tulemuslik on rakenduskava oma võimalustest ja saavutustest teavitamisel ja
levitamisel? 8. Mil määral toetab rakenduskava kulutõhusaid meetmeid? 9. Kuivõrd tõhusad on juhtimis- ja kontrollisüsteemid?
10. Kas ja mil määral on edasine lihtsustamine saavutatav ning kuidas? 11. Mil määral on rakenduskava kooskõlas oma poliitikavaldkonna raames toetatavate
algatustega, eelkõige temaatilise rahastu raames toetatavate algatustega? 12. Kuivõrd sidus on rakenduskava teiste ELi fondidega (sealhulgas teiste siseasjade
fondidega) ja eelkõige ELi välistegevusega (external action)?
13. Mil määral loob rakenduskava Euroopa Liidu lisandväärtust?
Hindamisküsimused määratlevad teabevajaduse ja elemendid, mida korraldusasutus ja EK
peavad rakenduskava hindamise kohta teadma. Hindamisküsimused mõjutavad suurel määral tõendite kogumise ja hindamise viisi. Hindamisküsimustele vastamiseks vajaliku metoodika väljatöötamisel tuleb lähtuda EK perioodi 2021-2027 siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide
vahehindamisele kohalduvas juhendis9 esitatud põhimõtetest.
Käesoleva dokumendi Lisas 1 esitatud tabelis 2 on hindamisküsimused jaotatud viie
hindamiskriteeriumi alusel ja nendega seotud otsustuskriteeriumideks (viimaseid võib hindaja pakkumuse koostamisel või vahehindamise käigus vajadusel täpsustada ja/või täiendada), võttes arvesse hindamise ajakava ja rakenduskavade eeldatavat edenemist kuni 2023. aasta lõpuni.
4. Pakkuja tegevused ja oodatavad tulemused / Hindamise väljundid ja tähtajad
4.1 Pakkuja tegevused
Töö teostajal ehk edukal pakkujal tuleb hankelepingu eesmärkide saavutamiseks viia läbi vahehindamine ja koostada eestikeelne hindamisaruanne iga rakenduskava (AMIF, ISF ja BMVI)
tulemuslikkuse, tõhususe, asjakohasuse, sidususe ja Euroopa Liidu lisandväärtuse kohta programmitöö perioodi algusest (1. jaanuar 2021) kuni 31. detsembrini 2023. a.
Kuna EK võib väljastada liikmesriikidele juhiseid ja juhendeid hindamiste läbiviimise kohta
kuni hindamisaruande esitamise tähtpäevani, peab pakkuja/töö teostaja arvestama EK
ja/või tellija suunistega kogu hindamise läbiviimise vältel.
4.2 Oodatavad tulemused
4.2.1 Vahehindamise tulemiks on hindamisaruanne iga rakenduskava kohta (kokku kolm
aruannet), mis annavad vastused kõikidele hindamisküsimustele ja seeläbi tervikliku ülevaate perioodi 2021-2027 siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide rakenduskavade tulemuslikkusest, tõhususest, asjakohasusest, sidususest ja Euroopa Liidu lisandväärtusest
programmitöö perioodi algusest (01.01.2021) kuni 31. detsembrini 2023.
4.2.2 Hindamisel vaadeldakse konkreetseid aspekte, mis on sätestatud perioodi 2021–2027 AMIF,
ISF ja BMVI määrustes ja ÜSMis. Nende hulka kuuluvad juhtimis- ja kontrollimeetmete tõhusus; rakendusmeetmete asjakohasus; koos kolmandate riikidega, kolmandates riikides või kolmandate riikide suhtes rakendatud meetmed ning see, mil määral rakendatakse
horisontaalseid põhimõtteid fondi elutsükli kõigis etappides.
9 Webinar of 19 April 2023 on the key elements of the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plans. Home Affairs
Programmes 2021-2027. Revised Background Note – May 2023
Arvestades konteksti ja rakenduskavade elluviimise varajast etappi, peab vahehindamise fookus keskenduma eelkõige:
rakenduskava jätkuvale asjakohasusele ja sellega seotud vajaduste, eesmärkide ja meetmete/tegevuste hindamisele;
protsessidega seotud aspektidele ja valdkondadele, mida on võimalik üle vaadata, lihtsus tada ja/või tõhustada;
tooma välja varased tõendid seniste edusammude kohta ja selle kohta, kas praegune rakendamise korraldus soodustab tõhusust;
konkreetsete aspektide (nt partnerlus, horisontaalsed põhimõtted, teabevahetus, näitajad) ülevaatamisele;
ELi lisandväärtusele kooskõlas muude rahastamisallikate ja -viisidega.
4.2.3 Lähtuvalt hindamise tulemustest, seeläbi saadud uutest teadmistest ja eksperthinnangus t,
ootame pakkujalt iga fondi vahehindamise aruandes rakendatavaid soovitusi ja ettepanekuid.
4.2.4 Samuti on soovitatav kasutada vahehindamist heade tavade väljaselgitamiseks, eriti kui need on seotud mõne poliitikasoovituse/soovitusega, et muuta hindamine informatiivsemaks ja
pakkuda käegakatsutavaid näiteid selle kohta, mida oleks võimalik paremini teha.
4.3 Hindamise väljundid:
1) Avakoosoleku kirjalik protokoll (sh fikseeritud tähtajad, võimalikud täpsustused metoodikas).
2) Lähtearuanne, mis sisaldab hindamise eesmärke ja lähteülesannet, andmete kättesaadavuse
ja usaldusväärsuse analüüsil põhinevat metoodika täpsustatud kirjeldust, riskide analüüs i ja nende maandamise meetmeid ja kasutatavate infoallikate detailset loetelu.
3) Kolm lõpparuande eelnõud (iga rakenduskava kohta eraldi, sh AMIF, ISF ja BMVI) eesti keeles, mis sisaldavad ka ingliskeelset kokkuvõtet (executive summary).
4) Tulemuste valideerimiseks teostab pakkuja valideerimisseminari tellija esindajatega kolme
hindamise lõpparuande eelnõu esitamise järgselt kommenteerimisprotsessi osana, kus tutvustatakse iga konkreetse rakenduskava leide ning arutatakse nende põhjal kerkinud küsimuste üle. Seminari korraldab tellija.
5) Kolme rakenduskava (AMIF, ISF ja BMVI) lõpparuanne eesti keeles koos eesti ja inglisekeelse kokkuvõttega. Lõpparuanded vormistatakse elektrooniliselt muudetavas
(docx) ning mittemuudetavas (pdf) vormingus. 6) Lõpparuande lisana esitada metoodikaraport, mis sisaldab a) kirjanduse loetelu hindamise
raames kasutatud andmetest (nimetus ja allikas); b) loetelu ja ülevaade hindamise raames
kogutud muudest andmetest; selleks kasutatud metoodika ja uurimisinstrumendid, sh informatsioon läbiviidud töötubade, fookusrühmade või intervjuude kohta; c) muu
täiendav info, mis aruandest on välja jäänud, kuid oluline esitada. 7) Hindamise tulemusi tutvustavad esitlused iga fondi/rakenduskava kohta (3) eesti keeles
(lisatakse lõpparuandele eraldi PowerPoint failidena). Esitluse formaat lepitakse täpsemalt
kokku koostöös tellijaga. 8) Hindamise tulemusi avalikkusele tutvustav infoseminar kuni 70 inimesele. Seminar i
korraldab tellija. Infoseminari jaoks on võimalik kasutada Siseministeeriumi ruume või esitlus viiakse läbi virtuaalselt (kui nii on tellijaga kokku lepitud). Tulemusi esitletakse eesti keeles.
4.4 Hindamise väljundite ajakava
1) Lepingu sõlmimisest alates toimub 2 nädala jooksul avakohtumine tellijaga (vajadusel
platvormil Skype for Business), mille käigus täpsustatakse ja lepitakse kokku hindamise jaoks vajalikud detailid (hindamismeetodid, aja- ja tegevuskava, lõpparuande vorm ning
esitamise tähtaeg) ja tehakse töökorralduslikud kokkulepped. Avakoosoleku aeg lepitakse kokku pärast lepingu allkirjastamist.
2) Pakkuja esitab projekti lähtearuande 20 tööpäeva jooksul avakoosoleku toimumisest või
avakoosolekul täpsustatud ajal tellijale kommenteerimiseks. 3) Vastavalt vajadusele toimuvad töökohtumised, et vaadata üle arengud projektis, senised
leiud ja esialgsed järeldused, võimalikud probleemid, tegevussuunad jne. Pakkuja koostab ja esitab kohtumisest memo (ca 1–2 lk).
4) Kolme lõpparuande eelnõud esitatakse tellijale 16. veebruariks 2024. a. Tellija esitab oma
kommentaarid aruannete eelnõudele 1. märtsiks 2024. a. 5) Tulemuste valideerimiseks teostab pakkuja valideerimisseminari tellija esindajatega kolme
hindamise lõpparuande eelnõu esitamise järgselt. Täpne kuupäev lepitakse kokku projekti vältel.
6) Pakkuja esitab tellijale iga fondi hindamisaruande lõppversiooni elektroonilise lt
allkirjastatult hiljemalt 15. märtsiks 2024.a. 7) Pakkuja viib läbi hindamise tulemusi tutvustava infoseminari orienteeruvalt 70 inimese le
kahe kuu jooksul lõpparuannete üleandmise-vastuvõtmise akti allkirjastamisest tellija poolt korraldataval seminaril. Täpne kuupäev lepitakse kokku projekti vältel.
5. Meetodid ja alusandmed
5.1 Hindamismeetodid
Parima metoodika hindamisküsimustele vastamiseks esitab pakkuja oma pakkumuses küsimuste
lõikes, tuues välja küsimuse vastamiseks vajalikud alusandmed, andmete kogumise viisid ning analüüsimeetodid.
Valitud metoodikat kirjeldatakse selgelt, põhjendatakse, ning tuuakse välja võimalikud piirangud.
Metoodilise usaldusväärsuse tagamiseks on oluline erinevate infoallikate kasutamine, et võimaldada erinevatest allikatest tuleneva info võrdlemist ning põhjendatud järeldusteni jõudmist.
Triangulatsioon peab hõlmama erinevaid allikaid ja analüüsimeetodeid.
Pakkumuses on tegemist esialgse kavandiga, lõplik alus hindamise läbiviimiseks fikseeritakse vahehindamise lähtearuandes. Eeldame nii kvantitatiivsete kui kvalitatiivsete andmete kogumis t
ja sünteesimist ning neile tuginevaid hinnanguid. Lähtuvalt EK vahehindamise läbiviimise le kohalduvast juhendmaterjalist10 soovitame hindamisel kasutada järgmisi meetodeid:
5.1.1 Sekundaarandmete analüüs, mh:
a. EL siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide vahendite rakendamisega seotud materjalid – sh Euroopa Liidu ja Eesti õigusaktid ja juhendid;
b. asjakohased arengukavad, rahastuskavad, toetuse andmise tingimuste (TAT) õigusaktid ja muud rakendusdokumendid,
c. rakenduskavade iga-aastased tulemusaruanded, toetuse saajate seirearuanded; d. teostatud (ja töös olevate) asjakohaste hindamiste ja uuringute teisene analüüs; e. olemasolevate kvantitatiivsete andmete analüüs.
5.1.2 Rakenduskava sekkumisloogika rekonstrueerimine
5.1.3 Hindamismaatriks
10 Webinar of 19 April 2023 on the key elements of the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plans. Home Affairs
Programmes 2021-2027. Revised Background Note – May 2023
Hindamise metoodilise lähenemisviisi üks põhikomponent on hindamismaatriks, mis selgitab seost küsimuste, otsustuskriteeriumide, kasutatavate toetavate näitajate, allikate ja nendega seotud metoodilise lähenemise vahel.
Hindamismaatriksi näide on esitatud allolevad tabelis 1. Vastavalt näidisele peavad sõltumatud
hindajad hindamismaatriksit hindamisküsimuste ja otsustuskriteeriumite lõikes täiendama, viimistlema ja selle lõpetama. (Täiendav informatsioon on esitatud Lisas 1, Hindamisküsimused ja nendega seotud otsustuskriteeriumid).
Tabel 1 – Hindamismaatriksi näide Hindamis- kriteerium
Hindamis- küsimus
Otsustuskriteerium Meetodid Allikad
Tulemus-
likkus
Kuidas on tagatud
asjaomaste partnerite
kaasamine
programmitöö
perioodi kõigis
erinevates etappides, sh
planeerimise,
rakendamise,
järelevalve ja
hindamise käigus?
Kasutusel on strateegia kõige
asjakohasemate partnerite tuvastamiseks, teavitamiseks ja nendeni jõudmiseks
eesmärgiga tagada nende tasakaalustatud
esindatus seirekomisjonis.
Asjaomased partnerid on kindlaks tehtud ja
kaasatud planeerimise etapis.
Asjaomased partnerid osalevad
seirekomisjoni töös vastavalt oma rollile,
mis on määratletud asjakohaste
protseduurireeglitega. ….
5.1.4 Vajaduste hindamine, huvirühmade kaardistamine ja konsultatsioonistrateegia
väljatöötamine, sh:
1) intervjuud erinevate rakenduskava sidusgruppidega, sealhulgas korraldusasutuse esindajatega, toestuse saajate ja valitud projektide elluviijatega, valitud seirekomis joni
liikmetega, jne. Küsitluste ja intervjuude planeerimisel kooskõlastatakse küsimused tellijaga;
2) Fookusgrupid, töötoad, jne
5.1.5 Rahalise ja füüsilise progressi analüüs
5.1.6 Kokkuvõte ja võimalikud hindamise piirangud
5.2 Alusdokumendid
Hankija teeb töö teostajale vahehindamise läbiviimiseks kättesaadavaks järgmised hindamise juhendmaterjalid ja vormid ning alusdokumendid:
Euroopa Komisjoni juhendmaterjal vahehindamise läbiviimise kohta (Revised background note on the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plans v2);
Euroopa Komisjoni juhendmaterjal vahehindamise läbiviimise kohta (Guidance on the common monitoring and evaluation framework for AMIF and ISF);
Programmitöö perioodi algusest (01.01.2021) kuni 31. detsembrini 2023 ellu viidud ja käimasolevate kolme rakenduskava projektide toetuslepingud ja aruanded;
Programmitöö perioodi algusest kuni 31. detsembrini 2023 Euroopa Komisjonile esitatud finantsaasta aruanded (finantsaruanne ja tegevusaruanne).
Töö teostamisel tuleb lähtuda Siseministeeriumi veebilehe l
https://www.siseministeerium.ee/periood-2021-2027-0 avaldatud dokumentidest ning EUR- Lex’is avaldatud järgmistest õigusaktidest:
Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu 24. juuni 2021. aasta määrus (EL) 2021/1060, millega kehtestatakse ühissätted Euroopa Regionaalarengu Fondi, Euroopa Sotsiaalfond+,
Ühtekuuluvusfondi, Õiglase Ülemineku Fondi ja Euroopa Merendus-, Kalandus- ja Vesiviljelusfondi kohta ning nende ja Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifond i, Sisejulgeolekufondi ning piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu suhtes kohaldatavad
finantsreeglid (Ühissätete määrus);
Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu 18. juuli 2018. aasta määrus (EL, Euratom) 2018/1046, mis käsitleb liidu üldeelarve suhtes kohaldatavaid finantsreegleid ja millega muudetakse määrusi (EL) nr 1296/2013, (EL) nr 1301/2013, (EL) nr 1303/2013, (EL) nr 1304/2013, (EL) nr 1309/2013, (EL) nr 1316/2013, (EL) nr 223/2014 ja (EL) nr 283/2014 ja otsust nr
541/2014/EL ning tunnistatakse kehtetuks 9 määrus (EL, Euratom) nr 966/20123;
Euroopa Parlamendi na Nõukogu määrus (EL) 2021/1147, 7. juuli 2021, millega luuakse Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifond;
Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu 7. juuli 2021. aasta määrus (EL) 2021/1148, millega luuakse Integreeritud Piirihalduse Fondi osana piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu;
Euroopa Parlamendi ja Nõukogu määrus (EL) 2021/1149, 7. juuli 2021, millega luuakse Sisejulgeolekufond;
Perioodi 2021–2027 Euroopa Liidu ühtekuuluvus- ja siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide rakendamise seadus (ÜSS), 23.02.2022;
Perioodi 2021-2027 Euroopa Liidu ühtekuuluvus- ja siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide rakenduskavade vahendite andmise ja kasutamise üldised tingimused;
Perioodi 2021-2027 ühtekuuluvus- ja siseturvalisuspoliitika fondide vahendite andmisest avalikkuse teavitamine;
Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi rakenduskava (AMIF) 2021–2027;
Varjupaiga-, rände- ja integratsioonifondi 2021-2027 (AMIF) rahastamiskava;
Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi meetme nr 1.1 „Varjupaigasüsteemi, sh varjupaigamenetluse tugevdamine ja arendamine“ toetuse andmise tingimused ;
Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi meetme 1.2 „Sotsiaalvaldkonnas kolmandate riikide kodanike, sh rahvusvahelise kaitse taotlejate ja kaitse saanute vastuvõtutingimuste tõhustamine“ toetuse andmise tingimused ;
Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi meetme 2.1 „Migratsiooninõustamine“ toetuse andmise tingimused;
Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi meetme nr 3.1 „Tagasisaatmiste korraldamine“ toetuse andmise tingimused;
Sisejulgeolekufondi rakenduskava 2021-2027 ja selle muudatused;
Sisejulgeolekufondi (ISF) 2021-2027 rahastamiskava;
Seadmete soetamise kaudu siseturvalisuse valdkonna suutlikkuse suurendamine ;
Sisejulgeolekufondi meetme 1.1 "Broneeringuinfo andmekogu arendamine ja rakendamine" toetuse andmise tingimused;
Sisejulgeolekufondi meetme 3.3 "Kuritegevuse ennetamine ja koolituste kaudu siseturvalisuse valdkonna suutlikkuse suurendamine" toetuse andmise tingimused ;
Sisejulgeolekufondi meetme 2.1 "Piiriülese koostöö tõhustamine" toetuse andmise tingimused;
Sisejulgeolekufondi meetme 2.2 "CBRN valdkonna koolituste, ühisharjutuste ja õppuste läbiviimisega CBRN sündmuse lahendamisega seotud võimekuse tõstmine" toetuse
andmise tingimused;
Sisejulgeolekufondi meetme 3.1 "Küberüksuse võimekuse suurendamine" toetuse andmise tingimused;
Sisejulgeolekufondi meetme 3.2 "Seadmete ja varustuse soetamise kaudu Kaitsepolitseiameti CBRN sündmusele reageerimise võimekuse suurendamine" toetuse
andmise tingimused;
Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rakenduskava 2021-2027 ja selle muudatused;
Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu (BMVI) 2021-2027 rahastamiskava;
Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu meetme nr 1.1 "Asjakohase varustuse uuendamise ja kasutamise kaudu Euroopa piiri- ja rannikuvalve toetamine välispiiridel tõhusa Euroopa integreeritud piirihalduse rakendamisel" toetuse andmise tingimused;
Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu meetme nr 2.2 "IKT-süsteemide ja rakenduste loomise ning kasutamise kaudu ühise viisapoliitika toetamine" toetuse andmise tingimused;
Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu meetme nr 1.2 "IKT-süsteemide loomise ja kasutamise kaudu Euroopa piiri- ja rannikuvalve toetamine välispiiridel tõhusa Euroopa integreer itud piirihalduse rakendamisel" toetuse andmise tingimused;
Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu meetme nr 1.3 "Koolituse ja koostöö kaudu Euroopa piiri- ja rannikuvalve toetamine välispiiridel tõhusa Euroopa integreeritud piirihalduse
rakendamisel" toetuse andmise tingimused;
Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi rakenduskava ja Sisejulgeolekufond i rakenduskava keskkonnamõju eelhinnang;
Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu rakenduskava keskkonnamõju eelhinnangu aruanne;
AMIF perioodi 2014–2020 vahehindamise aruanne, 2017;
ISFi perioodi 2014–2020 ELi vahehindamise aruanne, 2017.
Pakkuja võib pakkumuses välja tuua täiendavaid alusmaterjale, mida soovib kasutada hindamisaruande koostamisel.
6 Aruandlus
6.1 Lähtearuanne
Töö teostaja esitab hankijale lähtearuande 20 tööpäeva jooksul avakoosoleku toimumisest või avakoosolekul täpsustatud ajal tellijale kommenteerimiseks.
Aruandes peavad olema kajastatud vahehindamise eesmärk ja lähteülesanne, kõik lepingu raames läbiviidavad tegevused ja väljundid, tööde täpsustatud ajakava ja tähtajad, hindamisprotsessi ning andmestiku kättesaadavuse ja usaldusväärsuse analüüsil põhinev metoodika üksikasjalik kirjeldus, sh intervjuude ja/või küsitluste teemad ja
küsitletavate/intervjueeritavate nimekiri, riskide analüüs ning hindamisaruande struktuur.
6.2 Lõpparuanne ja tulemuste esitlus
Töö teostaja esitab hankijale kolm lõpparuande eelnõud (iga fondi kohta eraldi) tellija le ülevaatamiseks hiljemalt 16.02.2024, mille kohta tellija esitab oma kommentaarid kahe nädala
jooksul, hiljemalt 1. märtsiks 2024. Valmis töö hankijale esitamise tähtaeg on 15.03.2024.
Iga lõpparuanne koosneb vastava rakenduskava, selle meetmete, tegevuste ja projektide elluviimisega seotud tähelepanekutest, leidudest, järeldustest ning soovitustest (iga fondi kohta
eraldi ja samuti horisontaalsed). Lõpparuanne tuleb esitada eesti keeles koos eesti- ja ingliskee lse kokkuvõttega (executive summary). Lõpparuandega koos tuleb tellijale üle anda ka kõik
taustamaterjalid (intervjuuankeedid, küsitluste küsimustikud, andmebaasid jne).
Töö teostaja tutvustab hindamise tulemusi kahe kuu jooksul lõpparuande üleandmise- vastuvõtmise akti allkirjastamisest tellija poolt korraldataval seminaril. Esitlusfailid (3)
hindamistulemuste kokkuvõtetega valmistab ette töö teostaja ja annab hankijale üle pärast esitluse tegemist.
6.3 Aruande formaat ja struktuur
Kõik kolm vahehindamise aruannet peavad järgima alltoodud struktuuri ja sisaldama: - sisukokkuvõtet eesti ja inglise keeles (executive summary) hindamiskriteeriumide alusel, mis
hõlmab peamisi järeldusi, ettepanekuid ja soovitusi; - tausta, sealhulgas:
• poliitikatausta (kirjanduse ülevaade, vajaduste hindamine ja fondi kirjeldus); • kasutatud metoodikat, põgusamalt kokkuvõtetes (nii inglise kui eesti keelses) ja pikemalt
aruandes või selle lisas (täielik metoodiline lähenemine, hindamismaatriks, bibliograa f ia jne tuleks tavaliselt esitada lisadena);
- hindamise põhiteksti ja vastuseid kõikidele hindamisküsimustele, sh rakendamise hetkeseisu
(tegevuste rakendamine nii protseduurilisest, rahalisest kui ka füüsilisest aspektist); - hindamise leide ning tulemusi kriteeriumide, küsimuste ja konkreetsete eesmärkide lõikes;
- järeldusi, mis hõlmavad saadud õppetunde ja seonduvad poliitikaalased ettepanekud ning soovitused;
- rakendatavaid soovitusi tabelis;
- hea tava näiteid; - vastavalt pakkumuses esitatud ja avakoosolekul kooskõlasatud metoodikale intervjuude
kavad, küsitluste ankeedid, ülevaade küsitletute ja intervjueeritute profiilidest; - loodud andmestikku; - lõpparuande jaoks koostatud tabeleid ja jooniste aluseks olevaid tabeleid levinud
andmetöötlustarkvara (nt MS Excel) vormingus, v.a juhul kui tegemist on andmekaitse alla kuuluva infoga.
6.4 Kvaliteedinõuded hindamisaruandele
Tellija ja pakkuja lähtuvad hindamisprotsessi vältel Heast Hindamise Tavast ja EK
vahehindamisele kohalduvatest juhendmaterjalidest11. Pakkuja vastutab kõikide hindamistulemuste kvaliteedi eest, sh tagab, et kõik hindamisülesanded saavad nõuetekohaselt teostatud ja lähtearuandes täpsustatud hindamisküsimused tõenduspõhised vastused.
Kõigile kolmele hindamisaruandele kohalduvad järgmised kvaliteedinõuded:
1) Hindamisaruanne peab kajastama adekvaatselt infot, mis vastab kõigile tehnilises kirjelduses
sisalduvatele küsimustele. Hindamisaruanne käsitleb kõiki hindamise käigus lisandunud küsimusi tingimusel, et see on pakkuja ja tellija vahel eelnevalt kokku lepitud.
2) Hindamine peab olema üles ehitatud vastavalt pakkuja poolt pakkumuses esitatud, hindamise
avakoosolekul täpsustatud ja lähtearuandes fikseeritud hindamismetoodikale. Aruanne peab kajastama selgelt meetodite nõrkusi ja tugevusi ning välja tooma piiranguid, mis võivad
takistada hindamisel saadud info kasutamist.
3) Hindamise puhul on andmete kogumise meetodid täpselt kirjeldatud. Info peab olema vajadusel üle kontrollitud ning viited nende allikate kohta peavad lisatud. Võimalikud
piirangud info kättesaadavuse ja usaldusväärsuse kohta peavad olema selgelt välja toodud.
4) Järeldused peavad olema selgelt eristatud. Nad peavad olema loogilised ja tuginema analüüs i
tulemusel saadud faktidele. Järeldused ja faktid ei tohi olla omavahel vastuolus ja peavad olema loogiliselt põhjendatud. Järeldused peavad olema enamat kui leiud, nad peavad sisaldama hindaja poolseid hinnanguid. Järeldused peavad olema õiglased ja erapooletud ning
11 1) Webinar of 19 April 2023 on the key elements of the mid-term evaluation and evaluation plans. Home Affairs
Programmes 2021-2027. Revised Background Note – May 2023.) 2) European Commission, Guidance on the
common monitoring and evaluation framework of the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund (AMIF) and the
Internal Security Fund (ISF).
võtma arvesse kõik asjaomased seaduslikud asjaolud. Vastuolulised teemad peavad olema esitatud tasakaalustatult (ehk arvestama kõikide osapoolte käest saadud informatsiooni).
5) Soovitused / ettepanekud peavad olema eristatud järeldustest ning soovitused peavad tulenema
järeldustest, mis tuleb aruandes välja tuua, st viidata leheküljele. Soovitused peavad olema piisavalt valideeritud, detailsed, konkreetsed ja reaalselt rakendatavad ning selgelt välja toodud
struktureeritud kujul tabelina (leid – viide aruande vastavale lõigule, järeldus, soovitus, vastutav asutus/üksus) ja nii detailselt, et nende põhjal on võimalik teha konkreetseid järeltegevusi. Kõik soovitused peavad olema selgelt sõnastatud, nummerdatud ja tähtsuse
järjekorras ning teemablokkide lõikes reastatud. Soovitused peavad olema arvestatavad kogumina, st nad ei tohi olla omavahel vastuolus.
6) Soovituste tabeli parameetriteks on:
a. Käsitletav teema (sh probleem, analüüsile toetuv järeldus ja soovitus); b. Soovitusega seotud näitajad, tegevus ja rakenduskava;
c. Viide aruande lõikudele, mis on soovituse aluseks; d. Tegevuskava ettepanek soovituse arvestamiseks ja rakendamiseks;
e. Adressaat ja soovitatav elluviimise tähtaeg.
7) Hindamise lõpparuanne peab sisaldama sisutihedat ja otsustele orienteeritud lühikokkuvõte t nii eesti kui inglise keeles. Kokkuvõte peab sisaldama kõiki peamisi analüütilisi teemasid,
konkreetseid järeldusi ja soovitusi, parimaid praktikaid ja neid toetavaid tõendeid.
8) Aruanne peab olema selge ja hästi struktureeritud. Vajadusel tuleb üksikasjalikum teave
esitada lisades. Erinevate osade maht ning stiil peavad võimaldama erineva taustaga lugejate l sellest aru saada.
6.5 Teabe vahetamine
Hankija ja töö teostaja vahel toimuvad lepingu kehtivusajal vajaduspõhised koosolekud, mille eesmärk on hindamise läbiviimise protseduuride täpsustamine, tagasiside andmine, tekkinud
küsimuste lahendamine jms. Hankija määrab hankelepingu täitmiseks kontaktisiku (Kai Raja, [email protected]) ja vajadusel kontaktisiku asendaja, kes tagab töö teostajale abi hankija ainupädevuses olevate lepingu täitmisega seotud küsimuste lahendamisel.
Hankija ei paku töö teostajale hankelepingu täitmiseks ja töö teostamiseks töökohta ega – vahendeid.
7. Teave pakkumuse sisu ja vormi kohta
Pakkumus näitab pakkuja arusaama hanke alusdokumentides kirjeldatust. Pakkumus peab sisaldama hanke eesmärkide ja küsimuste alusel sõnastatud hindamisülesandeid koos oodatavate
tulemuste saavutamiseks valitud metoodiliste tegevuste kirjeldustega ning aja- ja tegevuskavaga. Pakkumuses peab olema välja toodud tööde jaotus pakkuja meeskonna vahel. Valitud
hindamismeetodid tuleb siduda hindamisküsimustega. Välja tuleb tuua võimalikud hindamisega seotud riskid ja nende ennetamise viisid. Pakkumus peab olema läbipaistev ja üheselt arusaadav.
Pakkumus koostatakse vastavalt hanke alusdokumentidele, sisaldades vähemalt:
1) Hindamise konteksti ja ulatuse lühikirjeldust koos lähenemisviisiga eesmärkidele ja oodatavaid põhilisi tulemusi;
2) Hindamise eesmärkide ja oodatavate tulemuste alusel täiendavalt lahti sõnastatud hindamisülesandeid koos nende lahendamiseks vajalikuga;
3) Pakkuja poolt märgatud piiranguid hindamisele, kas on küsimusi, millele võib eeldada, et
hindamisega on keeruline vastust saada, sh andmete piiratuse tõttu, põhjendada ja pakkuda alternatiivne lahendus;
4) Vajadusel pakkuja ettepanekud parendusteks hindamisprotsessis, hindamisküsimustes, otsustuskriteeriumites, et tellija soovitud eesmärki oleks võimalik saavutada. Kui pakkuja näeb võimalust, kuidas anda hindamisele lisandväärtust, tuua see välja;
5) Hindamisülesannete lahendamiseks valitud tegevusi koos meetoditega (olenevalt spetsiifikast võib iga erinev ülesanne ja/või küsimus nõuda erinevat metoodilis t
lähenemist). Nii info kogumise kui analüüsi meetodid. Selgitus, miks valitud meetod on kõige asjakohasem ja kuidas meetod antud hindamise kontekstis rakendub, teooria ja definitsioonide tõlge praktikasse;
6) Välja pakutud hindamise meetoditest tulenevaid riske ja riskide maandamistegevusi; 7) Protsessi kirjeldust, kuidas jõutakse hindamisel leidudest usaldusväärsete järelduste ja
soovitusteni; 8) Sisulisi ja vormilisi kvaliteedikontrolli meetmeid; 9) Pakkuja võib teha põhjendatuid ettepanekuid aruandluse vormi ja sisu täiendamiseks.
Aruandlus peab võimaldama tellijal jälgida tööde teostamise sujuvust, kvaliteeti ja vajadusel kõrvaldada kiiresti tekkinud tõrked ja puudused (esitatavad materjalid töö
erinevates etappides, sisu küsimused); 10) Hindamise läbiviimise aja- ja tegevuskava; 11) Hindamise läbiviimise töökorraldust, hindamisülesannete jaotust ekspertide vahel.
Selgituseks: kui planeeritakse alltöövõtjate kasutamist, siis tuleb pakkumuses ära näidata alltöövõtjad koos ülesannete kirjeldusega. Ühispakkumuse korral tuleb pakkumuses ära
näidata tööjaotus partnerite vahel, nende vastutus ning koostöö korraldus; 12) Hindamise läbiviimisel projekti juhtimise ülesehitust: kommunikatsiooni (suhtluse) vorme
tellijaga, kaasatud partneritega ja huvigruppidega; kavandatavat aruandlust tellija le
(võimaldab jälgida projekti teostamise sujuvust, kvaliteeti ja vajadusel kõrvaldada tekkinud puudused ja tõrked, sisaldab pakkuja planeeritavaid ressursse/allikaid töö
erinevates etappides); 13) Hindamisprojekti juhtimisest tingitud riske ja nende maandamistegevusi.
8. Nõuded lepingut täitvale meeskonnale
1. Pakkuja peab hankelepingu täitmiseks komplekteerima piisavalt suure meeskonna, sh
projektijuhi, et hindamisülesanne saaks ettenähtud perioodil täidetud. Meeskonda kaasatavad isikud ei tohi hindamise sõltumatuse tagamise eesmärgil olla hindamisperioodil (s.o alates 01.01.2021 kuni 31.10.2023) osalenud hindamise objektiks olevast Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja
Integratsioonifondist, Sisejulgeolekufondist või Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastust rahastatud projektis toetuse saaja projektimeeskonnas (Vorm „Meeskonna liikmed“ ja Vorm
„Meeskonnaliikmete kinnitus“ ja Vabas vormis CV-d).
2. Projektijuhil peab olema vähemalt magistrikraad ja/või vähemalt 3-aastane uuringute ja hindamiste juhtimise kogemus. Projektijuht peab valdama heal tasemel eesti keelt nii kõnes
kui kirjas (Vabas vormis CV).
3. Meeskonna kõikidel ekspertidel peab olema kõrgharidus, heal tasemel eesti ja inglise keele
oskus ning varasem kogemus vähemalt 2 (kahe) sarnase töö teostamisel hindaja rollis. Sarnaseks tööks loetakse programmide või projektide vahehindamise ja/või mõju ja tulemuste hindamise töid, mille maksumus oli vähemalt 10 000 (kümme tuhat) eurot ilma km-ta töö
kohta. Hankija juhib tähelepanu, et võtmeisikud on hindamise sisulised teostajad, kes peavad vahetult osalema hindamise teostamises ning olema lepingu täitmisse kaasatud oma
vastutusvaldkonna piires kõikidesse asjakohastesse tööde teostamise etappidesse (Vabas vormis CV).
4. Ekspertide kohta peab pakkuja ära näitama, milline on teenuse osutamisel kõikide ekspertide
roll ja töömaht ning kuidas meeskonna erinevad kompetentsid, varasemad kogemused ja
oskused kombineerituna antud hindamise eesmärke täita aitavad (Vorm „Meeskonna liikmed“, vabas vormis „Tegevus- ja ajakava“ ning „Teenuse kirjeldus“.
5. Pakkuja esitab tingimusele vastavuse tõendamiseks vabas vormis meeskonna liikmete CV-d,
millest iga isiku puhul peab selguma roll, mida isik täitma hakkab, haridus, keeleoskused, varasemad kogemused (töökogemused, projektides osalemine koos infoga projekti sisu ja
maksumuse kohta) jm pakkuja poolt oluliseks peetavad andmed.
6. Pakkumuses peavad sisalduma meeskonna liikmete allkirjastatud kinnitused, et nad ei ole
hindamisperioodil osalenud Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifond ist, Sisejulgeolekufondist või Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastust rahastatud projektis toetuse
saaja projektimeeskonnas koos isiku poolt allkirjastatud nõusolekuga sõlmitava hankelepingu täitmises osalemiseks (Vorm „Meeskonnaliikmete kinnitus“).
LISA 1. Hindamisküsimused ja nendega seotud otsustuskriteeriumid
Hindamisküsimused määratlevad teabevajaduse ja elemendid, mida korraldusasutus ja EK peavad rakenduskava hindamise kohta teadma.
Hindamisküsimused mõjutavad suurel määral tõendite kogumise ja hindamise viisi.
Otsustuskriteeriumid selgitavad hindamisküsimuste aluseks olevat loogilist raamistikku, tuues välja eeldused või väited, mida analüüs peab kinnitama. Oluline on märkida, et kuigi otsustuskriteeriumid peaksid aitama määratleda hindamise ulatust ja peamisi analüütilisi eesmärke, ei kata need kogu
hindamise ülesehitust, vaid kaaluda tuleb ka kirjeldava komponendi kasutamist (keskendudes pigem viisile „kuidas“, mitte „kas“ (if) või „mil määral“ teatud tegevused on toimunud). Näiteks teatud tegevuse tõhususe või tulemuslikkuse kirjeldamisel tuleks hindamisel alati tähelepanu pöörata
asjaoludele, mis seda võimaldasid (või ei võimaldanud).
Allolevas tabelis 2 on viis hindamiskriteeriumi jaotatud hindamisküsimusteks ja nendega seotud otsustuskriteeriumideks. Viimaseid võib hindaja pakkumuse koostamisel või vahehindamise käigus vajadusel täpsustada ja/või täiendada, võttes arvesse hindamise ajakava ja rakenduskavade eeldatavat
edenemist kuni 2023. aasta lõpuni.
Tabel 2 – Hindamisküsimused (kohustuslikud) ja nendega seotud otsustuskriteeriumid vahehindamiseks
Hindamis- kriteerium
Hindamisküsimus Otsustuskriteeriumid (vahehindamise alguses hindajaga koos vajadusel täpsustatakse ja/või täiendatakse)
Asjakohasus
1.Mis ulatuses vastab iga rakenduskava muutuvatele vajadustele?
- Rakenduskava sidusrühmad on õigesti määratletud kooskõlas õiguslikus aluses sätestatud eesmärkidega . - Vajaduste analüüs, mis oli aluseks rakenduskava koostamisel ja sellega seotud ressursside jaotamisel, on kooskõlas
asjaomaste sidusrühmade praeguste ja tulevaste asjakohaste vajadustega. - Vajaduste rahuldamiseks väljatöötatud strateegia, mis jaguneb konkreetseteks eesmärkideks, on suunatud kõige
asjakohasemate vajaduste rahuldamisele proportsioonis olemasolevate ressurssidega. - Õiguslikes alustes sisalduvate ja rakenduskava raames kavandatavate rakendusmeetmete loetelu vastab sihtrühmade
praegustele ja tulevastele vajadustele. -…
2.Mis ulatuses on rakenduskava võimalik kohandada seoses uute tekkivate vajadustega?
- Vajaduste hindamist viiakse läbi ja seda ajakohastatakse regulaarselt või iga kord, kui toimuvad asjakohased muudatused kontekstis.
- Partnerid/seirekomitee liikmed saavad õigeaegselt anda sisendit seoses muutuvate vajadustega ja asjakohaste kohapealsete arengutega.
- Tegevuste rakendamisel kohaldatakse piisaval määral paindlikkust. - Vajaduse korral saab rakenduskavasse kiiresti sisse viia mitteolulisi muudatusi. - Kehtestatud on eeskirjad ja protseduurid, mis tagavad, et rakenduskava olulisi kohandusi saab uute vajaduste ilmnemisel
õigeaegselt sisse viia. - Kui pärast rakenduskava heakskiitmist on vajadused muutunud, on rakenduskava või selle tegevusi õigeaegselt kohandatud
või uued tekkinud vajadused on temaatilise rahastamisvahendi kaudu nõuetekohaselt adresseeritud. -…
Tulemuslikkus
3.Kas fondide rakendamine on ajagraafikus, et püstitatud eesmärgid saavutada?
- Kõigi asjakohaste konkreetsete eesmärkide ja sekkumisliikide tegevuste elluviimine, mida rakenduskava toetab, on alanud, välja arvatud juhul, kui tegevus oli kavandatud hilisema algusega.
- Esialgsed edusammud vahe-eesmärkide ja sihtväärtuste saavutamisel, sh võttes arvesse rakenduskavas muudatuste tegemiseks vajalikku aega, vastavad ootustele.
- Väljakutsed, mis mõjutavad rakendamist ja rakenduskava eesmärkide saavutamist, on nõuetekohaselt kindlaks tehtud ja seotud tõhusate parandusmeetmetega.
- Rakenduskava toetab sekkumiste ja tegevuste liike, mis on teadaolevalt ja olemasolevatele tõenditele põhinevalt tõhusad (sealhulgas nt asjakohane akadeemiline kirjandus, eelmise rakenduskava järelhindamine jne).
- Rakenduskavas kasutatakse olemasolevaid häid tavasid, kui see on asjakohane ja võimalik. -….
4. Kuivõrd asjakohane on seire- ja hindamis- raamistik rakenduskava eesmärkide saavutamise edusammudest aruandmiseks?
- Loodud on usaldusväärne elektrooniline andmevahetussüsteem (eelkõige korraldusasutuse ja toetuse saajate vahel) andmete salvestamiseks ja säilitamiseks järelevalve ja hindamise eesmärgil.
- Andmeedastuse protsessis osalevad osapooled mõistavad järelevalve nõudeid nõuetekohaselt ning vajaduse korral korraldatakse neile koolitusi või infotunde.
- Väljund- ja tulemusnäitajate aruandlus kajastab õigesti kohapealse rakendamise progressi (puudub üle - või alaaruandlus). - Ühised näitajad kajastavad rakenduskava peamisi tulemusi kooskõlas selle sekkumisloogikaga. - Rakenduskava spetsiifilisi näitajaid kasutatakse selle sekkumisloogikast lähtuvate ühiste näitajate oluliste lünkade täitmiseks. - Üldine registreeritud andmete kogum loob piisavalt tõendeid, mida saab kasutada fondide mõjude (st rakenduskavale selge
põhjusliku seosega omistatavate mõjude) hindamisel, luues s ellega eeldused järelhindamiseks. - …
5.Kuidas on tagatud asjaomaste sidusrühmade kaasamine programmitöö perioodi kõigis erinevates etappides, sh planeerimise, rakendamise, järelevalve ja hindamise käigus?
- Kasutusel on strateegia kõige asjakohasemate partnerite tuvastamiseks, teavitamiseks ja nendeni jõudmiseks eesmärgiga tagada nende tasakaalustatud esindatus seirekomisjonis.
- Asjaomased partnerid on kindlaks tehtud ja kaasatud planeerimise etapis. - Asjaomased partnerid osalevad seirekomisjoni töös vastavalt oma rollile, mis on määratletud asjakohaste
protseduurireeglitega. - Kasutusele on võetud meetmed, mis võimaldavad partneritel osaleda kõigis rakenduskava elluviimise etappides. -…
6.Kuidas rakenduskava elluviimisel arvestatakse ja edendatakse horisontaalseid põhimõtteid?
- Loodud on sobiv organisatsiooniline ja menetluskord, et tagada rakenduskava elluviimisel EL põhiõiguste harta järgimine. ÜSM artikkel 9(1)
- Loodud on sobiv organisatsiooniline ja menetluskord, mis tagab asjakohaste meetmete rakendamise soolise võrdõiguslikkuse arvesse võtmiseks ja edendamiseks rakenduskava elluviimise kõigis etappides, sh planeerimise, rakendamise, järelevalve, aruandluse ja hindamise käigus. ÜSM artikkel 9(2)
- Loodud on sobiv organisatsiooniline ja menetluskord, mis võimaldab rakendada asjakohaseid meetmeid igasugusel alusel diskrimineerimise vältimiseks rakenduskava elluviimise kõigis etappides - ÜSM artikkel 9(3)
- Rakenduskava elluviimine on kooskõlas EL toimimise lepingu artiklis 11 sätestatud säästva arengu edendamise eesmärgiga, võttes arvesse ÜRO säästva arengu eesmärke, Pariisi kokkulepet ja põhimõtet "ärge tehke olulist kahju" - ÜSM artikkel 9(4).
7.Kuivõrd tulemuslik on rakenduskava oma võimalustest ja saavutustest teavitamisel ja levitamisel?
- Loodud on kommunikatsioonistrateegia, mille sihtrühmad ja järelevalve kord, sealhulgas kommunikatsioonitegevuse jaoks asjakohased ja mõõdetavad eesmärgid on õigesti määratletud.
- Teavitustegevused jõuavad sihtrühmani ja viiakse läbi sobiva te suhtluskanalite ja platvormide kombinatsioonina, sealhulgas sotsiaalmeedia kaudu.
- Rahastamisvõimalusi reklaamitakse piisavalt ja need jõuavad potentsiaalsete kasusaajate sihtrühmani. -…
Tõhusus
8.Mil määral toetab rakenduskava kulutõhusaid meetmeid?
- Rakenduskava toetab olemasolevate tõendite põhjal, sealhulgas asjakohase l kirjandusel põhinevat ja teadaolevalt kulutõhusaid sekkumisi ja tegevus te tüüpe.
- Rakendamise käigus kogutud varajased tõendid näitavad, et ühiku hind vastab olemasolevatele võrdlusnäitajatele ja eelarvele või on neist madalam.
- Sama rakenduskava raames tehtavate sarnaste tegevuste ühiku maksumuse erinevusi on võimalik selgitada ja põhjendada (nt erinevustega pakutava toetuse intensiivsuses või kvaliteedis, uuenduslikkusega jne).
9.Kuivõrd tõhusad on juhtimis- ja kontrollisüsteemid?
- Õiguslikele alustele vastavalt loodud juhtimis- ja kontrollisüsteemi eesmärk on tagada tegevuste valiku, juhtimisülesannete, seirekomisjoni töö, raamatupidamisfunktsiooni täitmise ning iga tegevuse kohta käivate andmete salvestamise ja säilitamise tõhusus.
- Halduskoormus on proportsionaalne kõikide sidusgruppide (korraldusasutus, toetusesaajad) jaoks, võrreldes eelmise programm itöö perioodiga / sarnaste teenuste pakkumisel võrreldavatele sihtrühmadele ilma rakenduskava toetuseta.
- Halduskoormus on proportsionaalne kõigi toetusesaajate jaoks võrreldes eelmise programmi töö perioodiga/ sarnaste teenuste pakkum isel võrreldavatele sihtrühmadele ilma rakenduskava toetuseta.
- Halduskoormus on proportsionaalne kõikidele kasusaajatele võrreldes eelmise programmitöö perioodiga/ sarnaste teenuste pakkumisel võrreldavatele sihtrühmadele ilma rakenduskava toetuseta.
- Riiklikul tasandil (nt korraldusasutuse või riiklike auditeerimisasutuste poolt) puudub ülemäärane kohaldamine (ülekuldamine (gold-plating)), st nõudeid ei tõlgendata piiravamalt kui õiguslik alus või asjakohased dokumendid, mis liikmesriikidele metoodilist nõu annavad, ette näevad, välja arvatud juhul, kui selleks on olemas õigustatud põhjus.
- EL tasandil puudub ülemäärane reguleerimine (ülekuldamine (gold-plating)), st nõudeid ei tõlgendata kitsamalt kui õiguslik alus ette näeb, välja arvatud juhul, kui selleks on olemas õigustatud põhjus.
- Kasutusel olevad lihtsustatud kuluvõimalused loovad kohapealse lihtsustamise. - Vajadusel kasutatakse juhtimis- ja kontrollisüsteemide tugevdamiseks tehnilist abi. ..
10.Kas ja mil määral on edasine lihtsustamine saavutatav ning kuidas?
- Olemas on tõendid õigusaktidest tulenevate nõuete, protseduurireeglite või praktikate kohta, mis tekitavad EL -i või liikmesriikide tasandil ebaproportsionaalset halduskoormust, ning on olemas konkreetsed alternatiivid.
- Eksisteerivad võimalused lihtsustatud kuluhüvitisviisi (simplified cost option) ja tegelike kuludega sidumata rahastamise (financing not linked to costs) täiendavaks kasutamiseks.
- Olemas on tõendeid selle kohta, et rakenduskava elluviimisse kaasatud osalejate vahel puudub koordineerimine, mille tulemuseks on nt. sidususe puudumine, suurenenud halduskoormus jne.
- Esineb probleeme elektrooniliste andmevahetussüsteemidega, mis põhjustavad viivitusi ning millega saab ja tuleks tegeleda. ,,,
Sidusus
11.Mil määral on rakenduskava kooskõlas oma poliitikavaldkonna raames toetatavate algatustega, eelkõige temaatilise rahastu raames toetatavate algatustega?
- Loodud on struktuurid, organisatsioonilised korraldused või koordineerimismehhanismid, mis tagavad kooskõlastamise, vastastikuse täiendavuse ja vajaduse korral koostoime sama rakenduskava erinevate juhtimisviiside vahel.
- Koordineerimismehhanisme ja nende erinevaid korraldusi kasutatakse regulaarselt ja tulemuslikult. - Väidetavad kattumised on tegelikult objektiivsetel põhjustel õigustatud (nt sama sihtrühm, kuid erinevat tüüpi meede / erinev vajadus adresseeritud/ valitud rahastamisviisi erinev valmisolek).
- Rakenduskava on kooskõlas praeguste ELi ja riikliku tasandi poliitikaeesmärkidega. - Olemas on tõendid asutustevahelise koostöö kohta. -…
12.Kuivõrd sidus on rakenduskava teiste ELi fondidega (sealhulgas teiste siseasjade fondidega) ja eelkõige ELi
- Loodud on struktuurid, organisatsioonilised korraldused või koordineerimismehhanismid, mis tagavad kooskõlastamise, vastastikuse täiendavuse ja vajaduse korral koostoime teiste ELi fondide, eelkõige ühtekuuluvuspoliitika ja ELi välistegevuse (external action) vahel.
- Koordineerimismehhanisme ja -korraldusi kasutatakse regulaarselt ja tulemuslikult.
välistegevusega (external action)?
- Väidetavad kattumised on tegelikult objektiivsetel põhjustel õigustatud (nt sama sihtrühm, kuid erinevat tüüpi meede / erineva vajaduse toetamine/ valitud rahastamisviisi erinev valmisolek).
- Rakenduskava toetab valdkonnaüleseid arengu- ja või tegevuskavasid, täiendades teistest ELi fondidest pakutavat toetust. -…
Liidu lisandväärtus
13.Mil määral loob rakenduskava Euroopa Liidu lisandväärtust?
- Rakenduskava keskendub valdkondadele, sekkumistele ja sihtrühmadele, kus ELi tasandi tulemused võivad ulatuda kaugemale sellest, mida liikmesriigid suudavad iseseisvalt saavutada. Muuhulgas:
• on olemas tõendid täiendavate sihtrühmade kaasamise või täiendavate sekkumiste kohta; • on olemas tõendid mastaabiefektide kohta, st suurem hulk pakutavaid teenuseid /lõppkasutajaid;
- Puuduvad tõendid sõltuvuse kohta, st puuduvad süsteemselt riiklikel ressurssidel põhinevad investeeringud nende teenuste jaoks, m ida osutatakse täielikult ELi fondide toetuse kaudu. -…
Vorm. Meeskonna liikmed
Hankija nimi: Siseministeerium
Riigihanke nimetus: Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi , Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Piirihalduse
ja viisapoliitika rahastu vahehindamine
Riigihanke viitenumber: 270392
Pakkuja nimi: …………………………………..
Meie poolt pakutava meeskonna koosseis on järgmine:
Meeskonnaliikme ees- ja
perekonnanimi
Meeskonnaliikme roll
hankelepingu täitmisel
Ülesannete lühikirjeldus või viide pakkumuse
koosseisus olemale dokumendile, millest on see leitav (sh näidata, kas
osaleb metoodika väljatöötamisel)
Meeskonnaliikme
vastutus
hankelepingu
täitmisel
Töö maht
(tunnid
või % lepingu täitmisest)
1.
2.
3.
4.
jne
Pakutava meeskonna vabas vormis kirjeldus (nt meeskonnaliikmete tugevused, meeskonnaliikmete valiku põhjendused jms) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Kinnitame, et meie meeskond vastab riigihankes esitatud nõuetele ning oleme selle tõenduseks esitanud meeskonnaliikmete CVd.
Meeskonnaliikmete rollid tulevad välja ka pakutava teenuse sisu kirjeldusest ja ajakavast.
Kinnitame, et meie hindamismeeskond ei ole hinnatavate meetmete elluviimisega seotud (hindajad ei ole isiku tasandil olnud seotud
hinnatavate poliitikameetmete ja tegevuste väljatöötamise ega elluviimisega ning ei ole otsesed kasusaajad hinnatavast tegevusest).
/allkirjastatud digitaalselt/
Vorm. Meeskonnaliikmete kinnitus
Hankija nimi: Siseministeerium
Riigihanke nimetus: Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi, Sisejulgeolekufondi ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastu vahehindamine
Riigihanke viitenumber: 270392
Pakkuja nimi: …………………………………..
Kinnitan, et mina (…..ees- ja perekonnanimi……) olen nõus osalema Siseministeeriumi poolt väljakuulutatud riigihanke „Euroopa Liidu perioodi 2021-2027 Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondi (AMIF), Sisejulgeolekufondi (ISF) ning Piirihalduse ja viisapoliit ika
rahastu (BMVI) vahehindamine“ (viitenumber 270392) tulemusena sõlmitava hankelepingu täitmises pakkuja ………… poolt riigihankele esitatud pakkumuses nimetatud meeskonna
liikmena ………………... rollis.
Kinnitan, et ma ei ole hindamisperioodil (s.o alates 01.01.2021 kuni 31.10.2023) osalenud hindamise objektiks olevast Varjupaiga-, Rände- ja Integratsioonifondist, Sisejulgeolekufond ist
või Piirihalduse ja viisapoliitika rahastust rahastatud projektis toetuse saaja projektimeeskonnas.
…………………………
/allkirjastatud digitaalselt/
Nimi | K.p. | Δ | Viit | Tüüp | Org | Osapooled |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Submission of mid-term evaluation reports of 2021-2027 HOME Funds as of 31.03.2024 | 25.03.2024 | 1 | 14-13.2/39-1 | Väljaminev kiri | sisemin | European Commission, DG Home |
Töövõtuleping | 30.11.2023 | 117 | 7-3/995-1 | Leping | sisemin |